Determined Admission Arrangements for the 2015/2016 School Year

0

Contents Section

Page No Introduction

3

1.

Admission oversubscription criteria for all Suffolk community and voluntary controlled schools 2015/2016

4–6

2.

Co-ordinated admissions scheme for primary and middle schools in Suffolk 2015/2016

7 – 18

3.

19 – 30

4.

Co-ordinated admission scheme for upper/high schools in Suffolk 2015/2016 Fair access protocol

5.

Published Admission Numbers (PANs) for 2015/2016

51 – 57

6.

Admission policies for Suffolk voluntary aided schools 2015/2016: All Saints CEVA Primary School, Laxfield All Saints CEVA Primary School, Newmarket Creeting St Mary CEVA Primary School Orford CEVA Primary School Sir Robert Hitcham’s CEVA Primary School, Debenham Sir Robert Hitcham’s CEVA Primary School, Framlingham St Benedict’s Catholic Upper School, Bury St Edmunds St Benet’s Catholic Primary School, Beccles St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School, Bungay St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds St Edmundsbury CEVA Primary School, Bury St Edmunds St Felix RCP School, Haverhill St James CEVA Middle School, Bury St Edmunds St John’s CEVA Primary School, Ipswich St Joseph’s RCP School, Sudbury St Louis Catholic Middle School, Bury St Edmunds St Margaret’s CEVA Primary School, Ipswich St Mark’s Roman Catholic Primary School St Mary’s Catholic Primary School, Ipswich St Mary’s CEVA Primary School, Hadleigh St Mary’s CEVA Primary School, Woodbridge St Mary’s RCP School, Lowestoft St Matthew’s CEVA Primary School, Ipswich St Pancras’ Catholic Primary School, Ipswich St Peter and St Paul CEVA Primary School, Eye Stonham Aspal CEVA Primary School Trinity CEVAP School, Stowmarket

7.

Admission policies for foundation and trust schools 2015/2016

160

8.

Admission policies for academies 2015/2016:

161

Bungay High School Castle Manor Academy Copleston High School County Upper School Debenham High School East Bergholt High School East Point Academy Elveden Church of England Academy 1

31 – 50

58 58 – 60 61 – 64 64 – 68 68 – 71 71 – 75 75 – 80 80 – 84 84 – 87 88 – 91 91 - 94 94 – 97 97 – 100 101 – 103 103 – 108 108 – 110 111 – 115 116 – 118 118 – 122 123 – 126 126 – 131 131 – 134 134 – 137 137 – 140 141 – 144 144 – 148 149 – 153 153 – 159

161 – 163 164 – 167 168 – 169 169 – 172 172 – 176 176 – 178 237 – 239 178 – 181

Farlingaye High School Hadleigh High School Hartismere School Holbrook Academy Horringer Court School Ipswich Academy Kesgrave High School Mildenhall College Academy Ormiston Denes Academy, Lowestoft Ormiston Endeavour Academy, Ipswich Ormiston Sudbury Academy Place Farm Primary Academy Samuel Ward Academy, Haverhill Sir John Leman High School, Beccles St Alban’s High School, Ipswich St Louis Catholic Academy, Newmarket St Mary’s Church of England Academy, Mildenhall Westbourne Academy, Ipswich Westley Middle School

181 – 185 185 – 187 187 – 191 191 – 192 192 – 194 194 – 196 196 – 201 201 – 203 203 – 206 206 – 208 208 – 210 210 – 214 214 – 216 217 – 221 221 – 226 226 – 228 229 – 233 234 – 235 235 – 237

9.

Admission policies for free schools 2015/2016: Beccles Free School IES Breckland Ixworth Free School Saxmundham Free School Stour Valley Community School

240 240 – 245 245 246 – 251 252 – 257 258 – 259

10.

Regulations

260

2

Introduction - Admission to Schools in Suffolk 2015/2016 Suffolk County Council is responsible for co-ordinating the admission arrangements for the normal year of entry at a school for all community, voluntary controlled, voluntary aided, foundation/trust schools, academies and free schools in Suffolk. There are separate admission arrangements for primary schools and secondary schools. Applications for middle schools are considered using the primary school rules. There is no longer a requirement for the local authority to co-ordinate in-year applications. Therefore, from the 2015/2016 school year Suffolk County Council will no longer coordinate these applications for schools that are their own admission authority. This means parents will be able to make an in-year application directly to a voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academy or free school. We are also responsible for deciding the admission arrangements for community and voluntary controlled schools in Suffolk. During the spring term 2014 we consulted schools, parents, others and our neighbouring authorities on these arrangements and these have now been agreed. The governing bodies of voluntary aided schools, foundation/trust schools, academies and free schools decide the admission arrangements for their own schools and these have also now been agreed. We have brought together all the admissions policies of our schools in Suffolk in this one document. Any objections to these arrangements must be made to the Schools Adjudicator by 30 June 2014. Further information is in Section 12 and is also available on the Schools Adjudicator’s website www.education.gov.uk/schoolsadjudicator. If you need further information about these arrangements or about how to object please contact us on 0845 600 0981 (local rate) or write to the Schools Infrastructure Officer (Admissions and Transport), Schools Infrastructure, Endeavour House, 8 Russell Road, Ipswich, IP1 2BX.

SUE COOK Director for Children and Young People 1 May 2014

3

Section 1 Admission oversubscription criteria for all Suffolk community and voluntary controlled schools 2015/2016 If the number of applications for a school is greater than its published admission number (PAN), we use our admissions oversubscription criteria to decide who gets a place. Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs which names the school must by law be offered a place at that school. The following admissions oversubscription criteria show the order of priority for places at community and voluntary controlled schools (and at those foundation/trust schools and academies where it has been agreed that Suffolk County Council will manage their admissions arrangements). For applications to the normal year of entry at a school, these criteria will be applied according to the circumstances existing on or before the specified closing date. 1

Looked after children (children in care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order) immediately following having been looked after.

2

Siblings (children who are brothers and sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address) of pupils who are already at the school or who have already been offered a place, and who will still be there at the time of admission (but not in the sixth form). Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one. This will also apply to applications to the four paired infant and junior schools in Suffolk: Maidstone Infant and Causton Junior Schools, Felixstowe; Fairfield Infant and Colneis Junior Schools, Felixstowe; Springfield Infant and Springfield Junior Schools, Ipswich; and Castle Hill Infant and Castle Hill Junior Schools, Ipswich. We will treat applicants as siblings when the older child is already attending the junior school or will be offered a junior school place in the normal year of entry. In cases where the younger child is about to start in the reception year group in the infant school and the older child is due to transfer to the paired junior school, we will treat both applicants as siblings. Similarly, we will use the sibling criteria for an application to a junior school if the younger child is already attending or has been offered a place at the paired infant school.

3

Children who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area. Places will be allocated in the following priority order: a.

If the school is voluntary controlled, children whose parents are applying on the grounds that the child and/or the family are practising members of the Church of England. (You must provide a letter at the time of application from a priest or minister. This letter must specifically state that you and/or your child are a practising member of the Church of England and that you and/or your child go to church regularly, that is to say at least once a month).

b.

Children who live nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property 4

and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. 4

Children who live outside the school’s catchment area in the same priority order as set out in (a) and (b) above.

Notes Distance tie-breaker It is possible that the PAN of the school will be reached in any one of the categories set out above. For this reason, all applications will be prioritised according to the rules described. Decisions will be made about the offer of places in accordance with those priorities. If it is necessary to use a tie-breaker to distinguish between two or more applications, a distance criterion will be used. We will give priority to the applicants who live nearest to the school as measured by a straight line. In the unlikely event that two applicants competing for a single place at a school live the same distance from the school, the place will be offered to one applicant on the basis of lots drawn by an officer of Suffolk County Council not involved with admissions. Twins, triplets and other multiple births If the final place available at a school is offered to a twin, triplet or other multiple birth and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, Suffolk County Council will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. The law requires that this will apply even in those primary schools where this would mean that more than 30 pupils would be admitted to an infant class. Waiting lists If you apply for a school place in the normal admissions round and one or more of your preferences are refused, your child’s name will automatically be placed on a waiting list for these schools. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria (above). The order of children does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Written evidence of this will be required. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. Late applicants will be added to any waiting lists in oversubscription priority order if their parental preferences cannot be met. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list for that school in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. The waiting lists will cease to operate at the end of the first full week of the spring term. We do not hold waiting lists for school places for in-year applications. 5

Making another application for a place at the same school A parent can apply for a place for their child at any time to any school outside of the normal admissions round. However, if your application for a school place is refused, we will not determine a further application for a place in the same school in the same academic year unless there has been a significant change in the circumstances of the parent/carer, child or school. Such circumstances might be a house move or a place becoming available at the school. If there is no significant change in circumstances, you can make another application for the following academic year but this will not normally be considered more than one term ahead of the date when you want your child to start at the school. Ordinarily resident By “ordinarily resident” we mean the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home in the catchment area or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the catchment area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the ordinarily resident address will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of application. Catchment area schools Every community and voluntary controlled school serves an area of streets or villages. Catchment area maps are available online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/catchmentmaps. If you live near to a boundary line on the map please check your address against the catchment area parish/village and street lists for towns at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. You can obtain a copy of the map or list sent from the Admissions Team.

6

Section 2 Co-ordinated admissions scheme for primary and middle schools in Suffolk 2015/2016 Introduction 1. This Scheme has been drawn up in order to ensure that all applications for the admission of statutory aged pupils to a maintained primary or middle school or an own admission authority school in Suffolk are handled fairly, consistently and efficiently. 2. The Scheme complies with all relevant legislation and with the guidance contained in the School Admissions Code. 3. Regulations stipulate that admissions to middle schools (even where, as in Suffolk, the middle schools are deemed to be secondary) must be included in the primary scheme. This is because, at the time of application for a place at a middle school, the children are of primary age. 4. The Scheme applies to all infant, junior, primary and middle schools in Suffolk, that is the community and voluntary controlled primary and middle schools for which Suffolk County Council is the admissions authority. It also applies to voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academies and free schools which are Own Admission Authority schools. A list of these schools is attached in Annex One. 5. Where reference is made to primary and middle schools in this document this will be taken to mean those schools described in paragraph 4. 6. Details of this Scheme are included in the composite booklets for parents (i.e. Admissions to Schools in Suffolk and the Directories of Schools in Suffolk) together with other relevant information for parents seeking a school place for their child. 7. The governing bodies of voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academies and free schools will also include relevant details of the Scheme in the admissions information they provide to prospective parents. Terminology 8. In this Scheme: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.

i.

Local Authority (LA) refers to Suffolk County Council except where otherwise stated. Admission authority means the LA in respect of community and voluntary controlled schools. Own Admission Authority (OAA) means the governing body or Academy Trust in respect of a voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academy or free school. Home LA refers to the LA in which the child lives. Admissions Team refers to the local authority staff who handle admissions. Maintaining LA refers to the LA in which the school is located. In-Year applications are those applications made at different times of the year to the normal admissions round. Normal admissions round refers to the set period of time when applications and decisions are made for children to start school full-time, or to move on to their next school, in the following year. Applications and Admissions refer, except where otherwise stated, to applications and admissions for the normal year of entry (i.e. Year R in respect of primary and

7

j.

k.

l.

m. n.

infant schools, Year 3 in respect of junior schools and Year 5 in respect of middle schools). Common Application Form (CAF) refers to the paper application form made available by the home LA for use by all the residents in that LA when applying for a school place. This is a CAF1 for the normal year of entry at a school and a CAF2 for in-year applications for community and voluntary controlled schools. In-year application form (ADM1) refers to the paper application form made available by the LA for parents/carers who wish to apply for an in-year place at an Own Admission Authority school. Online application refers to an electronic application made via the internet at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions for a school place as part of the normal year of entry. The online facility is not available for in-year applications. Parent means any parent, carer or guardian (including a local authority in the case of a looked after child) who has parental responsibility for the child. Suffolk Parent refers to a parent, carer or guardian living in Suffolk (whose child or children may or may not be attending a school maintained by Suffolk County Council and who may or may not be applying for a school place in Suffolk).

Applications made for the normal admissions round Information for Parents 9. Copies of the booklet ‘Admissions to Schools in Suffolk’ and the ‘Directories of Schools in Suffolk’, as well as the Common Application Form (CAF1), will be sent to primary and middle schools so that they are available for Suffolk parents no later than 12 September, in advance of the closing date for applications for entry to school in the following September. The booklets and the CAF1 will also be available on the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. 10. Suffolk parents with children who do not attend a school maintained by Suffolk County Council may obtain a copy of the booklet ‘Admissions to Schools in Suffolk’ and the ‘Directories of Schools in Suffolk’ from the Admissions Team or school. Copies are also available at local libraries and online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. 11. The LA will issue a press release in advance of the closing date for applications, reminding parents of the need to make an application by the closing date and explaining how they may obtain further information and assistance. The role of the LA 12. The LA is required by law to co-ordinate and administer the admissions process for the normal round, that is applications received by the 15 January 2015 closing date for admission in the same year (usually September), on behalf of all maintained schools in its area. 13. The LA will co-ordinate all applications made for a school place as part of the normal admissions round including for Own Admission Authority schools. The process will be carried out in accordance with the timetable and procedures as set out in Annex Two. 14. The LA will ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that a single offer of a place at a primary or middle school is made to all parents on the same day. 15. Where the LA is the relevant admission authority (i.e. for community and voluntary controlled schools), or where it has been agreed that the LA will manage applications for admission to the school, it will be responsible for making the decision with respect to the offer or refusal of a place. The Scheme does not affect the rights and duties of the governing body or Academy Trust of an Own Admission Authority school to set and apply its own admissions policy and oversubscription criteria. In the case of an Own 8

Admission Authority School the LA will make it clear to parents that it is making an offer on behalf of the governing body or Academy Trust (as the Own Admission Authority). In cases where the relevant admission authority is another maintaining LA, Suffolk County Council will make it clear that it is making the offer on behalf of that maintaining LA. 16. In order to determine whether places could be made available to parents, admissions authorities have agreed and published criteria that will be used to rank all applications received, in the event of there being more applications than there are places available. In the case of some Own Admission Authority schools the LA has agreed to manage their admissions arrangements using the same oversubscription criteria as for community and voluntary controlled schools. Applications for a school place in the normal year of entry 17. All Suffolk parents seeking a place at a primary or middle school will be required to submit an application to the LA on which they will be invited to express up to three preferences and to give their reasons for each preference. 18. Any applications received directly by a primary or middle school for the normal year of entry should be sent immediately to the LA for processing in accordance with the Coordinated Scheme. 19. All preferences expressed on the application must be for existing schools (except special schools) and for new schools that have been approved by the Department for Education. Parents will be asked to place their preferences, where they wish to nominate more than one school, in rank order (i.e. in the order in which they would like their child to receive an offer of a place at the respective schools). If parents separately complete different application forms for the same child the LA will contact both parents for them to provide written agreement on the preference or preferences made. 20. The online application or CAF1 will be used for applications to all primary and middle schools, including Own Admission Authority schools as well as community and voluntary controlled schools. Where parents wish to express a preference for a voluntary aided school, they will also need to complete a ‘Supplementary Information Form‘ (SIF) and send it directly to the voluntary aided school(s) concerned. The SIF will enable the governors (as the Own Admissions Authority) to assess the nature of the denominational commitment against the school’s admissions oversubscription criteria. Academies and free schools as Own Admission Authority schools may also require a SIF to be completed in respect of those schools who are able to select on the grounds of aptitude (up to 10% of their intake) in accordance with a limited number of specialisms e.g. music and sports. Any additional information required by an Own Admissions Authority school must be sent directly to the school. 21. A SIF is not in itself an application form. Applications for a school place must be made by means of the online facility or CAF1. 22. After the closing date, the LA will forward relevant details of the applications received together with any supporting information to the governing body or Academy Trust of the Own Admission Authority School concerned when they are managing their own admission arrangements. The governing body or Academy Trust will apply their oversubscription criteria and place the preferences for their school in rank order. These must be returned to the LA by the date set out in Annex Two so that it can use the information in making the offer of a single place to parents.

9

23. Where an Own Admission Authority school is using Suffolk County Council’s Admissions Policy and the governing body or Academy Trust have agreed with the LA that the LA will process the admissions applications on its behalf, the LA will use its published oversubscription criteria to rank the children. The LA will inform the governing body or Academy Trust that it has done so by the date set out in Annex Two. It will then use that information to make the offer of a single place to parents. Annex One includes a list of Own Admission Authority schools and the body that is responsible for managing their applications. 24. All applications must be ranked in accordance with the relevant oversubscription criteria. Applications by Suffolk parents for schools in other authorities 25. Applications from Suffolk parents must be made to Suffolk County Council either via Suffolk’s online facility or on a Suffolk CAF1 by the closing date. 26. Details of applications made for schools outside Suffolk will be sent to the maintaining LA electronically and processed in accordance with the timetable set out in Annex Two. If a place is to be offered at a school outside Suffolk, the LA will inform the parent on behalf of the maintaining LA. 27. If Suffolk County Council is aware that a place is to be offered by the maintaining LA at a school with a higher ranked preference, no further consideration will be given to any lower ranked preferences. Where this information is not available, multiple offers of a place may occur. 28. Where a preference is refused, Suffolk County Council will advise parents of their statutory right of appeal and how they can exercise it. Suffolk County Council will make it clear that it is providing this information on behalf of the maintaining LA. Applications for schools in Suffolk from parents living in another authority 29. If Suffolk County Council, as a maintaining authority, is notified by another LA of a parent’s application for a place in a Suffolk primary/middle school, Suffolk County Council will notify the home LA of its decision to offer or refuse a place and the home LA will notify the parent of the decision. 30. Neighbouring LAs will also make their common application form (CAF) available to any parent in their area who wishes to apply for a place in the normal year of entry for a school in Suffolk which operates a different age of transfer from schools in the home LA (i.e. for a middle school where transfer occurs after Year 4). The home LA will deal with the application in the same way as it would for its own normal admissions round and pass the form to Suffolk County Council (as the maintaining LA) to process in accordance with its Co-ordinated Scheme. Suffolk County Council will then advise the home LA if a place is to be offered and the home LA will also notify the parent directly of the outcome of the application. 31. Where another LA’s admission scheme enables parents to express more than three preferences, Suffolk County Council will offer or refuse a place to any additional preferences by reference to the oversubscription criteria. Meeting parental preferences 32. The Scheme will treat the parent’s preferences equally for the purposes of determining whether places are available and could be offered. Where a parent may be potentially eligible for multiple offers of a place, the single offer that is made represents the highest possible preference ranked by the parent (up to a maximum of three preferences). 10

33. If none of the parent’s preferences can be met, the LA will offer a place at the catchment area school (if applicable) or, if that school is oversubscribed, at the nearest school with places available. This will take into consideration the availability and cost of home to school transport, in order to ensure that an offer of a school place is made to all applicants in Suffolk. The nearest school could be an Own Admission Authority school. 34. In all cases where a higher-ranked preference cannot be met (including applications for an Own Admission Authority school), the LA will inform the parents of the reason(s) for the refusal(s), advise them of their right of appeal and give contact details for who will organise the appeal. Notifying parents of a school place 35. The LA will send an offer of a school place to all parents/carers who applied by the closing date on the national offer day for admissions in the 2015/2016 school year (see Annex Two for details of the admissions timetable 2015/2016). This will be in the form of an email to parents/carers who applied online or by first class post to those who applied on a paper application. 36. Headteachers, other school officials and LA officers must not give parents an expectation that their application will be successful, or tell them that their child has been given a place at the school, before an offer of a place has been made formally under the co-ordinated scheme. 37. For the school year 2015/2016, when an offer of a place has been made under the coordinated scheme, it will be assumed that the parent will accept the offer of the place unless they notify the LA within 2 weeks of the date of the offer. Late and second applications 38. Late and second applications relate to applications for admission to a school’s normal year of entry which are received: (a) after the closing date but before the date for the offer of places; or (b) after the date for the offer of places but before the start of the autumn term. 39. Late and second applications will normally be processed after the allocation process has been completed for all applications received by the closing date. Exceptionally, the LA may determine that applications will be processed in the normal way where there is very good reason for the lateness, provided that they are received no later than the date indicated in Annex Two. 40. In responding to late and second applications, the LA will make an offer of a place at the school ranked highest by the parent, if there is a place still available at that school (making it clear, in the case of an Own Admission Authority school that the offer is being made on behalf of the governing body or Academy Trust). 41. Where a school is oversubscribed and a place refused, the child’s name will automatically be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. The waiting list will be operative up to the end of the first full week of the spring term.

11

42. The LA, governing body or Academy Trust of an Own Admission Authority school may allocate places in advance of families moving to the area if they provide written evidence that they are legally committed to the move (such as proof of exchange of contracts, a letting agreement confirming details of relocation). Places will be offered in advance of arriving in the area to children of UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces) if the application is accompanied by an assignment order that declares a relocation date and a unit postal address or quartering area.

In-year admissions 43. Sometimes parents or carers apply for their child to go to a new school: (a) (b) (c)

during the school year (because, for example, they are moving house or moving to Suffolk from outside the area); for the start of the school year but in a different age group from the school’s normal year of entry; for the school’s normal year of entry on or after 1 September in the academic year in which the child is to be admitted to the school.

44. For ease of reference, these applications are commonly referred to as ‘in-year’ applications. 45. The LA is no longer required under the School Admissions Code to co-ordinate and administer the admissions process on behalf of all admissions authorities for in-year admissions. We are proposing that from the 2015/2016 school year we no longer coordinate these applications for own admission authority schools. This means parents will be able to make an in-year application directly to a voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academy or free school. In-year applications made to Suffolk County Council for school places 46. Applications are not normally considered more than one term ahead of the date the place is required for community and voluntary controlled schools. 47. Parents wishing to transfer their children from one Suffolk school to another where there is no change of address should, in the first instance, discuss the matter with the Headteacher of their current school before applying for another school. 48. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at any community or voluntary controlled school in Suffolk must complete a CAF2 application form (available from the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team). It is not currently possible to make an in-year application by means of the online facility. 49. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at any Own Admission Authority School in Suffolk, these are voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academies and free schools, should contact the school directly for how to apply. Alternatively they can complete an ADM1 application form available from the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team. 50. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a school outside of Suffolk need to contact the relevant local authority where the school is located who will advise on how to make an application. 51. Where the application includes a school or schools for which the LA is the admissions authority the LA will determine whether a place could be made available, if necessary in accordance with the LA’s published oversubscription criteria. 12

52. Where an application is received for a school in Suffolk which the LA is not the admissions authority and this is the only preference, the LA will forward the application together with any supporting information provided to the Own Admission Authority school. If there is more than one preference on the application including an Own Admission Authority school, the Admissions Team will contact the parent and ask them to complete a new application for the Own Admission Authority school. The Admissions Team will process any preferences for community and voluntary controlled schools. 53. Own Admission Authority schools must, on receipt of an in-year application, notify the LA of both the application and its outcome, to allow the LA informed to keep up-to-date figures on the availability of places in the area. 54. For community and voluntary controlled schools the LA will consider all the information provided to it and determine the highest preference of school where a place could be offered. The LA will write to the parent either with a single offer of a place at one of their preferred schools, or refusing admission to their preferred schools if there are no places available. 55. The LA will offer the parents a place at the highest possible preference that can be met. If all the schools requested by the parents are full, the LA will offer a place at the catchment area school (where applicable) or, if that is oversubscribed, at the next nearest school with a place available if the pupil does not already have a local school place. This will take into consideration the availability and cost of home to school transport. The next nearest school could be an Own Admission Authority school. 56. For community and voluntary controlled schools, where a place is not available at the parents’ preferred school(s), the LA will inform the parents of the reason(s) for the refusal, advise them of their right of appeal and send them guidance on how to make an appeal if they so wish. 57. When a place becomes available in a year group that has been full at a community or voluntary controlled school, any applicant refused a place for that academic year in the last 15 school days and any applicant for whom an appeal has been lodged and is still to be heard, will be considered alongside any new applications. The place will be offered to the pupil ranked highest in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. 58. When an application has been made for an alternative school and there is a place available, if the child already has a place in a local mainstream school, the LA will offer the place on or before the following half term. If an application is made during a half term or the summer, Christmas or Easter holidays, the offer of a school place will be on or before the following half term. The child will remain on roll at the previous school until they take up the place at the offered school. 59. It will be assumed that the parent will accept the offer of a place at a community or voluntary controlled school unless they notify the LA within 2 weeks of the date of the offer. Applications made by parents who live outside Suffolk but within the UK 60. The LA, governing body or Academy Trust of an Own Admission Authority school may allocate in-year places in advance of families moving to the area from within the UK. Written evidence that they are legally committed to a move may be required. This could be a solicitor’s letter confirming exchange of contracts, a signed letting/tenancy agreement or an assignment order confirming the new address or, for returning UK Service/Crown Servant families, proof of posting. 13

Applications made by parents who live outside the UK 61. Applications cannot be dealt with if the child is not resident in the UK. The child needs to be resident in the UK with a confirmed address before the parent can apply for a place at a Suffolk school. Applications from the UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces) 62. For family of service personnel with a confirmed posting to Suffolk, we will allocate a place in advance of the child arriving in the area. This is provided the application is accompanied by an assignment order that declares a relocation date and a unit postal address or quartering area address. Applications for a place outside the normal age group 63. All schools are experienced in educating and caring for children with different abilities and social and emotional needs. It is expected, therefore, that children will normally be educated within their chronological year group. 64. Applications for children to be admitted to a school one year earlier or one year later than normal, to stay for an extra year with a younger year group or to be taught one year ahead will be considered carefully and the decision will be made on the basis of the circumstances of each case and evidence provided. Requests will be considered at the Fair Access Panel with the evidence provided. Children with special educational needs 65. Where a school is named in a statement of special educational needs, the governing body or Academy Trust has a duty to admit the child to the school. 66. Children with special educational needs but without statements will be treated as fairly as other applicants. Admission authorities and schools may not refuse to admit a pupil because they consider themselves unable to cater for the child’s special educational needs. Children with disabilities 67. Children with disabilities will be treated as fairly as other applicants for admission. 68. Schools are under a duty to make reasonable adjustments to ensure that pupils with disabilities are not placed at a substantial disadvantage, although this does not apply to the provision of auxiliary aids and services or to physical adaptations to buildings. Children with challenging behaviour 69. Where a child has been permanently excluded from two or more schools, the parents can express a preference for a school place but there is no requirement on admission authorities to comply for a period of two years following the second exclusion. 70. It is normally unacceptable for schools to refuse to admit children on the basis of their behaviour elsewhere. It is also unacceptable for a school to refuse admission to a child thought to be potentially disruptive, or who has exhibited challenging behaviour, on the grounds that the child ought first to be assessed for special educational needs. Where a governing body or Academy Trust does not wish to admit a child with challenging behaviour outside of the normal admissions round, even though places are available, it must refer the case to the LA for action under the Fair Access Protocol. This would normally only be appropriate where the child does not have a local school place and a school has a particularly high proportion of children with challenging behaviour or previously excluded children and will depend on local circumstances. (School Admissions Code Para 3.12) 14

71. Some children who have been permanently excluded or have a recent history of challenging behaviour may be admitted to a school above the Published Admission Number (PAN) in accordance with the agreed Fair Access Protocol. Looked after children (children in care) 72. Looked after children (children in care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order) immediately following having been looked after, have been identified as a vulnerable group of children who should not be placed at a disadvantage when changes in care placement mean a change of school. 73. The Children Act 2004 places a duty on local authorities to promote the educational attainment of looked after children (children in care). As far as admission arrangements are concerned: (a)

Looked after children and previously looked after children, as described above, are given priority in the oversubscription criteria of all maintained and Own Admission Authority schools in Suffolk for the normal admission round;

(b)

The local authority admits looked after children and previously looked after children, where necessary above the PAN for the school, in line with current looked after children regulations. The Fair Access Protocol does not apply to looked after and previously looked after children (paragraph 3.12 of the Schools Admissions Code). For previously looked after children this will only apply if this status has been declared on the application form and the relevant evidence is provided.

Gypsy, Roma and Traveller children 74. Gypsy, Roma and Traveller children who move into an area served by a school will be regarded as ‘ordinarily resident’ in that area when they apply for a school place. Home-school agreements 75. Admission to school will not be conditional on parents signing a home-school agreement. Fraudulent applications 76. Admission authorities reserve the right to withdraw the offer of a school place if it is shown that it was obtained on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application.

Sue Cook Director for Children and Young People

15

Annex One Primary/Middle Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Community and Voluntary Controlled Schools Suffolk County Council is the admissions authority for all community and voluntary controlled schools in Suffolk. Voluntary Aided Schools Governing bodies are the admissions authorities for all voluntary aided schools in Suffolk. These schools are listed below. Primary: All Saints CEVAP School, Laxfield All Saints CEVAP School, Newmarket Creeting St Mary CEVAP School Orford CEVAP School Sir Robert Hitcham’s CEVAP School, Debenham Sir Robert Hitcham’s CEVAP School, Framlingham St Benet’s Catholic Primary School, Beccles St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School, Bungay St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds St Edmundsbury CEVAP School, Bury St Edmunds St Felix RCP School, Haverhill St John’s CEVAP School, Ipswich St Joseph’s RCP School, Sudbury St Margaret’s CEVAP School, Ipswich St Mark’s Catholic Primary School, Ipswich St Mary’s Catholic Primary School, Ipswich St Mary’s CEVAP School, Hadleigh St Mary’s CEVAP School, Woodbridge St Mary’s RCP School, Lowestoft St Matthew’s CEVAP School, Ipswich St Pancras’ Catholic Primary School, Ipswich St Peter and St Paul CEVAP School, Eye Stonham Aspal CEVAP School Trinity CEVAP School, Stowmarket Middle: St James CEVA Middle School, Bury St Edmunds St Louis Catholic Middle School, Bury St Edmunds Academies Academy Trusts are the admissions authorities for all academies in Suffolk. At the time of publication of this document the schools below had converted to academy status. Primary: Elveden Church of England Primary Academy Fen Park Primary School, Lowestoft Forest Academy, Brandon Grove Primary School, Carlton Colville Gusford Primary School, Ipswich Kedington Primary Academy Langer Primary Academy, Felixstowe Place Farm Primary Academy, Haverhill 16

Policy included Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy Policy included

Sidegate Primary School, Ipswich St Louis Catholic Academy, Newmarket St Mary’s Church of England Academy, Mildenhall Westfield Primary Academy, Haverhill Westwood Primary School, Lowestoft Middle: Horringer Court Middle, Bury St Edmunds Westley Middle School, Bury St Edmunds

Adopting county council policy Policy included Policy included Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy

Policy included Policy included

It is possible that more maintained schools will become academies or more free schools will open in the coming year.

17

Annex Two Primary/Middle: Admissions Timetable for the 2015/2016 School Year Stage One • • •

Parents of children living in Suffolk submit an application on which they can indicate up to three preferences, placed in rank order. Parents submit the application to Suffolk County Council by the closing date of Thursday 15 January 2015. All schools send all application forms received by them to the LA by Friday 16 January 2015.

Stage Two • •

The LA sends details of applications to other LAs and Own Admission Authorities, when they do not operate the LA’s Admissions Policy, by Tuesday 3 February 2015. The LA begins to consider all applications for community and voluntary controlled schools and Own Admission Authority schools (when the LA is managing their admissions), applying its oversubscription criteria, where necessary, and places all preferences for each school in rank order.

Stage Three • • • • • •

The LA exchanges information with other LAs. The LA processes late applications regarded as exceptions up to Friday 13 February 2015. The LA sends details of applications to Suffolk Own Admission Authority schools when they do not operate the LA’s Admissions Policy by Wednesday 18 February 2015. Own Admission Authority schools send the provisional ranked list of pupils to the LA by Friday 6 March 2015. The LA informs other LAs of offers to be made to their residents by Friday 13 March 2015. The LA confirms the final lists of pupils to be allocated places to Own Admission Authority schools in Suffolk and other LAs by Friday 27 March 2015.

Stage Four • • • •

The LA sends all Suffolk parents a single offer of a place on Thursday 16 April 2015 and notifies schools accordingly. In cases where the maintaining LA is not Suffolk County Council, the LA states that the offer is being communicated on behalf of the maintaining LA. In the case of Own Admission Authority schools, the LA states that the offer is being communicated on behalf of the school’s governing body or Academy Trust. It will be assumed that parents have accepted the school offered, unless they notify the LA in writing by Thursday 30 April 2015.

18

Section 3 Co-ordinated admission scheme for upper/high schools in Suffolk 2015/2016 Introduction 1. This Scheme has been drawn up in order to ensure that all applications for the admission of statutory aged pupils to a maintained upper/high school or an own admission authority school in Suffolk are handled fairly, consistently and efficiently. 2. The Scheme does not apply to post 16 admissions. 3. The Scheme complies with all relevant legislation and with the guidance contained in the School Admissions Code. 4. The Scheme applies to all upper/high schools in Suffolk, that is the community and voluntary controlled upper/high schools for which Suffolk County Council is the admissions authority. It also applies to voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academies and free schools which are Own Admission Authority schools. A list of these schools is attached in Annex One. 5. Where reference is made to upper and high schools in this document this will be taken to mean those schools described in paragraph 4. 6. Details of this Scheme are included in the composite booklet for parents (i.e. Admissions to Schools in Suffolk and the Directories of Schools in Suffolk) together with other relevant information for parents seeking a school place for their child. 7. The governing bodies of voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academies and free schools will also include relevant details of the Scheme in the admissions information they provide to prospective parents. Terminology 8. In this Scheme: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i.

j.

Local Authority (LA) refers to Suffolk County Council except where otherwise stated. Admission authority means the LA in respect of community and voluntary controlled schools. Own Admission Authority (OAA) means the governing body or Academy Trust in respect of a voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academy or free school. Home LA refers to the LA in which the child lives. Admissions Team refers to the local authority staff who handle admissions. Maintaining LA refers to the LA in which the school is located. In-Year applications are those applications made at different times of the year to the normal admissions round. Normal admissions round refers to the set period of time when applications and decisions are made for children to move on to their next school, in the following year. Applications and Admissions refer, except where otherwise stated, to applications and admissions for the normal year of entry (i.e. Year 7 in the case of 11-16 or 11-18 high schools, Year 9 in the case of 13-18 high and upper schools). Common Application Form (CAF) refers to the paper application form made available by the home LA for use by all the residents in that LA when applying for a school place. This is a CAF1 for the normal year of entry at a school and a CAF2 for in-year applications for community and voluntary controlled schools. 19

k.

l.

m. n.

In-year application form (ADM1) refers to the paper application form made available by the LA for parents/carers who wish to apply for an in-year place at an Own Admission Authority school. Online application refers to an electronic application made via the internet at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions for a school place as part of the normal year of entry. The online facility is not available for in-year applications. Parent means any parent, carer or guardian (including a local authority in the case of a looked after child) who has parental responsibility for the child. Suffolk Parent refers to a parent, carer or guardian living in Suffolk (whose child or children may or may not be attending a school maintained by Suffolk County Council and who may or may not be applying for a school place in Suffolk).

Applications made for the normal admissions round Information for Parents 9. Copies of the booklet ‘Admissions to Schools in Suffolk’ and the ‘Directories of Schools in Suffolk’, as well as the Common Application Form (CAF1), will be sent to primary and middle schools so that they are available for Suffolk parents no later than 12 September, in advance of the closing date for applications for entry to school in the following September. Copies will also be sent to all upper/high schools. The booklets and CAF1 will also be available on the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. 10. Suffolk parents with children who do not attend a school maintained by Suffolk County Council may obtain a copy of the booklet ‘Admissions to Schools in Suffolk’ and the ‘Directories of Schools in Suffolk’ from the Admissions Team or school. Copies are also available at local libraries and online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. 11. The LA will issue a press release in advance of the closing date for applications, reminding parents of the need to make an application by the closing date and explaining how they may obtain further information and assistance. The role of the LA 12. The LA is required by law to co-ordinate and administer the admissions process for the normal round, that is applications received by the 31 October 2014 closing date for admission in the same year on behalf of all maintained schools in its area. 13. The LA will co-ordinate all applications made for a school place as part of the normal admissions round including for Own Admission Authority schools. The process will be carried out in accordance with the timetable and procedures as set out in the Annex Two. 14. The LA will ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that a single offer of a place at an upper/high school is made to all parents on the same day. 15. Where the LA is the relevant admission authority (i.e. for community and voluntary controlled schools), or where it has been agreed that the LA will manage applications for admission to the school, it will be responsible for making the decision with respect to the offer or refusal of a place. The Scheme does not affect the rights and duties of the governing body or Academy Trust of an Own Admission Authority school to set and apply its own admissions policy and oversubscription criteria. In the case of an Own Admission Authority school the LA will make it clear to parents that it is making an offer on behalf of the governing body or Academy Trust (as the Own Admission Authority). In cases where the relevant admission authority is another maintaining LA, Suffolk County Council will make it clear that it is making the offer on behalf of that maintaining LA. 20

16. In order to determine whether places could be made available to parents, admissions authorities have agreed and published criteria that will be used to rank all applications received, in the event of there being more applications than there are places available. In the case of some Own Admission Authority schools the LA has agreed to manage their admissions arrangements using the same oversubscription criteria as for community and voluntary controlled schools. Applications for a school place in the normal year of entry 17. All Suffolk parents seeking a place at an upper/high school will be required to submit an application to the LA on which they will be invited to express up to three preferences and to give their reasons for each preference. 18. Any applications received directly by an upper/high school for the normal year of entry should be sent immediately to the LA for processing in accordance with the Coordinated Scheme. 19. All preferences expressed on the application must be for existing schools (except special schools) and for new schools that have been approved by the Department for Education. Parents will be asked to place their preferences, where they wish to nominate more than one school, in rank order (i.e. in the order in which they would like their child to receive an offer of a place at the respective schools). If parents separately complete different application forms for the same child the LA will contact both parents for them to provide written agreement on the preference or preferences made. 20. The online application or CAF1 will be used for applications to all upper/high schools, including Own Admission Authority schools as well as community and voluntary controlled schools. Where parents wish to express a preference for a voluntary aided school, they will also need to complete a ‘Supplementary Information Form‘ (SIF) and send it directly to the voluntary aided school(s) concerned. The SIF will enable the governors (as the Own Admissions Authority) to assess the nature of the denominational commitment against the school’s admissions oversubscription criteria. Academies and free schools as Own Admission Authority schools may also require a SIF to be completed in respect of those schools who are able to select on the grounds of aptitude (up to 10% of their intake) in accordance with a limited number of specialisms e.g. music and sports. Any additional information required by an Own Admissions Authority school must be sent directly to the school. 21. A SIF is not in itself an application form. Applications for a school place must be made by means of the online facility or CAF1. 22. After the closing date, the LA will forward relevant details of the applications received together with any supporting information to the governing body or Academy Trust of the Own Admission Authority school concerned when they are managing their own admission arrangements. The governing body or Academy Trust will apply their oversubscription criteria and place the preferences for their school in rank order. These must be returned to the LA by the date set out in Annex Two so that it can use this information in making the offer of a single place to the parents. 23. Where an Own Admission Authority school is using Suffolk County Council’s Admissions Policy and the governing body or Academy Trust have agreed with the LA that the LA will process the admissions applications on its behalf, the LA will use its published oversubscription criteria to rank the children. The LA will inform the governing body or Academy Trust that it has done so by the date set out in Annex Two. It will then use that information to make the offer of a single place to parents. Annex One 21

includes a list of Own Admission Authority schools and the body that is responsible for managing their applications. 24. All applications must be ranked in accordance with the relevant oversubscription criteria. Applications by Suffolk parents for schools in other authorities 25. Applications from Suffolk parents must be made to Suffolk County Council either via Suffolk’s online facility or on a Suffolk CAF1 by the closing date. 26. Details of applications made for schools outside Suffolk will be sent to the maintaining LA electronically and processed in accordance with the timetable set out in Annex Two. If a place is to be offered at a school outside Suffolk, the LA will inform the parent on behalf of the maintaining LA. 27. If Suffolk County Council is aware that a place is to be offered by the maintaining LA at a school with a higher ranked preference, no further consideration will be given to any lower ranked preferences. Where this information is not available, multiple offers of a place may occur. 28. Where a preference is refused, Suffolk County Council will advise parents of their statutory right of appeal and how they can exercise it. Suffolk County Council will make it clear that it is providing this information on behalf of the maintaining LA. Applications for Schools in Suffolk from parents living in another authority 29. If Suffolk County Council, as a maintaining authority, is notified by another LA of a parent’s application for a place in a Suffolk upper/high school, Suffolk County Council will notify the home LA of its decision to offer or refuse a place and the home LA will notify the parent of the decision. 30. Neighbouring LAs will also make their common application form (CAF) available to any parent in their area who wishes to apply for a place in the normal year of entry for a school in Suffolk which operates a different age of transfer from schools in the home LA (i.e. for an upper/high school in Bury St Edmunds areas). The home LA will deal with the application in the same way as it would for its own normal admissions round and pass the form to Suffolk County Council (as the maintaining LA) to process in accordance with its Co-ordinated Scheme. Suffolk County Council will then advise the home LA if a place is to be offered and the home LA will also notify the parent directly of the outcome of the application. 31. Where another LA’s admission scheme enables parents to express more than three preferences, Suffolk County Council will offer or refuse a place to any additional preferences by reference to the oversubscription criteria. Meeting parental preferences 32. The Scheme will treat the parent’s preferences equally for the purposes of determining whether places are available and could be offered. Where a parent may be potentially eligible for multiple offers of a place, the single offer that is made represents the highest possible preference ranked by the parent (up to a maximum of three preferences). 33. If none of the parent’s preferences can be met, the LA will offer a place at the catchment area school (if applicable) or, if that school is oversubscribed, at the nearest school with places available. This will take into consideration the availability and cost of home to school transport, in order to ensure that an offer of a school place is made to 22

all applicants in Suffolk. The nearest school could be an Own Admission Authority school. 34. In all cases where a higher-ranked preference cannot be met (including applications for an Own Admission Authority school), the LA will inform the parents of the reason(s) for the refusal(s), advise them of their right of appeal and give contact details for who will organise the appeal. Notifying parents of a school place 35. The LA will send an offer of a school place to all parents/carers who applied by the closing date on the national offer day for admissions for September 2015 (see Annex Two for details of the admissions timetable 2015/2016). This will be in the form of an email to parents/carers who applied online or by first class post to those who applied on a paper application. 36. Headteachers, other school officials, and LA officers must not give parents an expectation that their application will be successful, or tell them that their child has been given a place at the school, before an offer of a place has been made formally under the co-ordinated scheme. 37. For the school year 2015/2016, when an offer of a place has been made under the coordinated scheme, it will be assumed that the parent will accept the offer of the place unless they notify the LA within 2 weeks of the date of the offer. Late and second applications 38. Late and second applications relate to applications for admission to a school’s normal year of entry which are received: (a) after the closing date but before the date for the offer of places; or (b) after the date for the offer of places but before the start of the autumn term. 39. Late and second applications will normally be processed after the allocation process has been completed for all applications received by the closing date. Exceptionally, the LA may determine that applications will be processed in the normal way where there is very good reason for the lateness, provided that they are received no later than the date indicated in Annex Two. 40. In responding to late and second applications, the LA will make an offer of a place at the school ranked highest by the parent, if there is a place still available at that school (making it clear, in the case of an Own Admission Authority school that the offer is being made on behalf of the governing body or Academy Trust). 41. Where a school is oversubscribed and a place refused, the child’s name will automatically be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. The waiting list will be operative up to the first full week of the spring term. 42. The LA, governing body or Academy Trust of an Own Admission Authority school may allocate places in advance of families moving to the area if they provide written evidence that they are legally committed to the move (such as proof of exchange of contracts, a letting agreement confirming details of relocation). Places will be offered in advance of arriving in the area to children of UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces) if the application is accompanied by an assignment order that declares a relocation date and a unit postal address or quartering area. 23

43. Once all on time applications and late/second applications have been processed the Admissions Team will allocate a school place to those pupils attending a Suffolk maintained or Own Admission Authority school for whom no application has been made.

In-year admissions 44. Sometimes parents or carers apply for their child to go to a new school: (a) during the school year (because, for example, they are moving house or moving to Suffolk from outside the area); (b) for the start of the school year but in a different age group from the school’s normal year of entry; (c) for the school’s normal year of entry on or after 1 September in the academic year in which the child is to be admitted to the school. 45. For ease of reference, these applications are commonly referred to as ’in-year’ applications. 46. The LA is no longer required under the School Admissions Code to co-ordinate and administer the admissions process on behalf of all admissions authorities for in-year admissions. We are proposing that from the 2015/2016 school year we no longer coordinate these applications for own admission authority schools. This means parents will be able to make an in-year application directly to a voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academy or free school. In-year applications made to Suffolk County Council for school places 47. Applications are not normally considered more than one term ahead of the date the place is required for community and voluntary controlled schools. 48. Parents wishing to transfer their children from one Suffolk school to another where there is no change of address should, in the first instance, discuss the matter with the Headteacher of their current school before applying for another school. 49. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at any community or voluntary controlled school in Suffolk must complete a CAF2 application form (available from the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team). It is not currently possible to make an in-year application by means of the online facility. 50. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at any Own Admission Authority School in Suffolk, these are voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academies and free schools, should contact the school directly for how to apply. Alternatively they can complete an ADM1 application form available from the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team. 51. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a school outside of Suffolk need to contact the relevant local authority where the school is located who will advise on how to make an application. 52. Where the application includes a school or schools for which the LA is the admissions authority the LA will determine whether a place could be made available, if necessary in accordance with the LA’s published oversubscription criteria. 53. Where an application is received for a school in Suffolk which the LA is not the admissions authority and this is the only preference, the LA will forward the application 24

together with any supporting information provided to the Own Admission Authority school. If there is more than one preference on the application including an Own Admission Authority school, the Admissions Team will contact the parent and ask them to complete a new application for the Own Admission Authority school. The Admissions Team will process any preferences for community and voluntary controlled schools. 54. Own Admission Authority schools must, on receipt of an in-year application, notify the LA of both the application and its outcome, to allow the LA informed to keep up-to-date figures on the availability of places in the area. 55. For community and voluntary controlled schools the LA will consider all the information provided to it and determine the highest preference of school where a place could be offered. The LA will write to the parent either with a single offer of a place at one of their preferred schools, or refusing admission to their preferred schools if there are no places available. 56. The LA will offer the parents a place at the highest possible preference that can be met. If all the schools requested by the parents are full, the LA will offer a place at the catchment area school (where applicable) or, if that is oversubscribed, at the next nearest school with a place available if the pupil does not already have a local school place. This will take into consideration the availability and cost of home to school transport. The next nearest school could be an Own Admission Authority school. 57. For community and voluntary controlled schools, where a place is not available at the parents’ preferred school(s), the LA will inform the parents of the reason(s) for the refusal, advise them of their right of appeal and send them guidance on how to make an appeal if they so wish. 58. When a place becomes available in a year group that has been full at a community or voluntary controlled school, any applicant refused a place for that academic year in the last 15 school days and any applicant for whom an appeal has been lodged and is still to be heard, will be considered alongside any new applications. The place will be offered to the pupil ranked highest in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. 59. When an application has been made for an alternative school and there is a place available, if the child already has a place in a local mainstream school, the LA will offer the place on or before the following half term. If an application is made during a half term or the summer, Christmas or Easter holidays, the offer of a school place will be on or before the following half term. The child will remain on roll at the previous school until they take up the place at the offered school. 60. It will be assumed that the parent will accept the offer of a place at a community or voluntary controlled school unless they notify the LA within 2 weeks of the date of the offer. Applications made by parents who live outside Suffolk but within the UK 61. The LA, governing body or Academy Trust of an Own Admission Authority school may allocate in-year places in advance of families moving to the area from within the UK. Written evidence that they are legally committed to a move may be required. This could be a solicitor’s letter confirming exchange of contracts, a signed letting/tenancy agreement or an assignment order confirming the new address or, for returning UK Service/Crown Servant families, proof of posting.

25

Applications made by parents who live outside the UK 62. Applications cannot be dealt with if the child is not resident in the UK. The child needs to be resident in the UK with a confirmed address before the parent can apply for a place at a Suffolk school. Applications from the UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces) 63. For family of service personnel with a confirmed posting to Suffolk, we will allocate a place in advance of the child arriving in the area. This is provided the application is accompanied by an assignment order that declares a relocation date and a unit postal address or quartering area address. Applications for a place outside the normal age group 64. All schools are experienced in educating and caring for children with different abilities and social and emotional needs. It is expected, therefore, that children will normally be educated within their chronological year group. 65. Applications for children to be admitted to a school one year earlier or one year later than normal, to stay for an extra year with a younger year group or to be taught one year ahead will be considered carefully and the decision will be made on the basis of the circumstances of each case and evidence provided. Requests will be considered at the Fair Access Panel with the evidence provided. Children with special educational needs 66. Where a school is named in a statement of special educational needs, the governing body or Academy Trust has a duty to admit the child to the school. 67. Children with special educational needs but without statements will be treated as fairly as other applicants. Admission authorities and schools may not refuse to admit a pupil because they consider themselves unable to cater for the child’s special educational needs. Children with disabilities 68. Children with disabilities will be treated as fairly as other applicants for admission. 69. Schools are under a duty to make reasonable adjustments to ensure that pupils with disabilities are not placed at a substantial disadvantage, although this does not apply to the provision of auxiliary aids and services or to physical adaptations to buildings. Children with challenging behaviour 70. Where a child has been permanently excluded from two or more schools, the parents can express a preference for a school place but there is no requirement on admission authorities to comply for a period of two years following the second exclusion. 71. It is normally unacceptable for schools to refuse to admit children on the basis of their behaviour elsewhere. It is also unacceptable for a school to refuse admission to a child thought to be potentially disruptive, or who has exhibited challenging behaviour, on the grounds that the child ought first to be assessed for special educational needs. Where a governing body or Academy Trust does not wish to admit a child with challenging behaviour outside of the normal admissions round, even though places are available, it must refer the case to the LA for action under the Fair Access Protocol. This would normally only be appropriate where the child does not have a local school place and a school has a particularly high proportion of children with challenging behaviour or previously excluded children and will depend on local circumstances. (School Admissions Code Para 3.12) 26

72. Some children who have been permanently excluded or have a recent history of challenging behaviour may be admitted to a school above the Published Admission Number (PAN) in accordance with the agreed Fair Access Protocol. Looked after children (children in care) 73. Looked after children (children in care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order) immediately following having been looked after, have been identified as a vulnerable group of children who should not be placed at a disadvantage when changes in care placement mean a change of school. 74. The Children Act 2004 places a duty on local authorities to promote the educational attainment of looked after children (children in care). As far as admission arrangements are concerned: (a)

Looked after children and previously looked after children, as described above, are given priority in the oversubscription criteria of all maintained and Own Admission Authority schools in Suffolk for the normal admission round;

(b)

The local authority admits looked after children and previously looked after children, where necessary above the PAN for the school, in line with current looked after children regulations. The Fair Access Protocol does not apply to looked after and previously looked after children (paragraph 3.12 of the Schools Admissions Code). For previously looked after children this will only apply if this status has been declared on the application form and the relevant evidence is provided.

Gypsy, Roma and Traveller children 75. Gypsy, Roma and Traveller children who move into an area served by a school will be regarded as ‘ordinarily resident’ in that area when they apply for a school place. Home-school agreements 76. Admission to school will not be conditional on parents signing a home-school agreement. Fraudulent applications 77. Admission authorities reserve the right to withdraw the offer of a school place if it is shown that it was obtained on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application.

Sue Cook Director for Children and Young People

27

Annex One Upper/High School Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Community and Voluntary Controlled Schools Suffolk County Council is the admissions authority for all community and voluntary controlled schools in Suffolk. Voluntary Aided School The governing body is the admissions authority for the voluntary aided high school in Suffolk. The school is: St Benedict’s Catholic School, Bury St Edmunds Foundation/Trust Schools Governing bodies are the admissions authorities for all foundation/trust schools in Suffolk. The LA has agreed to manage the admissions arrangements on behalf of the governing bodies of the following schools: Pakefield School, Lowestoft Thomas Gainsborough School, Great Cornard Academies Academy Trusts are the admissions authorities for all academies in Suffolk. At the time of publication of this document the schools below had converted to academy status. Bungay High School Castle Manor Academy, Haverhill Copleston High School, Ipswich County Upper School, Bury St Edmunds Debenham High School East Bergholt High School East Point Academy, Lowestoft Farlingaye High School, Woodbridge Felixstowe Academy Hadleigh High School Hartismere School, Eye Holbrook Academy Ipswich Academy Kesgrave High School Mildenhall College Academy Ormiston Denes Academy, Lowestoft Ormiston Endeavour Academy, Ipswich Ormiston Sudbury Academy Samuel Ward Academy, Haverhill Sir John Leman High School, Beccles St Alban’s Catholic High School, Ipswich Stoke High School – Ormiston Academy, Ipswich Stradbroke High School Suffolk New Academy, Ipswich Thomas Mills High School, Framlingham Westbourne Academy, Ipswich

28

Policy included Policy included Adopting county council policy Policy included Policy included Adopting county council policy Policy included Policy included Adopting county council policy Policy included Policy included Adopting county council policy Policy included Policy included Policy included Policy included Policy included Policy included Policy included Policy included Policy included Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy Adopting county council policy

Free Schools Governing bodies are the admission authorities for all free schools in Suffolk. These schools are listed below: Beccles Free School IES Breckland, Brandon Ixworth Free School Saxmundham Free School Stour Valley Community School, Clare

Policy included Policy included Policy included Policy included Policy included

It is possible that more maintained schools will become academies or more free schools will open in the coming year.

29

Annex Two Upper/High: Admissions Timetable for the 2015/2016 School Year Stage One • Parents of children living in Suffolk submit an application on which they can indicate up to three preferences, placed in rank order. • Parents submit the application to Suffolk County Council by the closing date of Friday 31 October 2014. • All schools send all application forms received by them to the LA by Tuesday 4 November 2014. Stage Two • The LA sends details of applications to other LAs and Own Admission Authorities, when they do not operate the LA’s Admissions Policy by Wednesday 26 November 2014. • The LA begins to consider all applications for community and controlled schools and Own Admission Authority schools (when the LA is managing their admissions), applying its oversubscription criteria, where necessary, and places all preferences for each school in rank order. Stage Three • The LA exchanges information with other LAs. • The LA processes late applications regarded as exceptions up to Tuesday 6 January 2015. • The LA sends details of applications to Suffolk Own Admission Authority schools when they do not operate the LA’s Admissions Policy by Thursday 8 January 2015. • Own Admission Authority schools send the provisional ranked list of pupils to the LA by Friday 16 January 2015. • The LA informs other LAs of offers to be made to their residents from Monday 26 January 2015. • The LA confirms the final lists of pupils to be allocated places to Own Admission Authority schools in Suffolk and other LAs by Tuesday 10 February 2015. Stage Four • The LA sends all Suffolk parents a single offer of a place on Monday 2 March 2015 and notifies schools accordingly. • In cases where the maintaining LA is not Suffolk County Council, the LA states that the offer is being communicated on behalf of the maintaining LA. • In the case of Own Admission Authority schools, the LA states that the offer is being communicated on behalf of the school’s governing body or Academy Trust. • It will be assumed that parents have accepted the school offered, unless they notify the LA in writing by Friday 13 March 2015.

30

Section 4

Fair Access Protocol

Revised December 2013

31

Content

Section 1.

The Scope of the Fair Access Protocols

2.

Arrangements for Admissions to Schools in Suffolk

3.

Protocol for Admission of Children to School

4.

Protocol for a managed moves scheme for the transfer of pupils at risk of exclusion and the placement of permanently excluded pupils

5.

Admission to Pupil Referral Units (PRUs)

32

Fair Access Protocol Section One The Scope of the Fair Access Protocols 1. The School Admissions Code, published by the Department for Education in February 2012, requires that each local authority must have a Fair Access Protocol, agreed with the majority of schools in its area to ensure that - outside the normal admissions round - unplaced children, especially the most vulnerable, are offered a place at a suitable school as quickly as possible. In agreeing a protocol, the local authority must ensure that no school - including those with available places - is asked to take a disproportionate number of children who have been excluded from other schools, or who have challenging behaviour. The protocol must include how the local authority will use provision to ensure that the needs of pupils who are not ready for mainstream schooling are met. 2. The operation of Fair Access Protocols is outside the arrangements of co-ordination and is triggered when a parent of an eligible child has not secured a school place under in-year admission procedures. It might also be triggered in very exceptional circumstances where a child requires a place in an area at a specific school. 3. The School Admissions Code requires that all admission authorities must participate in the Fair Access Protocol in order to ensure that unplaced children are allocated a school place quickly. There is no duty for local authorities or admission authorities to comply with parental preference when allocating places through the Fair Access Protocol. 4. Applications for school places at the normal times of admission (that is to say at the beginning of the Reception year in primary schools, Year 3 in Junior schools, Year 5 in middle schools, Year 7 in high schools and Year 9 in upper schools) are covered in published admission arrangements. This protocol therefore relates to those pupils who are difficult to place, either because of their particular circumstances at the time when their parents are seeking a place at a new school or because they are considered to be vulnerable. It may also apply to vulnerable children who already have a school place but who require a place at another specific school for very exceptional social reasons. It has been put in place to meet the objective of securing a place for these children in an appropriate environment as quickly as possible to minimise the impact on their education caused by being out of school. 5. The protocol process is in effect a safety net for where the normal procedures for inyear admission have failed. It is not intended to be part of extended co-ordination. 6. Schools have been consulted on these protocols. Aims of the Protocol 7. Fair Access Protocols exist for those children who cannot obtain a place through normal admissions procedures, to ensure that • access to education is secured quickly for children who have no school place but for whom a place at a mainstream school or alternative provision is appropriate; • all schools in an area admit their fair share of children with challenging behaviour, including children excluded from other schools. Main Principles 8. All applications made for a school place outside the normal admissions round must be considered as a matter of urgency. A formal decision either to offer, or to refuse, a place must be made and notified to the applicant, normally within 10 working days. All 33

parents must be advised of their statutory right of appeal when a place cannot be offered. 9. It is a legal requirement, under the School Admissions Code for all local authority maintained schools (including Own Admission Authorities, OAAs, i.e. voluntary aided schools, foundation/trust schools, academies and free schools) to participate in their Local Authority’s protocol in order to ensure that unplaced children, especially the most vulnerable, are offered a place at a suitable school as quickly as possible. This includes admitting children above the published admission number (PAN) to schools that are already full. Oversubscription cannot be cited as a reason for not admitting a pupil under the Fair Access Protocol, and schools should respond within 5 working days following a request from the local authority to a request for admission, so that the admission of the pupil is not delayed. 10. The effectiveness of the protocol must be monitored by the local authority. An assessment of how well the protocol has worked, including how many children have been admitted to each school in the area under the protocol, must be included in the Local Authority Annual Report to the Schools Adjudicator. 11. These protocols will be reviewed on an annual basis by the local authority.

34

Fair Access Protocol Section Two Arrangements for Admissions to Schools in Suffolk 1. The local authority is responsible for co-ordinating offers of places to parents who are seeking school places for their children at the normal year of admission. 2. The local authority is no longer required under the School Admissions Code to coordinate and administer the admissions process on behalf of all admissions authorities for in-year admissions. We are proposing that from the 2015/2016 school year we no longer co-ordinate these applications for own admission authority schools. This means parents will be able to make an in-year application directly to a voluntary aided, foundation/trust, academy or free school. 3. The Suffolk Co-ordinated Schemes (for primary/middle schools and upper/high schools) explain how applications will be managed by the local authority, liaising as necessary with other admissions authorities (including schools) about the availability of places. 4. The Admissions Team aim to consider applications within 10 school days of receiving them for community and voluntary controlled schools. They will not normally look at an application more than one term ahead of the date when parents want their child to start at the school. If their child is in the final year of his or her current school, we will look at the application in line with the timetable for the normal admissions round. 5. Applications made to schools for the normal year of entry are covered by arrangements published widely in Suffolk, in the booklet ‘Admissions to Schools in Suffolk’ and the ‘Directories of Schools in Suffolk’. However, the following protocol describes how the local authority will manage the exceptional admission of vulnerable young people to schools during the school year, sometimes in a different age group from the school’s normal entry year. Figure 1 shows the process that is undertaken when dealing with applications that arise in-year where there is no local school place. 6. Where a governing body or Academy Trust does not wish to admit a child with challenging behaviour outside the normal admissions round, even though places are available, it must refer the case to the local authority for action under the Fair Access Protocol. Where a governing body or Academy Trust does not wish to admit a child with challenging behaviour outside of the normal admissions round, even though places are available, it must refer the case to the LA for action under the Fair Access Protocol. This would normally only be appropriate where the child does not have a local school place and a school has a particularly high proportion of children with challenging behaviour or previously excluded children and will depend on local circumstances. (School Admissions Code Para 3.12). This provision will not apply to a looked after child, a previously looked after child or a child with a statement of special educational needs naming the school in question, as these children must be admitted. 7. The School Admissions Code specifies the children who must be covered by the protocol. Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this protocol describe how certain children would be admitted to school under this protocol, as follows: • •

Admission of children who have been permanently excluded or are at risk of exclusion or are subject to a managed move is described in Section 4 of this protocol; Admission of children who experience difficulty in managing their behaviour and for whom a place at a Pupil Referral Unit (PRU) would be appropriate is described in Section 5 of this protocol; 35

•

Children attending PRUs who need to be reintegrated back into mainstream education are also referred to in Section 5 of this protocol;

8. The admission of all other children referred to in the School Admissions Code would be dealt with in accordance with Section 3 of this protocol, namely: • children from the criminal justice system or Pupil Referral Units who need to be reintegrated into mainstream education; • children who have been out of education for two months or more; • children of Gypsies, Roma, Travellers, refugees and asylum seekers; • children who are homeless; • children with unsupportive family backgrounds for whom a place has not been sought; • children who are carers; • children with special educational needs, disabilities or medical conditions (but without a statement); • children whose parents have been unable to find them a place after moving to the area, because of the shortage of places. Figure 1 Flowchart to show process for an application where the child does not have a local school place In-year application received by Admission Authority

No places available in year group

Admission Authority writes to parent providing reasons for the refusal, the right of appeal and advising the parent, if an Own Admission Authority school, to contact the local authority for the next step

Places available in year group

Admission Authority writes to parent to offer place – on roll on or before 10 school days

36

Referral to Fair Access Panel or local Pupil Placement Panel

Fair Access Protocol Section Three Protocol for Admission of Children to Schools 1.

This protocol covers the in-year admission of children, referred to in the School Admissions Code, who have no school place but for whom a place at a mainstream school is appropriate.

2.

The children who would be considered under this protocol include: • children from the criminal justice system or Pupil Referral Units who need to be reintegrated into mainstream education; • children who have been out of education for two months or more; • children of Gypsies, Roma, Travellers, refugees and asylum seekers; • children who are homeless; • children with unsupportive family backgrounds for whom a place has not been sought; • children who are carers; • children with special educational needs, disabilities or medical conditions (but without a statement); • children whose parents have been unable to find them a place after moving to the area, because of the shortage of places.

3. This protocol also covers: (a) Children resident at a Women’s Refuge (b) New arrivals in the catchment area for whom placement at the alternative available schools is considered by the local authority to be unreasonable. Alternative placements are likely to be considered unreasonable in the following circumstances: • the alternative school is maintained by a neighbouring LA; • the alternative school would require the child to move from a two tier to a three tier system or vice versa, other than admission to Key Stage 4; • the travelling time to and from the alternative school would exceed the maximum travel times used by the local authority for catchment school transport, i.e. up to 45 minutes for primary children and 1 hour 15 minutes for secondary aged pupils; • if the cost of transport to an alternative school is more than the age weighted pupil unit (AWPU); • the child previously attended the school in question until up to 6 months previously and has now returned. (c) Other children who for exceptional reasons and in the view of the Local Authority should be considered to be vulnerable. These students may have complex needs, contact with a previous school may no longer be feasible, or they may not have been educated in a mainstream school when in their previous Authority. The local authority will determine whether a child should be considered under this protocol in the light of evidence presented to it. Pupil Placement and Fair Access Panels 4. Paragraph 3.10 of the Schools Admissions Code specifies ‘The operation of Fair Access Protocols is outside the arrangements of co-ordination and is triggered when a parent of an eligible child has not secured a school place under in-year admission procedures.’ 5. When this occurs the pupil case is either discussed first at the local Pupil Placement Panel (if there is one in place) or at the Fair Access Panel to decide on an appropriate school place. This will take into account paragraph 3.9 of the Schools Admissions 37

Code, which requires that no school – including those with available places – is asked to take a disproportionate number of children who have been excluded from other schools or who have challenging behaviour. 6. Pupil Placement Panels consist of headteachers or representatives from the relevant schools within the area. There is also a representative from the Schools Infrastructure team and a member of the Inclusion Team. Where a headteacher sends a representative on his or her behalf, they must be able to make decisions. When a school in a locality does not attend it is in the knowledge that the panel may agree that a pupil should be offered a place at that school. 7. Pupil Placement Panels have initially been established for high schools in the Ipswich and Lowestoft/Waveney areas. They will be established in other localities and for other key stages if there is a need to do so. The Pupil Placement Panels meet monthly, if required. 8. The Fair Access Panel will be responsible for monitoring decisions made at the Pupil Placement Panel to ensure that they are fair both to pupils and local schools. School data will be provided to the panels as a tool to ensure that no one school is asked to take more than their fair share of pupils with challenging behaviour. Challenging behaviour relates to pupils who have been permanently excluded or are at risk of exclusion. 9. When the panel has agreed a school placement. The pupil should be admitted within 10 school days, allowing sufficient time for the school to prepare for the pupil’s transition and to carry out any risk assessments that may be required. 10. In the event of a non-decision at a Pupil Placement Panel, the next steps are (a) to refer the case to the Fair Access Panel for a decision; and (b) if the identified school refuses to accept the pupil a direction will be sought through the appropriate route (for example, referral to the Education Funding Agency for an academy or free school). 11. The Fair Access Panel meets monthly to consider hard to place children in areas where there is no Pupil Placement Panel or a decision cannot be made by the local Pupil Placement Panel. The Fair Access Panel consists of the following officers; Assistant Director (Organisation and Infrastructure), Senior Infrastructure Officer (Admissions and Transport), Senior Adviser (Inclusion and Additional Needs), Social Inclusion Development Officer, Senior Inclusion Officer, Children Missing Education Officer, Integrated Service Manager, Lead Attendance Officer, Suffolk Sexually Appropriate Behaviour Services Manager, Admissions Team Managers, Solicitor/Education lawyer and Resource Manager (Admissions and Transport). Note: The Department for Education published non statutory guidance in November 2012. This can be found at http://media.education.gov.uk/assets/files/pdf/f/fair%20access%20protocols%20departmen tal%20advice%20final%20pd.pdf

38

Fair Access Protocol Section Four Protocol for a managed moves scheme for the transfer of pupils at risk of exclusion and the placement of permanently excluded pupils. The protocol applies to all schools. (Note: This section is currently under review) Introduction 1. Officers of the county council working with a group of middle and upper/high school Headteachers developed a formal Managed Move scheme and protocol as part of an overarching strategy to limit the historically high numbers of permanent exclusion in Suffolk. This measure along with other interventions and developments has seen lower numbers of pupils being permanently excluded from Suffolk schools. 2. Suffolk’s Managed Move protocol confirms a collective desire to maximise opportunity and outcomes for vulnerable and challenging children and young people. In order to realise this ambition the protocol, developed in partnership with Suffolk Headteachers, is a transparent scheme which details the roles and responsibilities of all those involved in the process. 3. The scheme established an open, fair and transparent system to reduce permanent exclusion and to ensure that pupils at risk of exclusion are, where appropriate, given a fresh start in a new school on an equal basis. The protocol applies to pupils attending mainstream schools, free schools and academies. 4. The protocol acknowledges the collective responsibility that all Suffolk schools and the local authority share to intervene early enough to secure the successful future education of children vulnerable to not completing their formal education. 5. The protocol provides a supportive framework allowing children and young people a genuine fresh start in a new school and ensures the conditions are in place for children to have another chance to take responsibility for their learning. Children, supported by their families, will be an active part of the process and are expected to exercise personal responsibility. Outline of Key Responsibilities in relation to Managing Behaviour 6. The Local Authority is responsible for: • Discussing and agreeing a protocol for the allocation of places to children who have been excluded from school or have a history of challenging behaviour so that all schools play their part in accommodating these children. The Inclusive Services team and Learning Improvement Service (LIS) will monitor and feed into the Reference Group (see paragraph 50) how well the protocol is working, how quickly the children are found places and the contribution every school in the area is making. The Reference Group will feed back annually to the Schools Forum and all schools. This will enable the forum to monitor the success rate of managed moves judged six months after the pupil joins the roll of the receiving school. The forum will also monitor in the longer term the numbers of Managed Moves in Suffolk and the impact on behaviour and attainment. In particular, the relationship between the numbers of Managed Moves and the rates of permanent and fixed term exclusions. In addition the report will include schools with high numbers of in-year transfers out where there has been no change of address. Further investigation into this situation will follow. It will also be valuable to make comparisons between statistical and geographical neighbours. 39

7. The LA through Inclusive Services and the Learning Improvement Service is required to: • Set out its arrangements with regard to behaviour support. • Ensure that suitable education is provided for excluded pupils in school, at Pupil Referral Units and elsewhere. To achieve this, the local authority provides Pupil Referral Units and Education Other Than at School (EOTAS) provision for excluded pupils in Year R to 11. • Ensure suitable provision for pupils with behavioural difficulties, including providing advice and resources to schools. For example, Behaviour Support Service, Education Psychology Service, Integrated Teams, Attendance Service and the Learning Improvement Service. 8. National research suggests the most effective schools will: • Work to improve standards of behaviour and attendance and to manage pupil behaviour in accordance with the school’s Behaviour Policy. • Use permanent exclusion only as a last resort, having regard to Department for Education regulations and guidance. • Work with the local authority to ensure there is least possible disruption to a child’s education. • Contribute to the local management of resources for Behaviour and Attendance through school collaborations. Actions and Specific Responsibilities 9. Local authority teams including Learning Improvement Service and Inclusive Services offer support to schools and pupils at a variety of stages including early intervention where pupils are experiencing difficulties managing their behaviour, around the time that a pupil is at risk of fixed term or permanent exclusion and following permanent exclusion ensuring that a child continues to receive their entitlement to education. School Support 10. The Suffolk Learning and Improvement Service through its Partnership Advisers and a specialist School Improvement Adviser – Behaviour and Attendance provides professional support and challenge to schools. Schools are encouraged and supported to work collaboratively to improve behaviour and reduce absence. 11. Inclusive Services also support schools, targeted interventions are available where pupils are at risk of exclusion. Inclusion Co-ordinators should be contacted if there is a risk that a pupil might be excluded. The Inclusion Co-ordinators will be able to offer advice and provide links to other services that can offer assistance. 12. The Suffolk Behaviour Support Service offers direct, in class support and whole school development at Key Stages 1–3 (as well as Foundation Stage). Support to manage behaviour can be provided as part of the Managed Move. 13. Schools can seek support from Education Welfare Officers for advice on improving attendance. 14. Headteachers can also work with Inclusion Co-ordinators to look at how the pupils’ situation can be managed and where possible a permanent exclusion avoided. The Inclusion Co-ordinator can advise on a range of strategies and resources to assist the school meeting the needs of the young person at risk

40

15. The Inclusion Co-ordinator will have an important role in Managed Moves in: • Advising and supporting the Headteacher • Facilitating arrangements for the Managed Move if appropriate • Attending the Disciplinary Committee meeting in maintained schools or, in an academy or free school, at the request of the school or the parent to advise and guide the governors regarding exclusions procedures and practice, including the Managed Moves option. 16. In the case that a permanent exclusion is confirmed, the Inclusion Co-ordinator may attend the Independent Review Panel. The EOTAS Co-ordinator will make arrangements for the pupil’s future education. Managed Moves 17. We all have a responsibility to provide an opportunity to maintain pupils in full-time education. 18. A Managed Move is a voluntary agreement based on sound educational principles, the terms and conditions of which should be agreed by the pupil, parents/carers, the home school and the receiving school, and recorded in a Managed Move Agreement. The young person must be on a school roll prior to the start of a Managed Move. In many cases a pupil being considered for a Managed Move may have a Common Assessment Framework (CAF). If they have not, we would advise that one is considered. 19. A Managed Move to another school significantly in advance of the point where a permanent exclusion may occur may be beneficial and appropriate. There may be other occasions when a managed move is an appropriate option although the ‘threat of permanent exclusion must never be used to influence parents to remove their child from the school’ (Exclusion Guidance Sept 12, 3:14) 20. A Managed Move would not normally be appropriate when: • a parent is not in support • a pupil is a persistent absentee • a pupil is seeking an in-year transfer to a new school • a pupil is not on a school roll • a pupil will not return to the home school if the placement is unsuccessful. Criteria for Managed Moves 21. Where a pupil and family feel that they would like the opportunity for a fresh start and are committed to supporting the process and the schools. 22. There needs to be a shared view between school, family and local authority teams that the school has at the present time exhausted all its own strategies as outlined in the Pastoral Support Plan or the Individual Education Plan or Behaviour Support Plan. For Managed Moves to be effective, the following success indicators need to be considered: 23. Strategies that have not worked in the current school might work in another setting in the context of the pupil’s fresh start. New strategies may also be needed. 24. There needs to be a clear audit of pupil’s strengths and capabilities that can form the core of an Individual Education Plan (IEP)/Pastoral Support Plan (PSP) in a new school suggesting the viability of a managed move.

41

25. Where relationships in the home school suggest a fresh start might help the pupil, evidence of the interventions the school has put in place prior to the Managed Move will be helpful in considering a managed move is appropriate. 26. Not all the above criteria will be met in each case. However, any Managed Move must have informed parental consent. Parents should be able to access clear information about the process via an independent source such as the Parent Partnership. Outline of the Managed Move Process 27. During the Managed Move, the pupil must remain on the roll at the home school. 28. A Managed Move will be initiated by the home school. The pupil remains on the roll of the home school whilst receiving their full education in their new school. This arrangement will be for an agreed period subject to regular review. At the end of the agreed period, if the move has been successful, the pupil will transfer to the roll of the new school. The maximum review period will be eight school weeks, where appropriate this may be shorter but needs to be negotiated and agreed by all parties. 29. The most successful Managed Moves will be supported by the parents in addition to the school and the pupil. 30. If a pupil has a statement of Special Educational Needs (SEN), close liaison between parents/carers, the home and receiving schools, Special Needs Officer and Inclusion Co-ordinator is crucial in the initial discussion and prior to a placement being established. Where schools need advice on SEN systems and process this is available from the SEN team within the Learning and Improvement Service. Advice will also be made available to parents. Parents should be signposted to appropriate sources of advice and support such as Parent Partnership. 31. Options for a new school will be identified by the Inclusion Co-ordinator in discussion with local Headteachers and discussion with the Headteacher of the home school. A key element of this process will be the pupil’s history, profile and their suitability for a Managed Move. Parents are an important part of the subsequent discussions. 32. The Inclusion Co-ordinator will use the Managed Moves database to identify potential schools. The database will show exclusions, successful managed moves, unsuccessful managed moves, refusals, mid year transfers where there is no change of address. In addition contextual factors in individual schools will be taken into consideration i.e. schools in an Ofsted category and schools with a high percentage of pupils with behavioural difficulties as identified by the SEN audit. Where possible moves will be managed locally. 33. Prior to admission a planning meeting should be held in the receiving school for the placement, identifying appropriate support needs for the pupil and staff. It will be important to involve the home school, the Inclusion Co-ordinator, pupil and parent in this meeting. Parents are entitled to bring someone to the meeting to support them. The Headteacher of the home school has a crucial role to play in providing the information for the Managed Move to have the best possible chance of being successful. This will include the most recent risk assessment, records of interventions to date and specific information about the pupil’s difficulties and strengths and other pertinent information which will support the new school. 34. In all cases, when agreement has been reached on a Managed Move between all parties, the Inclusion Co-ordinator should set out the arrangements in a letter to the pupil’s parents and a copy must be sent to the home school, the new school, the local 42

authority Admissions Team, and the Behaviour Support Service. If appropriate, the Special Needs Officer should also receive a copy of the document. The letter will be sent out within seven working days after the agreement that the managed move should take place. 35. The new school will maintain a record of the pupil’s attendance, behaviour and effort as appropriate during the trial period. Attendance should be reported weekly to the home school. 36. Where the behaviour of the pupil during the Managed Move gives rise to significant cause for concern, the Managed Move may be ended by the Headteacher of the new school, and the relevant parties informed accordingly. Arrangements for the pupil to return to the home school must be put into place immediately. The Pastoral Support Programme should be reviewed and revised in order to enable a successful transition. 37. However, we would expect there to be ongoing monitoring and that any early concerns were flagged to the home school and the Inclusion Co-ordinator for case management and consideration of alternative options. 38. The final review of the placement will normally take place at the new school at the end of the agreed period or sooner if appropriate. The pupil, their parents together with both schools and other interested parties should be invited to such a meeting, e.g. the Inclusion Co-ordinator and the Behaviour Support Service, and a decision taken as to the success or otherwise of the placement. 39. If there is collective agreement as a result of the final review meeting that the move has been successful, the Headteacher of the new school can agree to formally admit the pupil. The home school, the pupil’s parents, the local authority Admissions Team, the Education Welfare Officer (EWO) and, if appropriate, the Special Needs Officer, should be informed by letter by the Inclusion Co-ordinator who will also write a personal letter to the pupil acknowledging their success in the transition to a new school. The pupil will be put on the roll of the new school and removed from the roll of the home school within five working days. 40. If it is decided that the Managed Move has been unsuccessful, the pupil will return to the home school and the pupil’s parents/carers and the Behaviour Support Service, local authority Admissions Team and, if appropriate, the Special Needs Officer will be informed immediately in writing. In most cases, where a Managed Move is not progressing successfully, it is anticipated discussions would already be taking place in terms of next steps and future options. Where the Managed Move is unsuccessful, the new school will feedback to the Inclusion Co-ordinator in respect of lessons learned for this pupil’s case. The information will contribute to further refining the Managed Move process. 41. Where a managed move is proposed at primary, first school or middle school level, consideration must be given to the arrangements at transition to the middle, upper or high school. The pupil may transfer to the school into which the home school feeds, alternatively they may attend the school linked with the receiving school. The following factors must be considered: • The school to which the pupil will transfer. This may include a school which is not fed by the receiving school. For example, the pupil may transfer to the school fed by the home school they left following the managed move. This will need careful planning and consideration. • Support for transfer and transition 43

• • • •

Longer term implications of transport costs, including the transfer to middle, upper and high schools. Plans for reintegration with particular regard to the peer group based on the identified middle, upper or high school. Parent/pupil views regarding the transfer to the next phase beyond the Managed Move School. There is no guarantee for any future transfer and parents will have to apply, by the closing date, and their applications considered in line with the oversubscription criteria for the schools(s) being applied for which could be a mixture of local authority maintained, free school or academies.

42. At transition, parents may choose to exercise their right to select the school they feel is appropriate to the needs of their child; however it is important the choices, options and implications are identified and discussed from the outset by all parties. This is relevant to all primary, first and middle school Managed Moves irrespective of key stage. Consideration of Numbers 43. An essential feature of an open and transparent Managed Move Scheme is that it needs to apply to all schools and all designated year groups even where the year group is full. 44. To achieve our collective aspiration to ensure success for all children it is essential to secure the agreement of all schools that the appropriate Admissions Authority will use the discretion available to it to admit eligible pupils over and above the PAN as an ‘exceptional circumstance’. 45. No school will be required to receive more than 5 pupils or 0.5% of the PAN whichever is the smaller in any one academic year. The maximum number per year group will be the equivalent to half the number of forms of entry for that particular year group. The size of the school and which year groups pupils would be admitted to will be important factors when considering the appropriateness of a receiving school. 46. The above figures will include permanently excluded pupils for whom a fresh start in a mainstream school is considered appropriate. 47. Consideration will be given to the individual circumstances of the new school where a Managed Move is being considered. This would include the implications of admissions in the last two terms Financial contribution to the receiving school 48. The remaining Age Weighted Pupil Unit funding (AWPU) for the managed move pupil (a pro rata amount depending on the time of year) and a flat rate deduction of £2k will be transferred from the home school’s budget to the receiving school from the date that the pupil successfully transfers onto the receiving school’s roll. In the event that the trial period is unsuccessful, the home school will transfer £500 to the receiving school in recognition of additional support the new school has provided. 49. Where a pupil is permanently excluded a flat rate deduction of £2,000 is taken in addition to the pro rata AWPU. In the context of the 2012 regulations regarding exclusions and in particular the role and function of the Independent Review Panel (IRP), any deduction from school budgets will need to take account of the monies deducted by the local authority as directed by the IRP. The IRP has the power to require a school to give up £4,000 where the governors uphold the decision to permanently exclude when directed by the IPR to consider reinstating the pupil. Further details of the IRP and the 2012 exclusion regulations can be found in the 44

Department for Education document ‘Exclusion from maintained schools, Academies and pupil referral units in England: A guide for those with legal responsibilities in relation to exclusion’. Monitoring Arrangements 50. The operation of the Managed Moves protocol for pupils at risk of exclusion will be overseen and monitored by a reference group which will include Headteachers, representatives from Inclusive Services, the Learning Improvement Service and Parent Partnership. This group will meet in October and prepare a report for submission to the schools forum and schools and portfolio holder in Children and Young People Services. 51. Feedback and views from parents, pupils and staff regarding managed moves will be collected as part of our monitoring process. Parents, pupils and key staff in schools will receive a short questionnaire six months after the managed move asking them to comment on their experience of the process. 52. The monitoring process will ensure the fair application of the protocol Placement of Permanently Excluded Pupils protocol 53. For some pupils who are permanently excluded from a mainstream school it may be appropriate to look for a placement to another mainstream school. In all circumstances a thorough risk assessment will be carried out by the designated person within the home school and shared with the Inclusion Co-ordinator. 54. A new school will be identified with reference to the factors used to identify a school for a Managed Move. The Inclusion Co-ordinator will discuss with the receiving school and will support the school drawing up an appropriate risk management plan and develop and agree an appropriate package of support. Publication of data 55. A key element of the Managed Move protocol is transparent processes. To support this, data relating to Managed Moves will be published on the Suffolk County Council website ‘Schoolsurf’ which can be accessed by schools and updated on a regular basis. It will include: • A list showing home and receiving schools and Managed Moves by year group • Schools which have been approached and have declined a Managed Move • Managed Moves where the pupil has transferred to the receiving schools • Managed Moves where the pupil has not transferred to the receiving school • Exclusions Data • In-year transfers where the pupil has not changed address 56. This data will be reviewed by the reference group.

45

Fair Access Protocol Section Five Admission to Pupil Referral Units (PRUs) (Note: This section is currently under review) 1. PRUs are a key element in Suffolk County Council’s provision to support children and young people who experience difficulties in managing their behaviour. In order to effectively target the valuable but finite resources of our PRUs a clear set of admission policies and procedures are essential. 2. Seven key principles underpin the work of all PRUs: • Support for staff in schools • Development of inclusive approaches • Raising the attainment of pupils with social, emotional and behavioural difficulties • Early identification and intervention • Involving and supporting parents and carers • Providing high quality provision which offers best value • Promoting the active involvement of other agencies. 3. As with all maintained schools, the local authority is the admissions authority for PRUs. On a day-to-day basis the Pupil Services Lead: Social Inclusion will oversee pupil admissions to PRUs. 4. Further information about the admissions and referral process can also be obtained from the Inclusion Co-ordinators. Admission Procedures to First Base Units 5. The school or pre-school provider will make a referral based on: a. Previous discussion with Special Educational Needs (SEN) specialist staff such as Educational Psychologists or Advisers Learning Support (SEN); b. Evidence from the school’s records that the child has significant social, emotional or behavioural needs at Early Years or School Action Plus of the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice 2001. 6. In all cases, the referral must be supported by: a. The child’s Headteacher and school staff who have been made aware that they will be responsible for delivering part of the support package; b. Relevant background information (such as reports, Action or Action Plus documentation, P Scale or Foundation Stage Profile, SEN Audit) from those actively involved with the child including the school and from colleagues both within and outside the local authority; and c. The agreement of the parents or carers. 7. Referrals to First Base will also be supported by an Educational Psychologist or Adviser Learning Support (SEN) or EOTAS Co-ordinator following a decision that the child has significant needs at School Action moving onto School Action Plus. 8. Referrals will be considered termly at an Admissions Panel Meeting. The Head of First Base, the Educational Psychologist and a Special Needs Officer will make up the Panel. In addition, a Headteacher representative from a local primary school will attend on a rotational basis. 9. There will be a set admissions date for each term in order to maintain group stability as far as possible. 46

10. For those children who attend First Base, the placement will be a dual one, which means that the child must remain on the roll of the mainstream school or Early Years setting. Excluded pupils will need to be on the roll of a mainstream school prior to admission to First Base provision, even if attendance at that school has not been fully established at that point. First Base will then work with other key colleagues to plan the reintegration into their new school. 11. All children attending First Base should have the expectation of full-time re-integration into mainstream school. 12. Attendance at First Base should be time limited with a maximum of 12 months but an expectation exists that the commitment to each placement will continue up to the date of the next review meeting. 13. Children attending First Base should live within 30 minutes travelling time. 14. Whatever the nature of the First Base service being offered, whether school based or in-centre provision, it is essential that there is a commitment from the child’s mainstream school or Early Years setting to support the work undertaken by First Base, including: • Attendance at any appropriate meeting • Implementation of agreed actions recommended by First Base • Recording and sharing of information about the child 15. There is an expectation that parents or carers should be actively involved with the support process and that this will be encouraged and supported by the mainstream educational placement. Criteria for Placement 16. For a child to be considered for a First Base placement at the time of the referral: • Parental or carer permission must have been sought and gained • The child will be between the ages of 3 and 7+ years (autumn term of Year 2) • There must be clear evidence that assessment and provision has been made at either Early Years or School Action Plus • This evidence must show clearly identified approaches, targets and strategies along with their outcomes and the response of the child to this support.

Admission Procedures to Key Stage 2/3 PRUs 17. Pupils who remain on their school roll or who are permanently excluded can be admitted into the Key Stage 2/3 PRU. However, priority is to be given to those pupils who are excluded or who are ‘looked after’ by the local authority (regardless of their school status). The balance of excluded pupils to non-excluded pupils within the PRU will not exceed 70/30. Pupils who remain on the roll of a mainstream school 18. The school or the school’s Educational Psychologist or Adviser Learning Support (SEN) or EOTAS Co-ordinator may make a referral. This will be based on: • Previous discussion with the school and the implementation of any recommendations or suggestions made • Evidence from the school’s records that the child has significant social, emotional or behavioural needs at School Action Plus of the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice 2001. 19. This referral must be supported by: 47

• •

•

The child’s headteacher and school staff who have been made aware that they will be responsible for delivering part of the support package Relevant background information (such as reports, Action or Action Plus documentation, P Scale or Foundation Stage Profile, SEN Audit) from those actively involved with the child including the school and from colleagues both within and outside the local authority and The agreement of the parents or carers.

Pupils who are permanently excluded 20. Referrals of permanently excluded pupils will be made by the relevant Inclusion Coordinator once: • The case has been discussed at the Inclusion Panel and it has been agreed by the panel members that PRU provision would be an appropriate placement • The pupils parent(s)/carer(s) agree to the referral being made. Admissions Policy 21. Referrals will be considered termly at an Admissions Panel Meeting. The Head of Unit, the Educational Psychologist and either the Inclusion Co-ordinator or Special Needs Officer will make up the Panel. In addition, a Headteacher representative from a local primary/high school will attend on a rotational basis. 22. There will be a set admissions panel date for each term in order to maintain group stability as far as possible. 23. For those pupils who attend the Key Stage 2/3 PRU, the placement will be either a dual one, which means that the child must remain on the roll of the mainstream school or if permanently excluded have an exit plan in place. If the excluded pupil is to return to another mainstream school, unit staff will then work with other key colleagues to plan the reintegration into their new school. 24. Attendance at the PRU should be time limited with a maximum of 3 terms but an expectation exists that the commitment to each placement will continue up to the date of the next review meeting. 25. Whatever the nature of the service being offered by the PRU, whether school based or in-centre provision, it is essential that there is a commitment from the child’s mainstream school or local authority key worker to support the work undertaken by unit staff, including: • Attendance at any appropriate meeting • Implementation of agreed actions recommended by the PRU Head • Recording and sharing of information about the child. 26. There is an expectation that parents or carers should be actively involved with the support process, however, if the parents or carers agree to the referral but are reluctant to be engaged this will not prevent a referral being made if the placement is thought appropriate. Criteria for Placement 27. For a child to be considered for a unit placement at the time of the referral: • Parental or carer permission must have been sought and gained. • The child will be between the ages of 7 and 13 years (autumn term of Year 9). • There must be clear evidence that assessment and provision has been made at their mainstream school. • This evidence must show clearly identified approaches, targets and strategies along with their outcomes and the response of the child to this support. 48

•

If permanently excluded the documentation supporting the exclusion should be presented with the referral.

Admission Procedures to Key Stage 4 PRUs Criteria 28. The criteria for admission are: • a student has been previously or is currently on the roll of a mainstream school (in exceptional circumstances, consideration may be given to a student on a special school roll); • a student has been permanently excluded and the exclusion has been upheld by the Discipline Committee; • a student has been given fixed term exclusion and is at risk of permanent exclusion; • a student’s emotional and behavioural difficulties prevent full participation in the social and academic life of a mainstream school. 29. Priority will be given to students who are not on a mainstream roll and/or have been permanently excluded. Process 30. As the local authority is the admissions authority the final decision on referral and placement rests with the local authority. The admissions procedure is as follows: Stage one: Referral 31. Referrals may be made by various professionals, such as the Educational Psychologist, Lead Attendance Officer, Advisory Teacher for SEN or EOTAS, Senior Inclusion Officer, EOTAS Co-ordinator, Inclusion Co-ordinator, Special Needs Officers, Pupil Services Lead: Social Inclusion or directly from a Headteacher. Whatever the source, the referral must be made through the Lead Officer for the PRU using the standard referral form. 32. In all cases, the referral must be supported by: • The agreement of parents or carers and the student; • Relevant background information from all those who are involved in the student’s provision as stated on the checklist for referral; • Individual Education Plans and/or Pastoral Support Programmes for the last three terms. 33. The Lead Officer for the PRU will process the complete referral form and additional information and make the decision to; • Take the referral to the Placement Meeting, when the decision to proceed or not with admission will be taken; or • Return the referral as the criteria for referral have not been met. 34. If the local authority decides not to proceed the Lead Officer for the PRU will advise those concerned. Stage two: Contact regarding admission 35. Parents or carers, mainstream school or alternative providers will be informed by the Lead Officer for the PRU, with confirmation of the starting date and authorisation of transport if appropriate, of the decision to admit the student to the PRU. The PRU headteacher will contact the parents or carers to arrange to meet the student at the PRU. The meeting should take place prior to admission and will not affect the decision to admit the student. 49

Stage three: Arrangements for admission 36. The PRU headteacher will draw up an action plan, in consultation with the parents or carers, the student and mainstream school to set out the programme and timetable for the student’s educational provision. The PRU headteacher will also obtain the Student’s Record file from the previous school. And, where appropriate, liaise with outside agencies to ensure that the pupil’s place at the PRU is fully supported and successful. 37. A copy of the action plan will be sent within fifteen school days after admission to the: • Lead Officer; • Parents or carers; • Mainstream school when dually registered; • Other professionals as appropriate, e.g. Social Worker, Connexions Adviser. Stage four: Monitoring 38. All the arrangements between parents/carers, the school and PRU will be co-ordinated by the PRU headteacher. Based on a range of assessments, the Head of PRU and Special Educational Needs Co-ordinator (SENCO) will devise the student’s Individual Education Plan and liaise with appropriate supporting agencies. 39. The Individual Education Plan will be reviewed at the end of the first half-term of the placement and thereafter termly. 40. Students will normally have access to KS4 examinations, including GCSE, Entry Level and NVQ qualifications, as appropriate. All students will have access to the wider curriculum, including work experience, careers guidance, pre-16 vocational training and group activities. 41. The PRU headteacher will report on students’ progress to: • The Management Committee; • Students’ parents/carers in the annual report; and Also on the progress of the previous intake in terms of attendance and behaviour at each successive review and placement meeting.

50

Section 5 Published Admission Numbers (PANs) for 2015/2016 School Name Primary Schools Abbot’s Hall CP School Abbots Green Primary School Acton CEVCP School Aldeburgh Community Primary School All Saints CEVAP School, Laxfield All Saints CEVAP School, Newmarket All Saints CEVCP School, Lawshall Bacton CP School Bardwell CEVCP School Barnby and North Cove CP School Barnham CEVCP School Barningham CEVCP School Barrow CEVCP School Bawdsey CEVCP School Bealings School Beaumont CP School Beck Row Primary School Bedfield CEVCP School Bentley CEVCP School Bildeston Primary School Birchwood Primary School Blundeston CEVCP School Bosmere CP School Boxford CEVCP School Bramfield CEVCP School Bramford CEVCP School Brampton CEVCP School Britannia Primary School Broke Hall CP School Brooklands Primary School Bucklesham Primary School Bungay Primary School Bures CEVCP School Burton End CP School Capel St Mary CEVCP School Carlton Colville Primary School Castle Hill Infant School Castle Hill Junior School Causton Junior School Cavendish CEVCP School Cedars Park Primary School Cedarwood CP School Charsfield CEVCP School Chelmondiston CEVCP School Chilton CP School 51

PAN 2014/2015

Proposed PAN 2015/2016

60 60 30 15 15 30 21 30 15 10 15 15 30 15 15 20 30 8 8 20 30 30 45 30 12 30 12 87 90 30 15 45 30 60 45 60 75 75 75 15 60 60 10 20 30

60 60 30 15 15 30 21 30 15 10 15 15 30 15 15 20 30 8 8 20 30 30 45 30 12 30 12 90 90 30 15 45 30 60 45 60 75 75 75 15 60 60 10 20 30

School Name Clare CP School Claydon Primary School Clements CP School Cliff Lane Primary School Clifford Road Primary School Cockfield CEVCP School Coldfair Green CP School Colneis Junior School Combs Ford Primary School Copdock Primary School Corton CEVCP School Coupals CP School Crawfords CEVCP School Creeting St Mary CEVAP School Crowfoot CP School Dale Hall CP School Dell Primary School Dennington CEVCP School Earl Soham CP School East Bergholt CEVCP School Easton CP School Edgar Sewter CP School Elm Tree CP School Elmsett CEVCP School Elmswell CP School Elveden Church of England Primary Academy Exning Primary School Eyke CEVCP School Fairfield Infant School Fen Park CP School Forest Academy Fressingfield CEVCP School Gislingham CEVCP School Glemsford CP School Gorseland Primary School Grange CP School Great Barton CEVCP School Great Finborough CEVCP School Great Heath Primary School Great Waldingfield CEVCP School Great Whelnetham CEVCP School Grove Primary School Grundisburgh Primary School Guildhall Feoffment CP School Gunton CP School Gusford Primary School Hadleigh CP School Halifax Primary School Handford Hall Primary School 52

PAN 2014/2015 30 60 30 60 60 15 20 90 60 10 15 30 15 11 45 60 58 11 12 30 12 45 60 13 45 12 20 20 90 60 45 20 15 30 60 30 30 20 60 20 20 45 25 50 45 90 78 60 45

Proposed PAN 2015/2016 30 60 45 60 60 15 20 90 60 10 16 30 15 12 45 60 60 11 12 30 12 45 60 13 45 12 30 20 90 60 45 20 15 30 60 30 30 20 60 20 20 45 28 50 45 90 78 60 45

PAN 2014/2015 45 15 90 11 15 90 10 26 15 15 30 15 30 45 15 40 15 30 30 20 11 45 30 60 45 30 30 15 60 30 75 20 30 23 30 7 15 10 10 56 30 54 14 30 30 60 20 10 15

School Name Hardwick Primary School Hartest CEVCP School Heath Primary School Helmingham CP School Henley Primary School Hillside CP School Hintlesham & Chattisham CEVCP School Holbrook Primary School Hollesley Primary School Holton St Peter CP School Honington CEVCP School Hopton CEVCP School Houldsworth Valley Primary School Howard CP School Hundon CP School Ickworth Park Primary School Ilketshall St Lawrence School Ixworth CEVCP School Kedington Primary Academy Kelsale CEVCP School Kersey CEVCP School Kessingland CEVCP School Kingsfleet Primary School Kyson Primary School Lakenheath CP School Langer Primary Academy Laureate CP School Lavenham CP School Leiston Primary School Long Melford CEVCP School Maidstone Infant School Martlesham Beacon Hill Primary School Meadow CP School Mellis CEVCP School Melton Primary School Mendham Primary School Mendlesham CP School Middleton CP School Monks Eleigh CEVCP School Morland Primary School Moulton CEVCP School Murrayfield CP School Nacton CEVCP School Nayland Primary School New Cangle CP School Northfield St Nicholas Primary School Norton CEVCP School Occold Primary School Old Newton CEVCP School 53

Proposed PAN 2015/2016 45 15 90 11 15 90 14 26 15 15 30 15 60 45 15 40 15 30 30 20 11 45 30 60 45 30 30 15 60 30 75 20 30 25 30 7 15 10 10 56 30 54 14 30 30 60 30 10 15

School Name Orford CEVAP School Otley Primary School Oulton Broad Primary School Paddocks Primary School Pakefield Primary School Palgrave CEVCP School Peasenhall Primary School Piper’s Vale CP School Place Farm Primary Academy Poplars CP School Pot Kiln Primary School Ranelagh Primary School Rattlesden CEVCP School Ravensmere Infant School Ravenswood CP School Rendlesham Primary School Reydon Primary School Ringsfield CEVCP School Ringshall School Risby CEVCP School Roman Hill Primary School Rose Hill Primary School Rougham CEVCP School Rushmere Hall Primary School Sandlings Primary School Saxmundham Primary School Sebert Wood CP School Sexton’s Manor CP School Shotley CP School Sidegate Primary School Sir Robert Hitcham’s CEVAP, Debenham Sir Robert Hitcham’s CEVAP, Framlingham Snape CP School Somerleyton Primary School Somersham Primary School Southwold Primary School Springfield Infant School Springfield Junior School Sprites Primary School Sproughton CEVCP School St Benet’s Catholic Primary School St Botolph’s CEVCP School St Christopher's CEVCP School St Edmund’s Primary School, Hoxne St Edmund's Catholic Primary School, Bungay St Edmunds Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds St Edmundsbury CEVAP School St Felix RCP School St Gregory CEVCP School 54

PAN 2014/2015 15 10 30 30 60 9 10 60 60 78 45 30 20 20 60 30 30 10 30 30 75 45 30 90 38 42 60 30 28 90 30 50 10 8 15 10 87 87 60 15 15 30 60 12 15 60 60 45 30

Proposed PAN 2015/2016 15 10 30 30 60 9 10 60 60 78 45 30 20 20 60 45 30 10 30 30 75 45 30 90 38 42 60 30 28 90 30 50 10 8 15 10 87 87 60 15 15 30 60 12 15 60 60 45 30

School Name St Helen’s Primary School St John’s CEVAP School St Joseph’s RCP School St Louis Catholic Academy St Margaret’s CEVAP School, Ipswich St Margaret’s CP School, Lowestoft St Mark’s Catholic Primary School St Mary’s CEVAP School, Hadleigh St Mary’s CEVAP School, Woodbridge St Mary’s CEVCP School, Benhall St Mary’s Church of England Academy, Mildenhall St Mary’s RCVAP School, Lowestoft St Marys Catholic Primary School, Ipswich St Matthew’s CEVAP School St Pancras Catholic Primary School St Peter and St Paul CEVAP School Stanton CP School Stoke Ash CP School Stoke-by-Nayland CEVCP School Stonham Aspal CEVAP School Stradbroke CEVCP School Stratford St Mary Primary School Stutton CEVCP School Tattingstone CEVCP School The Albert Pye CP School The Freeman CP School The Glade CP School The Oaks CP School The Willows Primary School Thorndon CEVCP School Thurlow CEVCP School Thurston CEVCP School Tollgate Primary School Trimley St Martin Primary School Trimley St Mary Primary School Trinity CEVAP School Tudor CEVCP School Waldringfield Primary School Walsham-le-Willows CEVCP School Wells Hall CP School Wenhaston Primary School West Row CP School Westfield Primary Academy Westgate CP School Westwood Primary School Wetheringsett CEVCP School Whatfield CEVCP School Whitehouse CP School 55

PAN 2014/2015 60 30 20 45 30 60 30 30 30 12 60 30 30 60 30 30 30 10 15 30 20 15 13 14 Year R 40, Year 3 20 30 30 54 30 12 15 30 60 30 60 45 45 15 20 60 12 30 60 60 30 12 8 60

Proposed PAN 2015/2016 60 30 20 45 60 60 30 30 30 12 60 30 30 60 30 30 30 10 15 30 20 15 13 14 Year R 40, Year 3 20 30 45 54 30 12 15 30 60 30 60 45 45 15 20 60 12 30 60 60 30 14 8 60

School Name Whitton CP School Wickham Market CP School Wickhambrook CP School Wilby CEVCP School Witnesham Primary School Wood Ley CP School Woodbridge Primary School Woodhall CP School Woods Loke CP School Woolpit CP School Worlingham CEVCP School Worlingworth CEVCP School Wortham Primary School Yoxford Primary School Middle Schools Hardwick Middle School Horringer Court Middle School Howard Middle School St James CEVA Middle School St Louis Catholic Middle School Westley Middle School Upper/High Schools Alde Valley School Beccles Free School Bungay High School Castle Manor Academy Claydon High School Copleston High School County Upper School Debenham High School East Bergholt High School East Point Academy Farlingaye High School Felixstowe Academy Hadleigh High School Hartismere School Holbrook Academy IES Breckland School Ipswich Academy Ixworth Free School Kesgrave High School King Edward VI CEVC Upper School Mildenhall College Academy Newmarket College Northgate High School Ormiston Denes Academy Ormiston Endeavour Academy Ormiston Sudbury Academy 56

PAN 2014/2015 54 40 20 12 15 45 30 60 60 30 45 9 12 10

Proposed PAN 2015/2016 54 40 20 14 15 45 30 60 60 30 45 9 15 10

100 100 100 124 Year 5 110, Year 7 56 116

100 100 100 124 Year 5 110, Year 7 28 116

180 108 210 160 149 296 260 125 186 240 290 320 168 147 120 100 210 120 280 360 270 170 224 240 180 160

180 120 210 150 149 296 260 125 186 240 290 320 168 147 120 100 210 120 280 360 270 170 224 240 180 160

School Name Pakefield School Samuel Ward Academy Saxmundham Free School Sir John Leman High School St Alban's Catholic High School St Benedict's Catholic School Stoke High School - Ormiston Academy Stour Valley Community School Stowmarket High School Stowupland High School Stradbroke High School Suffolk New Academy The Benjamin Britten High School Thomas Gainsborough School Thomas Mills High School Thurston Community College Westbourne Academy Sixth Form Alde Valley School Bungay High School Castle Manor Academy Copleston High School County Upper School Farlingaye High School Felixstowe Academy Hartismere School Ipswich Academy Kesgrave High School King Edward VI CEVC Upper School Mildenhall College Academy Newmarket College Northgate High School Ormiston Sudbury Academy Samuel Ward Academy Sir John Leman High School St Alban's Catholic High School St Benedict's Catholic School Stowmarket High School Stowupland High School Suffolk One (6th Form Centre) Thomas Gainsborough School Thomas Mills High School Thurston Community College Nursery Highfield Nursery

PAN 2014/2015 180 195 108 240 162 Year 7 60, Year 9 150 172 115 300 180 87 270 240 240 168 355 260

Proposed PAN 2015/2016 180 210 120 240 162 Year 7 60, Year 9 150 172 115 240 180 87 165 240 240 168 300 260

20 17 20 100 30 75 100 100 10 44 50 50 60 150 30 20 25 5 10 25 20 1000 20 95 50

20 17 30 100 30 75 100 100 10 44 50 50 60 150 30 30 25 5 10 25 20 1000 20 95 50

104

104

PANs in this document could change subject to review in Ipswich. 57

Section 6 Admission Policies for Suffolk Voluntary Aided Schools 2015/2016 The following pages contain the admission policies of the Voluntary Aided Schools in Suffolk. Please note if dates are missing in the following policies these can be found in Annex 2 of the primary and middle Schools co-ordinated admissions scheme in Section 2 and Annex 2 of the upper/high schools co-ordinated admissions scheme in Section 3.

All Saints CEVA Primary School, Laxfield Admissions Policy for the School Year 2015-2016 The Governing Body, as the Admissions Authority for the School, has agreed that the Planned Admissions Number (the maximum number of children to be admitted in any year) is 15. For admission to the 2015-16 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to All Saints C.E.V.A. Primary School, Laxfield full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year of All Saints C.E.V.A. Primary School, Laxfield they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at All Saints C.E.V.A. Primary School, Laxfield will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full- or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year Application - Parents apply using the Local Education Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF1), and the optional Supplementary Information Form (SIF) – these are available on demand. Applications may be on a paper form or the LA on line form naming this School as one of the preferences. The online form can be found at: www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. The SIF is an opportunity to provide more details about reasons for applying to a church school; it is not compulsory and on its own does not constitute a valid application form The CAF, together with the SIF for Aided Schools and any letters of support, should be returned to the Area Education Office and/or School by 15th January 2015. Places will be allocated for the following academic year, all children being admitted at the start of the autumn term in September 2015. Forms (paper or on-line) received by 15th January 2015 are given equal consideration regardless of the date of receipt. Places will be offered to Looked After Children (i.e. Children in Public Care) regardless of whether they live in the catchment area of the school. Places will also be offered to those children with statements of special educational needs which name the school as the appropriate school for the child. Remaining places will be offered in the following order.

58

1

Children who are ordinarily resident in the school’s catchment area on January 2015 in the following order: a. Children with brothers or sisters (or other children living together as a family at the same address) already at the school and who will be there when the child starts. If there are not enough places, we will give places to those with the smallest age gaps first. b. Children whose Parent(s)/Guardian(s)/Carer(s) are regular (ie at least once a month) attendees at services held at churches/chapels situated within the school’s catchment area. (Applicants are advised to complete the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) in order that the Governors have accurate information which enables them to apply this criterion fairly.) c.

Children who live the furthest from another primary school (We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located).

d. Other applicants. 2

Children who are ordinarily resident outside the school’s catchment area on the 15th January 2015. The order of preference will be as for 1a-c, but criteria d. will be: children who live nearest the school (distances from the front door of child’s residence to the front door of the school will be measured in a straight line (as the crow flies) and calculated electronically by the Local Authority using data provided by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey.). Ultimate tie-breaker: In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school and its governing body to determine the successful applicant.

3

The LA (Local Authority), on behalf of the Governors, will inform you by 16th April 2015 as to whether or not a place is available. If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Applications made after the published deadline. If there are still places left at the school after we have considered all the applications made by 15th January 2015, we will offer them to applicants who applied after that date using the preference order 1-2. The information provided in this policy needs to be read alongside and in the context of the relevant Suffolk Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme and ‘Schools in Suffolk Important Information for Parents and carers.’ • •

Details of the catchment area agreed with the LA can be obtained from the school or from The Area Office, Lowestoft. Ordinarily resident – this refers to the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you 59

rent or own a second home in the catchment area or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the catchment area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. • Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree, in writing, which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. • Traveller families will be considered as ‘ordinarily resident’ for application purposes. • Multiple births - if the final place at the School is offered to a twin/triplet etc. And the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Governors policy to separate twins/triplets etc. unless such admissions would breach infant class size legislation. Ultimate tie-breaker: In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school and its governing body to determine the successful applicant. Policy Review & Consultation: This Policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our Parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective. Waiting Lists: A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the above oversubscription criteria. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address whilst your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools for which you have applied. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where the school is over-subscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn Term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. The waiting list will be maintained until the last day of the first full week of the Spring Term 2016. Questions about this policy: If any applicant has a question about this policy please contact the School Office 01986 798344.

60

All Saint’s CEVA Primary School, Newmarket MISSION STATEMENT Recognising its historic foundation, the school will preserve and develop its religious character in accordance with the principles of the Church of England and in partnership with the Church at parish and diocesan level. The school aims to serve its community by providing an education of the highest quality within the context of Christian belief and practice. It encourages an understanding of the meaning and significance of faith and promotes Christian values through the experience it offers to all its pupils. Under our Trust Deed, All Saints’ was established ‘As a school for the education of children and adults or children only, of the manufacturing or other poorer classes in the parish of All Saints’. Traditionally All Saints’, as the only Church of England Primary School in Newmarket, serves the parishes of both All Saints’ and St. Mary’s churches. ADMISSIONS POLICY 2015/16 DRAFT 5 The Governors of All Saints’ School, as the Admissions Authority, are able to welcome up to 30 pupils (the Published Admission Number or P.A.N.) into each year group and will try to meet the preferences of parents but this cannot be guaranteed. Applications should be made to the Local Authority (Suffolk County Council) either on line at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions or on paper by completing a Common Application Form (C.A.F.1) available from the school office or from the Suffolk County Council website. If you are applying for a church place (no. 2 in the categories listed overleaf) it will also be necessary to complete a Supplementary Information Form (S.I.F.) available from the school. This will give the Governors the relevant information on which to consider your application within this category. Completion of the S.I.F. is strongly advised but is not compulsory. A S.I.F. on its own is not a valid application. The ONLY valid application is the C.A.F.1 form (or, for In-year applications, the current relevant form). Applications must be received by the Local Authority by 15th January, 2015 and the Supplementary Information Form returned directly to the school by the same date. For admission to the 2015-16 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to All Saints’ full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year of All Saints’ they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Need which identifies All Saints’ as the appropriate school for that child will be admitted automatically as a priority. If there are more applications than places then children will be admitted to the school using the following over subscription criteria in this priority order:-

61

1. Children in Care. (LAC: Looked After Children or Previously Looked After Children) LAC – Children who are in the care of the LA as defined by section 22 of the Children Act 1989 Previously LAC - Children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). Places are allocated as either Church Places (10 places) or Community Places (20 places). Any unallocated places in either category will be added to the other category. In all the categories below, except category 3.1, the determining factor will be children who live nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’), please see page 3 for full explanation. 2. Up to 10 places are for:2.1 Children who themselves or their families1 regularly2 worship at All Saints’ or St. Mary’s Churches, Newmarket. Parents3 are advised to submit a completed Supplementary Information Form. 2.2 Children who themselves or their families1 regularly2 worship at another Christian Church4. Parents are advised to submit a completed Supplementary Information Form. 2.3 Children of religious faiths, whose parents would like them to attend All Saints’ because of its religious traditions.5 Parents are advised to submit a completed Supplementary Information Form. 3. Up to 20 places are for:3.1 Children who have a brother or sister6 attending, All Saints’ School at the time of his / her admission. If necessary, priority will be given to those with the smallest age difference. 3.2 Children who are ordinarily resident in the school’s Catchment area.7 4. Other applications In all the above categories, except category 3.1, the determining factor will be children who live nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the local authority (LA) using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the coordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree, in writing, which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ 62

address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the above oversubscription criteria (numbers 1 – 4 above). The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address whilst your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools for which you have applied. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where school is over subscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn Term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria (numbers 1 – 4 above), not the date on which the application is received. In-year applications and those for other year groups, which are unsuccessful because a year group is full, will be maintained on a waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions criteria (numbers 1 – 4 above), not the date on which the application is received. On 16th April 2015 the Local Authority will write to parents, on behalf of the Governing Body, to inform them whether or not a place is available. If a place is not granted you have the right to appeal against the decision of the Governing Body. With the letter of refusal you will be sent information on how to appeal, you can download an appeal form from the website or phone the number provided. All appeals against the decision not to admit pupils are now processed by the Education Appeals Office and heard by an independent appeal panel. All In-Year applications should be made on the applicable form available from school or from the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools Notes: 1. Families in this context means either or both parent or guardian. 2. Regularly means at least monthly and the applicant should be known to the priest or minister. 3. A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents’ attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above and siblings. 4. Christian Church is defined as a church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and Ireland or the Evangelical Alliance. 5. Parents should indicate that they wish their application to be considered under this category by submitting a completed Supplementary Information Form.

63

6. Brother or sister includes half or step siblings and other children of the same immediate household. If the final place available is offered to a twin or triplet, etc. and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining siblings/s at the same school. It is not the Governors’ policy to separate twins or triplets, etc. 7. Details of the catchment area can be obtained from the school or from Local Authority’s offices in Bury St. Edmunds or Ipswich. Living within the school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place will be available at All Saints’. ‘Ordinarily resident’ means permanently resident for a settled purpose, we may ask for proof of this address. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school nor does it apply if you own a second home in order to have an address closer to school. If your child is resident in the UK we can offer him or her a school place before you have moved into the area, but you must give us written evidence that you are legally committed to the move. This could be a solicitor’s letter confirming exchange of contracts or a signed letting/tenancy agreement. Traveller families will be considered as ‘ordinarily resident’ for these purposes. We regard Travellers who move into the catchment of a school as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. 8. ‘As the crow flies’ - this distance will be measured by a straight line calculated electronically by using the data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (e.g. apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants living the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school, to determine the successful applicant. Further information about the admissions process may be obtained from the school office (01638 662835), from the local authorities Admissions Office (0845 600 0981 at local rates) and from Suffolk’s Primary Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme, a copy of which is set out in the Schools in Suffolk Admissions Guidance Booklet for Parents (available on line or from the school’s office). This policy is reviewed each Autumn Term, with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan Authorities and the Local Authority. The L.A. undertakes the statutory consultation each Spring Term, 16 months prior to the policy being effective.

Creeting St Mary’s CEVA Primary School The Governors of Creeting St Mary CEVAP School are the school’s Admissions Authority and are able to welcome up to 12 pupils into each year group (Published Admissions Number – “PAN”). They will try to meet the preferences of parents/carers but this cannot be guaranteed. All applicants have to complete either a written application form, CAF1, (available from the school) or an online Local Authorities form naming the school as one of the preferences.

64

The closing date for applications is Thursday 15th January 2015. Late applications will only be considered if the PAN for the particular school year has not been fulfilled. Applications will be considered for children born between 1st September 2010 and 31st August 2011. All children will be eligible for full time admission to the school for the 20152016 year, and subsequent years, in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a Reception Year place for their child they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent defers entry to later in the year, the place at the school will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up a full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, or the beginning of the final term of the academic year for which the original application was accepted, which ever is the sooner. It would normally be expected that parents take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place can be taken up at another time in the year. All applications will be considered equally on the basis of opportunity and inclusion, but if there are more applications than places then children will be admitted to the school according to the order of priority given below. The decision of the school’s Governors will be provided to applicants on the 16th of April 2015 – National Primary Offer Day. Special Educational Needs (SEN) Statemented pupils: Governors have a statutory duty to admit applicants with a statement of Special Educational Need where Creeting St. Mary CEVAP is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. 1. Looked After Children and Previously Looked After Children 2. Children who have a brother / sister / sibling who is attending the school and will be on roll at the time of admission. If necessary, priority will be given to those with the smallest age difference. 3. Children who are ordinarily resident in the school’s catchment area. 4. Other children. Tie-break: In the event of a tie within any of the above categories (ie the PAN is reached with other applicants remaining within the same oversubscription criterion) the Governors will allocate places by applying one or both of the following criteria in order: a) Those applying on the grounds that Creeting St Mary is a Church of England VA school and at least one Parent/Guardian/carer is a member of a Christian Church (worshipping at least monthly); and b) The distance from the school measured by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All distances are calculated electronically by the Local Authority using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single buildings e.g. apartments, we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located.

65

Appeals If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal and a “Notice of Appeal Form”. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Policy Review & Consultation This Policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our Parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. If necessary, the LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective. Ultimate tie-breaker In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school and its governors to determine the successful applicant. Notes Looked After Children - Children who are in the care of the LA as defined by Section 22 of the Children Act 1989 Previously Looked After Children - Children who were looked after, but ceased to be because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence or special guardianship order). Brother/Sister/Sibling: Brother/sister/sibling includes half or step siblings and other children of the same immediate household. Catchment Area: In its Trust Deed, the school was established to serve the area which now forms the Ecclesiastical Parish of Creeting St Mary. Details of the catchment area can be obtained from the school or from Local Authority’s offices in Bury St. Edmunds, Lowestoft or Ipswich. Living within a school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available at your catchment school Multiple births: If the final place available at a school is offered to a twin or triplet, etc., and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. It is not the Governors policy to separate twins or triplets etc Ordinarily resident: Ordinarily resident means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school, nor does it apply if you own a second home in the catchment area. It does not apply to proposed moves into the catchment area which have not taken place at the time of application. Parent / Carer: A parent / carer is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents / carers’ attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent / carer to attend. Shared Responsibility: Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the 66

week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child's living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the 'ordinarily resident' address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. Supplementary Information Form; Parents are advised to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) if they wish membership of a Christian or other faith community to be taken into account in the application. However, the SIF is not compulsory, neither does it constitute a valid application. All applicants must complete a CAF1 form or an online application. Travellers: We regard Travellers who move into the catchment of a school as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. Waiting Lists If you apply for a school place in the normal admissions round and your preference for a place at this school is refused, your child's name will automatically be placed on our waiting list. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria. The order of children does not remain static - as circumstances change a child's place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child's position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school's catchment area. Having your child's name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. The waiting lists will operate up to the last day of the first full week of the spring term 2015. Waiting List (Mid-Year) We do not hold waiting lists for school places for mid-year applications. Contact Further information and copies of the School Prospectus with the application forms can be obtained from the School Office. 01449 720312 Email – [email protected] SchoolChristianMissionStatement Creeting St. Mary Church of England Voluntary Aided Primary School is a Church of England Foundation committed to serving its local community.

67

We seek to create a Christian community based on Christian values, which are reflected throughout the life of the School. We aim to ensure that all of our children fulfil their potential. We aim, through Collective Worship and R.E., to give our children an opportunity to gain an understanding of the Christian Faith. We recognise the importance of partnership with parents, the Church and the wide community. We seek to encourage respect and concern for others. We aim to create a stimulating environment which promotes encouragement, care and a sense of well being and which reflects our belief that “as many hands build a house, so many hearts make a School.

Orford CEVA Primary School Our aim is to support every member of our school community as they grow to fulfil their true potential. We welcome them into an atmosphere of Christian trust and sharing, we build their confidence and take pride in their achievements. The Governors of Orford CEVAP School, as the Admissions Authority for the school, are able to welcome up to 15 pupils into each year group (Published Admissions Number) and will try to meet the preferences of parents/carers but this cannot be guaranteed. How to make an application All applications must be made on a CAF1 form – available on line (http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/Schools/AdmissionsToSchools) or a paper copy (copies at the school office). This form must be returned to the Local Authority (LA) . The address is Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich , IP1 2DH. The closing date for applications is 15th January 2015, immediately preceding the September in which your child is due to start school. For inquiries please contact the School Secretary at the school. If there are more applications than places then children will be admitted to the school according to the following order of priority. An offer of a school place will be posted from the LA Admissions Team on 16 April 2015. Governors have a statutory duty to admit applicants with a statement of Special Educational Need where this school is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. 1.

Looked after children or previously looked after children defined as follows: LAC - Children who are in the care of the LA as defined by Section 22 of the Children Act 1989. Previously LAC - Children who were looked after, but ceased to be because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence or special guardianship order).

2.

Children with confirmed refugee status1 Children who have a brother or sister2 who is attending Orford School at the time of

3.

their admission. If necessary, priority will be given to those with the smallest age difference. 68

5.

Children who are ordinarily resident 3in the Orford catchment area4. Children who themselves or their families5 regularly6 worship at an Anglican church.

6.

This information is confirmed by the completion of a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) required by all church aided schools. Children who themselves or their families5 regularly6 worship at churches that are

4.

7. 8.

members of Churches Together in Britain and Northern Ireland. This information is confirmed by the completion of a Supplementary Information Form required by all church aided schools. (6a) Children of other religious faiths, whose parents would like them to attend Orford School because of its religious traditions. 7 Other children

Distance tie-break: We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Priority will be given to the child living nearest the school. Ultimate tie breaker: In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school and its’ Governing Body. (Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference.) If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the above oversubscription criteria. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address whilst your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools for which you have applied. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where the 69

school is over subscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn Term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. The list closes at end of first full week of spring term 2016 (15th Jan.) The above arrangements apply to those who are applying for a place at the start of full time education. Pupils applying for a place when transferring from another school, or if an application is late will be accepted provided the number in the year group is less than 15. Notes:1. Anyone claiming confirmed refugee status should provide copies of the relevant Home Office documents 2. Brother or sister includes half or stepsiblings and other children of the immediate household. Multiple births: If the final place available at the school is offered to a twin or triplet, etc., and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. 3. Ordinarily resident means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school, nor does it apply if you own a second home in the catchment area. It does not apply to proposed moves into catchment area which have not taken place at the time of application unless evidence is submitted to support the move to the area. Gypsy, Roma, Traveller: We regard Gypsy, Roma,Traveller pupils who move into the catchment of the school as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. 4. Details of the catchment area can be obtained from the school or from Local Authority offices in Ipswich. Living within a school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available at your catchment school. 5. Families in this context means both parent and siblings. A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents’ attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ includes only parents, as defined above, and siblings. 6. Regularly means at least monthly and the applicant should be known to the priest or minister. 6a This is not compulsory, unless applying onreligious grounds but it does provide helpful information allowing the governors to fulfil their obligations as the admissions authority and that it alone does not constitute a valid application for a place at the school. The CAF is the only acceptable application for a place at this school. 7 Parents should indicate that they wish their application to be considered under this category. 8 For admission to the 2015-2016 school year all children will be eligible for admission to Orford CEVAP School full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year of Orford CEVAP School they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at Orford CEVAP School will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full- or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. 70

This policy will be reviewed annually each autumn term with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with parents and, more formally with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the Spring Term 16 months prior to this policy being effective. Orford Primary School is fully committed to equality of opportunity and inclusion for all children.

Sir Robert Hitcham CEVA Primary School, Debenham Sir Robert Hitcham is a School that embraces the Christian faith and values. The Governing Body at Sir Robert Hitcham School, Debenham is responsible for admissions and has a statutory duty to consider all applications where Sir Robert Hitcham is named as a preferred school. The Admission Policy is reviewed annually by the Governors following consultation with the Diocesan Board of Education and the Local Authority. The Governing Body has agreed the Published Admission Number (PAN) at 30 for every class throughout the School and this is also their preferred maximum class size. Following changes in legislation all Reception Class pupils are now eligible for admission to Sir Robert Hitcham CEVAP School full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception year of this school year they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at this School will be held open until the child starts school. However parents must take up the full time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents take up the offer of a primary school place, (be that full time or part time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is an agreement with the School that a place could be taken up at another time of year. Parents should be aware that the provision of a full time place (described above) does not apply to maintained nursery provision. Also, where a place has been offered in a nursery attached to a school this does not guarantee a full time place in the Reception Year of a school and parents must make a separate application for a primary school place by the published closing date. PRIORITY ADMISSION Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs which names the school must by law be offered a place at that school. 1. Looked After Children or Previously Looked After Children [1]. 2. Applicants with siblings on the School roll [2] at the time of admission. 3. Military families, in accordance with the provisions of the statutory Admissions Code. 71

After places are allocated to applicants in the above four groups all other admissions are made by strictly applying the criteria below in priority order until the number to be admitted equals the PAN (30). Priority A: In-Catchment Area Applications for Reception Class Children of families who are ordinarily resident in the School’s catchment area (indicative maps showing the agreed catchment area are available at the School or from the Local Authority Admissions Teams in Ipswich). However, living within a school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available. Places will be awarded on the basis of the following criteria and priorities. A1. Those whose families [4] regularly [5] worship at an Anglican Church in the Parishes of Debenham, Helmingham, Framsden, Kenton, Winston, Pettaugh and Aspall [6]. A2. Those whose families [4] regularly [5] worship at another church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and Ireland or the Evangelical Alliance[6]. A3.

All other applicants.

Priority B: Out of Catchment Area Applications for Reception Class B1. Those whose families [4] regularly [5] worship at an Anglican Church in the parishes of Debenham, Helmingham, Framsden, Kenton, Winston, Pettaugh and Aspall [6]. B2. Those whose families [4] regularly [5] worship at another church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and Ireland or the Evangelical Alliance [6]. B3.

All other applicants.

We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Priority will be given to the child living nearest to the School. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference.

72

In the unlikely event that two applicants competing for a single place at the School live the same distance from the School, the place will be offered to one applicant on the basis of lots drawn. The random allocation process must be supervised by someone independent of the School. There are two additional exceptional Infant Class Size categories: 1. If the final place available at the School is offered to a twin, triplet or multiple birth and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same School. The law requires that this will apply even in those primary schools where this would mean that more than 30 pupils would be admitted to an infant class. 2. Provision will be made for a place for a child of UK service personnel with a confirmed posting. Any child admitted as an ‘excepted pupil’ to an Infant class retains that classification whilst they are in an infant class. There is no requirement for the current qualifying measures to be enacted as they move from Reception to Year 1, or Year 1 to Year 2. Applying for a Place in the School at any other time Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at this School should contact the School Office for application form. Alternatively they can complete an ADM1 application form available at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team. This form will be forwarded by the Admissions Team to the School Office. APPLICATION PROCEDURES Applications for Reception Class Applications for these places must be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF1) together with a Supplementary Information Form SIF (if necessary). The SIF form is available from the School or at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. The CAF1 can be obtained from the School or can be completed online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. The paper CAF1 application form must be returned to the Local Authority (LA) Admissions Team at Constantine House, 5 Constantine Road, Ipswich IP1 2DH. Please apply either online or on a CAF1 (but not both) by Thursday 15 January 2015. An offer of a school place will be posted from the LA Admissions Team on Thursday 16 April 2015. Waiting List (Reception Class 2015/2016) A waiting list will be maintained by the School of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria. This list will be maintained until the last day of the first full week of the Spring Term 2016. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on the waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list particularly if you move into or out of the School’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on the waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. 73

If a place becomes available we will offer it to children on the waiting list for that school in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where a school is oversubscribed, an application will be placed on the waiting list until the end of the first full week of the Spring term. Applications for Admission to Other Classes or In-Year Applicants 1. Applications are not normally considered more than one term ahead of the date the place is required. 2. Parents wishing to transfer their children from one Suffolk school to another where there is no change of address should, in the first instance, discuss the matter with the Headteacher of their current school before applying for another school. (See also paragraph 8 below.) 3. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at this School should contact the School Office for an application form. Alternatively, they can complete an ADM1 application form available from the County Council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team. This form will be forwarded by the Admissions Team to the School Office. 4. We will, on receipt of an in-year application, notify the Local Authority (LA) of both the application and its outcome, to allow the LA to keep up-to-date figures on the availability of places in the area. 5. When a place becomes available in a year group that has been full at this School, any applicant refused a place for that academic year in the last 15 school days and any applicant for whom an appeal has been lodged and is still to be heard, will be considered alongside any new applications. The place will be offered to the pupil ranked highest in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. 6. All applications will be processed by the School within four school-days and the decision communicated in writing. An emailed decision will always be confirmed by letter. Acceptance of offers can be made by email or letter but, in all cases, within two weeks of the offer date. 7. If the number of applications exceeds the number of places available the Governors will used their published oversubscription criteria to determine the offer of places. Any unsuccessful applicant has the right to appeal the decision to an independent panel and details of how to do this will be included in the decision letter. 8. When an offer of a place is made the child already has a place in a local mainstream school, the Governors will offer the place from the start of the following half term. The child will remain on roll at the previous school until they take up the place at this school. Waiting Lists (In-Year) We do not hold waiting lists for school places for in-year applications. Contact For any queries please contact in the first instance the School Administrator on 01728 860201 or Suffolk County Council School Admissions on 0845 600 0981

74

All Applicants If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. POLICY REVIEW AND CONSULTATION This Policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The Local Authority undertakes the statutory consultation in the Spring Term 16 months prior to this Policy being effective. [1] LAC – children who are in the care of the Local Authority as defined by Section 22 of the Children Act 1989. Previously LAC – children who were looked after, but ceased to be because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence or special guardianship order). [2] Includes half or step brothers or sisters or other children living in the same household. [3] ‘Ordinarily resident’ means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school nor does it apply if you own a second home in the catchment area. Gypsy, Roma, Traveller children will be considered as ‘ordinarily resident’. You will be considered in this category if you have details confirming a move into the catchment area, including the new address, this must be proof of exchange of contracts, a letting agreement or a letter from your commanding officer confirming your new address. [4]

Families in this context means one or both parents/carers/guardians.

[5]

On average at least once per month.

[6]

In order that the Governors have legitimate information on which to base a decision applicants are asked to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) if their application refers to any of these categories. These forms are available at the School or from the LA. Completion of a SIF is NOT a valid application in itself – the CAF1 form must be completed by hand or online to make a valid application for a place.

Sir Robert Hitcham CEVA Primary School, Framlingham As a Church of England Voluntary Aided School the Governing Body is the Admissions Authority for this school. The Local Authority (LA) - Suffolk County Council - provide a ‘coordinated’ scheme for all schools in Suffolk and their brochure ‘Schools in Suffolk’ should be read in conjunction with this Policy. The ‘Schools in Suffolk’ brochure is available from the School, Admissions Team (0845 600 0981) or on the SCC website: http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/AdmissionsToSchools.

75

This policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our Parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective. Parents should be aware that as the school is a Church of England Voluntary Aided Primary School it has a distinctive Christian ethos, whilst being rooted in the local community in all its diversity. At this school we endeavour to provide an environment where there is freedom from discrimination on grounds of race, gender, language, religion, class, lifestyle, cultural background, age, disability or special learning needs. Equal opportunities are the right of everyone; pupils, teaching and non-teaching staff, parents, governors and those in the larger community in which our school is found. ADMISSIONS CRITERIA For admission to the 2015-16 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to Framlingham Sir Robert Hitcham’s School full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year of this school they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at this school will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full- or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. Parents should be aware that the provision of a full-time place (described above) does not apply to maintained nursery provision. Also, where a place has been offered in a nursery attached to a school this does not guarantee a full-time place in the Reception Year of a school and parents must make a separate application for a primary school place by the published closing date. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. a)

The Catchment Area for our school includes: Framlingham, Gt Glemham, Cransford, Parham, Hacheston and Saxtead. There is a map in school, but it is advisable to check with the Admissions Team (0845 600 0981) for confirmation, especially if on the edge of any of these areas. Living within a school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available at your catchment school. b)

There may be more applications for this school than there are places available. It is important that all schools are able to provide an effective education for their pupils in suitable accommodation, which is not overcrowded. This means that schools can only 76

offer a set number of places in any one year. This number is called the Published Admission Number (PAN), which is based on a national formula for deciding how many children can go to a school without causing overcrowding. The Governing Body, as the Admission's Authority, has a duty to set the number of intended admissions to any age group at a figure no lower than the Published Admissions Number (PAN) for that age group. A higher figure can be set at the Governors’ discretion. Currently the school admits up to 50 children in Reception. Foundation and Key Stage 1 classes (ages 4+ to 6+) must not have more than 30 pupils with a single teacher complying with the Infant Class Size legislation. ADMISSIONS OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA If the number of applications for a school is greater than its PAN, we use the Admissions Oversubscription Criteria to decide how we will allocate the places available. Governors have a statutory duty to admit applicants with a statement of Special Educational Need where this school is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. The following admissions oversubscription criteria show the order of priority for places at this school: 1 Looked After Children (in the care of the LA as defined by Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or Previously Looked After Children (who were looked after, but ceased to be because they were adopted or became subject to a residence or special guardianship order) 2

Children who are ordinarily resident* in the catchment area. Places will be allocated in the following order: 2.1 Children who are brothers and sisters** of, or who live as a family at the same address as, pupils who are already at the school and who will still be on roll at the time of admission. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. 2.2 Children with Home Office confirmed refugee status. 2.3 a) Children whose families*** wish to apply for a place giving faith as a priority will need to give evidence that they attend church regularly (at least monthly) at a church recognised by ‘Churches Together of Great Britain and Ireland’, by completing a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) indicating their faith involvement. Their church minister must countersign the SIF. This form is available from this school. Applicants new to the area can provide evidence from a previous church or churches. 2.3 b) Children whose families*** wish to apply for a place giving another faith as a priority will need to give evidence that they participate regularly (at least monthly) in the local worshipping community of the faiths named (Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Sikhism and Judaism) and wish their child to attend Sir Robert Hitcham’s because of its Christian traditions by completing a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) indicating their faith involvement. Their faith leader must countersign the SIF. This form is available from this school. Applicants new to the area can provide evidence from a previous faith leader. 2.4 Children who live nearest to the school. The distance will be measured by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home in a single building (eg apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. 77

*Ordinarily resident means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school, nor does it apply if you own a second home in the catchment area. If you can provide written evidence that you are legally committed to a move into catchment (eg solicitor’s letter confirming exchange of contracts, a signed letting/tenancy agreement) then the LA Admissions Team will use this address. Gypsy, Roma or Traveller families who move into the catchment of this school will be considered as ‘ordinarily resident’ in that area when considering applications for a school place. For children of UK service personnel and other Crown Servants, the Governors must treat a family being posted to their area, or whose posting abroad comes to an end, as meeting the residency criteria for that catchment area even if no house is currently owned in that area once proof of the posting has been provided. ** Brother/Sister/Sibling includes half or step siblings and other children of the same immediate household. ***A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents’ attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above, and siblings. 3 Children who live outside the school’s catchment area in the same order of priority as set out in 2.1 to 2.4 above. ULTIMATE TIE BREAKER In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, then lots will be drawn in a secure place with an independent witness (a local Church Warden or nominee) to determine the successful applicant. APPLICATION PROCEDURE - RECEPTION Parents should apply for Reception places using the Local Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF1) naming this school as one of the preferences, together with a school Supplementary Information Form (SIF). Please note however that completion of a SIF is not compulsory and that a SIF alone does not constitute a valid application. Forms are available from the school or the LA Admissions Team or on-line at http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/AdmissionsToSchools. It is possible to apply online at the above address, but a SIF would still need to be returned to the school. If completing a ‘hard’ copy of a CAF1 it must be sent to the local authority at the address given on the CAF form, and not to the school. The SIF needs to be returned to the school. Applicants will be notified of the results of their application directly by the LA Admissions Team on 16 April 2015. Parents who have children with a date of birth from 1 Sept 2010 to 31 August 2011 will need to apply for a reception place no later than 15 January 2015 for the academic year 2015/2016. Applications received after this date will be held and considered after 16 April 2015. Late applications can be processed as ‘on time’ applications if there is an exceptional reason and evidence is provided before 14 February 2015. APPLICATION PROCEDURE – IN-YEAR c) Please read this guidance in conjunction with paragraphs 43 to 76 of the Admissions to Suffolk School document. 78

1. Applications are not normally considered more than one term ahead of the date the place is required. 2. Parents wishing to transfer their children from one Suffolk school to another where there is no change of address should, in the first instance, discuss the matter with the Headteacher of their current school before applying for another school (see also paragraph 8 below). 3. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at this school should contact the school office for an application form. Alternatively they can complete an ADM1 application form available from the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team. This form will be forwarded by the Admissions Team to the school office. 4. We will, on receipt of an in-year application, notify the Local Authority (LA) of both the application and its outcome, to allow the LA to keep up-to-date figures on the availability of places in the area. 5. When a place becomes available in a year group that has been full at this school, any applicant refused a place for that academic year in the last 15 school days and any applicant for whom an appeal has been lodged and is still to be heard, will be considered alongside any new applications. The place will be offered to the pupil ranked highest in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. 6. All applications will be processed by the school within 4 school-days and the decision communicated in writing. An emailed decision will always be confirmed by letter. Acceptance of offers can be made by email or letter but, in all cases, within two weeks of the offer date. 7. If the number of applications exceeds the number of places available the Governors will use their published oversubscription criteria to determine the offer of places. Any unsuccessful applicant has the right to appeal the decision to an independent panel and details of how to do this will be included in the decision letter. 8. When an offer of a place is made and the child already has a place in a local mainstream school, the Governors will offer the place from the start of the following half term. The child will remain on roll at the previous school until they take up the place at this school. APPEALS If the Governing Body is unable to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against the decision. Details of how to appeal are sent with the letter of refusal, parents can then download a form or call the telephone number. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. MULTIPLE BIRTHS If the final place available at a school is offered to a twin or triplet, etc, and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. It is Governors’ policy not to separate twins or triplets etc. WAITING LISTS FOR RECEPTION YEAR ONLY A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria. This list will be maintained until the end of the first full week of the Spring Term 2016. The order of children on the waiting list does not remain static – as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right of appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes 79

available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list for this school in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where a school is over-subscribed, an application received by the end of the first full week of the Spring Term 2016 will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions over-subscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. If you have a query, please contact the staff in the School Office on 01728 723354.

St Benedict’s Catholic School Mission Statement: “To work in partnership with parents, the Church and society in order to be a community in which young people are well educated and prepared to be effective Christians in the modern world.” ADMISSIONS POLICY St Benedict’s Catholic School is a Voluntary Aided School. The Governing Body of St Benedict’s is the Admissions Authority for the school. The Admissions Policy is reviewed annually by the Governing Body through the Admissions Committee. Applications for Admission to Year 9 for September 2015 are considered by the Admissions Committee of the Governing Body to scrutinise and approve the outcomes of the Admissions process. These outcomes are then transmitted to the Local Authority according to the procedures of the Common Admissions Framework. THE ACADEMIC YEAR COMMENCING SEPTEMBER 2015 Pupils are admitted into National Curriculum Year 9 who have attained the age of 13 years by 31 August prior to entry. The Governors are required by law to admit to the school those children who have statements of Special Educational Needs which specifically name St Benedict’s as the appropriate school. Other students are therefore admitted to the school according to the following priorities. 1. Baptised Roman Catholic ‘looked after’ children (children in care). 2. Baptised Roman Catholic children who attend St Louis Middle School with brothers or sisters or who live as a family at the same address as those who are currently attending St Benedict’s School and who will continue to attend the school at the time of entry. 3. Other baptised Roman Catholic children who attend St Louis Middle School 4. Other baptised Roman Catholic children with brothers or sisters or who live as a family at the same address as those who are currently attending St Benedict’s School and who will continue to attend the school at the time of entry. 5. Other baptised Roman Catholic children currently attending a Catholic school 6. Other baptised Roman Catholic children. 7. Non-Catholic ‘looked after’ children 8. Non-Catholic children who attend St Louis Middle School with brothers or sisters or who live as a family at the same address as those who are currently attending St Benedict’s School and who will continue to attend the school at the time of entry. 9. Non-Catholic children who attend St Louis Middle School who attend their place of worship at least monthly. A supporting signature from the appropriate leader of their 80

religious community will be required on the Supplementary Information Form (see below). 10. Other non-Catholic children attending St Louis Middle School 11. Other non-Catholic children with brothers or sisters or who live as a family at the same address as those who are currently attending St Benedict’s School and who will continue to attend the school at the time of entry. 12. Other non-Catholic children currently attending a Catholic school. 13. Other non-Catholic children who attend their place of worship at least monthly. A supporting signature from the appropriate leader of their religious community will be required on the Supplementary Information Form (see below). 14. Other Non-Catholic children In the event of over-subscription occurring under any of the above categories, places will be offered to children within that category according to the result of the drawing of names by an Independent person who is not a member of the Governing Body. Parents will be informed whether their son or daughter has been admitted through Local Authority letter, sent on 2 March 2015. Parents who are unsuccessful in their application may appeal to the independent appeals panel. (See overleaf) If oversubscription remains following the allocation of places, a waiting list of names will be kept open until the end of the first week of spring term 2016. Children on the waiting list will be ranked according to the categories listed above, and further ranked within each category according to the results of the independent draw of names. Applications Please see the booklet ‘Schools in Suffolk 2015-16’. Copies of the booklet can be obtained from the Suffolk County Council website www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools . St Benedict’s Open Evening will be held on 7th October at 7 pm. All applications are to be received by Friday, 31 October 2014. By this date Suffolk applicants should return the Common Application Form (CAF1) to the Area Office, or complete the online CAF1 form which can be downloaded from the following website: www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. Please note that the Supplementary Information Form (SIF), obtainable from the School or by downloading from the School’s website www.st-benedicts.suffolk.sch.uk should be returned directly to St Benedict’s School. Applicants in another county should contact their own local authority for further information. The Admissions Officer at the School is Miss Stephanie Buchan, who can be contacted on 01284 753512. Parents wishing to apply for a place for Year 9 after the deadline of 31 October 2014 should obtain a CAF1 form from the Area Office and a SIF from the school or by downloading it from the School’s website. The deadline for late applications is Tuesday 6th January 2015. Applications for a place in a year other than Year 9 can be made by contacting the Area Office on 0845 600 0981 in the first instance, and obtaining a SIF from the School or by downloading it from the School’s website. Completion of a SIF is not compulsory, but non-completion will result in the application being placed into Category 14. The completion of a SIF alone does not constitute a valid application. 81

For the purpose of this admissions policy, ‘Non-Catholic’ is defined as any young person not baptised into the Catholic faith. For the purpose of meeting the criteria in category 10 or 14, a ‘religious community’ is defined as a recognised faith having a belief in God and meeting for collective worship and ritual. ‘Brother or sister’ is defined as a relative having a common parent or guardian. Places Places available, September 2015: 90

Roll in current Year 9:

150

Appeals Parents of children refused admission have a right of appeal to an independent panel. Appeal forms will be sent to parents with refusal letter from the Area Office.

St Benedict’s Catholic School (Admission to Year 7) Mission Statement: “To work in partnership with parents, the Church and society in order to be a community in which young people are well educated and prepared to be effective Christians in the modern world.” ADMISSIONS POLICY St Benedict’s Catholic School is a Voluntary Aided School. The Governing Body of St Benedict’s is the Admissions Authority for the school. The Admissions Policy is reviewed annually by the Governing Body through the Admissions Committee. Applications for Admission to Year 7 for September 2015 are considered by the Admissions Committee of the Governing Body to scrutinise and approve the outcomes of the Admissions process. These outcomes are then transmitted to the Local Authority according to the procedures of the Common Admissions Framework. THE ACADEMIC YEAR COMMENCING SEPTEMBER 2015 Pupils are admitted into National Curriculum Year 7 who have attained the age of 11 years by 31 August prior to entry. The Governors are required by law to admit to the school those who have statements of Special Educational Needs which specifically name St Benedict’s as the appropriate school. Other students are therefore admitted to the school according to the following priorities. 1. Baptised Roman Catholic ‘looked after’ children (children in care) currently attending Year 6 of a 2 tier primary school. 2. Baptised Roman Catholic children currently attending one of the following “outlying” West Suffolk Catholic Pyramid Primary Schools: St Felix Haverhill, St Louis Newmarket, or St Joseph’s Sudbury, with brothers or sisters or who live as a family at the same address as those who are currently attending St Benedict’s School and who will continue to attend the school at the time of entry. 3. Other baptised Roman Catholic children currently attending one of the “outlying” West Suffolk Catholic Pyramid Primary Schools as listed above. 82

4. Baptised Roman Catholic children currently attending Year 6 of a 2 tier primary school with brothers or sisters or who live as a family at the same address as those who are currently attending St Benedict’s School and who will continue to attend the school at the time of entry. 5. Baptised Roman Catholic children currently attending Year 6 of a 2 tier primary school. 6. Non-Catholic children attending one of the “outlying” West Suffolk Catholic Pyramid Primary Schools as listed above, with brothers or sisters or who live as a family at the same address as those who are currently attending St Benedict’s School and who will continue to attend the school at the time of entry. 7. Non-Catholic children attending one of the “outlying” West Suffolk Catholic Pyramid Primary Schools as listed above, who attend their place of worship at least monthly. A supporting signature from the appropriate leader of their religious community will be required on the Supplementary Information Form (see below). 8. Other non-Catholic children attending one of the “outlying” West Suffolk Catholic Pyramid Primary Schools as listed above 9. Other baptised Roman Catholic children. 10. Non-Catholic ‘looked after’ children. 11. Other non-Catholic children with brothers or sisters or who live as a family at the same address as those who are currently attending St Benedict’s School and who will continue to attend the school at the time of entry. 12. Other non-Catholic children who attend their place of worship at least monthly. A supporting signature from the appropriate leader of their religious community will be required on the Supplementary Information Form (see below). 13. Other Non-Catholic children In the event of over-subscription occurring under any of the above categories, places will be offered to children within that category according to the result of the drawing of names by an Independent person who is not a member of the Governing Body. Parents will be informed whether their son or daughter has been admitted through Local Authority letter, sent on Monday 2 March 2015. Parents who are unsuccessful in their application may appeal to the independent appeals panel. If oversubscription remains following the allocation of places, a waiting list of names will be kept open until the end of the first week of spring term 2016. Children on the waiting list will be ranked according to the categories listed above, and further ranked within each category according to the result of the ballot as described above. Applications Please see the booklet ‘Schools in Suffolk 2015 -16’. Copies of the booklet can be obtained from the Suffolk County Council Website www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools . St Benedict’s Open Evening will be held on 7 October at 7 pm. All applications are to be received by Friday 31 October 2014. By this date Suffolk applicants should return the Common Application Form (CAF1) to the Area Office, or complete the online CAF1 form which can be downloaded from the following website: www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. Please note that the Supplementary Information Form (SIF), obtainable from the School or by downloading from the School’s website www.st-benedicts.suffolk.sch.uk should be returned directly to St Benedict’s School. Applicants in another county should contact their own local authority for further information. The Admissions Officer at the School is Miss Stephanie Buchan, who can be contacted on 01284 753512. 83

Parents wishing to apply for a place for Year 7 after the deadline of 31 October 2013 should obtain a CAF1 form from the Area Office and a SIF from the school or by downloading it from the School’s website. The deadline for late applications is Tuesday 6 January 2015. Late applications will be placed into the category according to the criteria listed overleaf, in the final place in that category. Applications for a place in a year other than Year 7 can be made by contacting the Area Office on 0845 600 0981 in the first instance, and obtaining a SIF from the School or by downloading it from the School’s website. Completion of a SIF is not compulsory, but non-completion will result in the application being placed into Category 11. The completion of a SIF alone does not constitute a valid application. For the purpose of this admissions policy, ‘Non-Catholic’ is defined as any young person not baptised into the Catholic faith. For the purpose of meeting the criteria in category 14, a ‘religious community’ is defined as a recognised faith having a belief in God and meeting for collective worship and ritual. “Brother or sister” is defined as a relative having a common parent or guardian. “2 tier primary school” is defined as a primary school offering places for children from Reception or Year 1 up to age 11 (National Curriculum Year 6) Places Places available, September 2014: 60

Roll in current Year 7:

60

St Benedict’s has a limited number of places for children in Year 7. Further places (currently set at 90) will be available for Year 9 for children who have attained the age of 13 years by 31 August prior to entry in 2016. Priority for these places will be set out in a similar way to the admissions policy for Year 9 in September 2015. Appeals Parents of children refused admission have a right of appeal to an independent panel. Appeal forms will be sent to parents with refusal letter from the Area Office.

St Benet’s Catholic Primary School, Beccles St. Edmund’s and St Benet’s Catholic Primary Schools are voluntary aided primary coeducational schools for children between the ages of 4 and 11 years. The policy of the Governing Body, in liaison with the Local Authority, is to admit up to a maximum of 15 children in the reception year at each school, which is the admissions intake limit. Each school’s total capacity is assessed at 105 places for seven year groups. Children are admitted into each school’s Early Year/Reception class in one full-time intake at the beginning of the term in September. Where applications for admission exceed the number of places available the following criteria will be applied.

Oversubscription criteria The Governors are required by law to admit children who have a Statement of Special educational needs which name St Edmund’s Catholic Primary or St Benet’s Catholic Primary School as the school appropriate to their needs. 84

1. LOOKED AFTER CHILDREN a)

All looked after children and previously looked after children as defined by the Department for Education.

2. CATHOLIC CHILDREN a)

b)

c)

d)

e)

Baptised catholic siblings* of children within the Catholic Parish of St. Edmund, Bungay or Catholic Parish of St Benet’s, Beccles. The Governors will require from the parish priest evidence of the child’s baptism and evidence of the family’s attendance at Sunday Mass as requested in the schools Supplementary Information Form. Baptised catholic children within the Catholic Parish of St. Edmund, Bungay or St Benet’s, Beccles. The Governors will require from the parish priest evidence of the child’s baptism and evidence of the family’s attendance at Sunday Mass. Baptised catholic siblings* living outside the combined boundaries of the parish of St. Edmund, Bungay and St Benet’s, Beccles. Priority will be given to those living closest to the school where they have applied. The Governors will also require from the parish priest evidence of the child’s baptism and evidence of the family’s attendance at Sunday Mass. Baptised children living outside the boundaries of the parish of St. Edmund, Bungay and St Benet’s, Beccles, Priority will be given to those living closest to the school where they have applied. The Governors will require from the parish priest evidence of the child’s baptism as requested in the schools Supplementary Information Form. All other Baptised Catholic children. The governors will require evidence of the child’s baptism as requested in the schools Supplementary Information Form.

3. CHILDREN OF OTHER CHRISTIAN OR OF OTHER FAITH TRADITIONS (NONCATHOLICS) a)

b)

Christian children with a sibling* attending the school on the proposed date of admission and whose parent regularly attend a Christian church. The Governors will require evidence of baptism (if appropriate) and evidence of Church membership or attendance. Christian children whose parents regularly attend a Christian church. The Governors will require evidence of baptism (if appropriate) and evidence of Church membership or attendance.

4. SIBLINGS OF CHILDREN CURRENTLY ATTENDING OUR SCHOOLS. 5. CHILDREN OF OTHER NON CHRISTIAN FAITH TRADITIONS 6. ALL OTHER CHILDREN

Definitions: Siblings: Sibling refers to brother or sister, or any child who lives permanently as a family at the same address. Looked After Children: Children who are in the care of the Local Authority as defined by Section 22 of the Children's Act 1989.

85

Previously Looked After Children: Previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). SIF: Supplementary information Form helps governors to categorise the applications correctly. Resident: the place where your child usually lives, (we may need proof of this address) In the event of a tie-break situation: All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property Children who live nearest to the school: We will measure the distance by a straight line (“as the crow flies") and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (i.e. flats or apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event that two applicants competing for a single place at a school live the same distance from the school, the place will be offered to one applicant on the basis of lots drawn by a person independent of the school and not involved with admissions. Applying for a place If you would like to apply to either of our schools, we would encourage you to apply for a place for your child as early as possible in the preceding academic year. (We hold an open morning every Autumn Term for prospective parents to visit our schools during the day. Although we welcome visitors by appointment at any time during the school year). Application forms are available at: https://secure.suffolkcc.gov.uk/ems/live/CCSEnterprise_Admissionsonline or come into either school to collect a paper copy. Please also complete and return directly to the relevant school office a Supplementary Information Form. These are available on our websites: http://www.stbenets.suffolk.sch.uk/information.htm or http://www.stedmundsrc.suffolk.sch.uk/information.htm A Supplementary Information Form helps the governors to categorise the applications correctly. If we do not receive a completed form the application will be considered under category 6 Late applications will be considered after the statutory deadline of 15th January, by the governors. Additional information The Governors place all applications in order of priority according to the Admissions Policy criteria. This list is then submitted to the Local Authority where decisions on those gaining admission will be made and parents will be notified of acceptance, under the Co-ordinated Admissions timetable by Suffolk Local Authority. The governors will be unable to indicate acceptance of a place at the school directly. If the final place at the school is offered to a twin/triplet etc. and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Federation’s policy to separate twins/triplets etc. 86

We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident, i.e. the place where your child usually lives, (we may need proof of this address), if you rent or own a second home or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. In the event of the Local Authority refusing a place, the parents or guardians of the child have the right to appeal in writing to the Statutory Appeals Office. Arrangements for independent appeals are co-ordinated by legal services as part of Suffolk’s Primary Coordinated Admissions Scheme. These details are included in the ‘Schools in Suffolk’ admissions guidance booklet for parents. Mid-year Applications Applications made during the course of the academic year follow the same procedure as above. Waiting Lists If you apply for a school place in the normal admissions round and your preference for a place at this school is refused, your child’s name will automatically be placed on the Local Authority waiting list. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions over-subscription criteria. The order of children does not remain static – as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us and the Local Authority know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. The waiting lists will operate up to the last day of the first full week of the spring term 2016. Useful Contacts Admissions Team Manager, Admissions North, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School St Mary’s Street Bungay Suffolk NR35 1AY Tel: 01986 892502

St Benet’s Catholic Primary School Ringsfield Road Beccles Suffolk NR34 9PQ Tel: 01502 712012

87

St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School, Bungay St. Edmund’s and St Benet’s Catholic Primary Schools are voluntary aided primary coeducational schools for children between the ages of 4 and 11 years. The policy of the Governing Body, in liaison with the Local Authority, is to admit up to a maximum of 15 children in the reception year at each school, which is the admissions intake limit. Each school’s total capacity is assessed at 105 places for seven year groups. Children are admitted into each school’s Early Year/Reception class in one full-time intake at the beginning of the term in September. Where applications for admission exceed the number of places available the following criteria will be applied. Oversubscription criteria The Governors are required by law to admit children who have a Statement of Special educational needs which name St Edmund’s Catholic Primary or St Benet’s Catholic Primary School as the school appropriate to their needs. 1. LOOKED AFTER CHILDREN a) All looked after children and previously looked after children as defined by the Department for Education. 2. CATHOLIC CHILDREN a) Baptised catholic siblings* of children within the Catholic Parish of St. Edmund, Bungay or Catholic Parish of St Benet’s, Beccles. The Governors will require from the parish priest evidence of the child’s baptism and evidence of the family’s attendance at Sunday Mass as requested in the schools Supplementary Information Form. b) Baptised catholic children within the Catholic Parish of St. Edmund, Bungay or St Benet’s, Beccles. The Governors will require from the parish priest evidence of the child’s baptism and evidence of the family’s attendance at Sunday Mass. c) Baptised catholic siblings* living outside the combined boundaries of the parish of St. Edmund, Bungay and St Benet’s, Beccles. Priority will be given to those living closest to the school where they have applied. The Governors will also require from the parish priest evidence of the child’s baptism and evidence of the family’s attendance at Sunday Mass. d) Baptised children living outside the boundaries of the parish of St. Edmund, Bungay and St Benet’s, Beccles, Priority will be given to those living closest to the school where they have applied. The Governors will require from the parish priest evidence of the child’s baptism as requested in the schools Supplementary Information Form. e) All other Baptised Catholic children. The governors will require evidence of the child’s baptism as requested in the schools Supplementary Information Form. 3. CHILDREN OF OTHER CHRISTIAN OR OF OTHER FAITH TRADITIONS (NONCATHOLICS) a)

Christian children with a sibling* attending the school on the proposed date of admission and whose parent regularly attend a Christian church. The Governors will require evidence of baptism (if appropriate) and evidence of Church membership or attendance. 88

b)

Christian children whose parents regularly attend a Christian church. The Governors will require evidence of baptism (if appropriate) and evidence of Church membership or attendance.

4. SIBLINGS OF CHILDREN CURRENTLY ATTENDING OUR SCHOOLS. 5. CHILDREN OF OTHER NON CHRISTIAN FAITH TRADITIONS 6. ALL OTHER CHILDREN Definitions: Siblings: Sibling refers to brother or sister, or any child who lives permanently as a family at the same address. Looked After Children: Children who are in the care of the Local Authority as defined by Section 22 of the Children's Act 1989. Previously Looked After Children: Previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). SIF: Supplementary information Form helps governors to categorise the applications correctly. Resident: the place where your child usually lives, (we may need proof of this address) In the event of a tie-break situation: All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property Children who live nearest to the school: We will measure the distance by a straight line (“as the crow flies") and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (i.e. flats or apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event that two applicants competing for a single place at a school live the same distance from the school, the place will be offered to one applicant on the basis of lots drawn by a person independent of the school and not involved with admissions. Applying for a place If you would like to apply to either of our schools, we would encourage you to apply for a place for your child as early as possible in the preceding academic year. (We hold an open morning every Autumn Term for prospective parents to visit our schools during the day. Although we welcome visitors by appointment at any time during the school year). Application forms are available at: https://secure.suffolkcc.gov.uk/ems/live/CCSEnterprise_Admissionsonline or come into either school to collect a paper copy. Please also complete and return directly to the relevant school office a Supplementary Information Form. These are available on our websites: http://www.stbenets.suffolk.sch.uk/information.htm or http://www.stedmundsrc.suffolk.sch.uk/information.htm A Supplementary Information Form helps the governors to categorise the applications correctly. If we do not receive a completed form the application will be considered under category 6 89

Late applications will be considered after the statutory deadline of 15th January, by the governors. Additional information The Governors place all applications in order of priority according to the Admissions Policy criteria. This list is then submitted to the Local Authority where decisions on those gaining admission will be made and parents will be notified of acceptance, under the Co-ordinated Admissions timetable by Suffolk Local Authority. The governors will be unable to indicate acceptance of a place at the school directly. If the final place at the school is offered to a twin/triplet etc. and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Federation’s policy to separate twins/triplets etc. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident, i.e. the place where your child usually lives, (we may need proof of this address), if you rent or own a second home or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. In the event of the Local Authority refusing a place, the parents or guardians of the child have the right to appeal in writing to the Statutory Appeals Office. Arrangements for independent appeals are co-ordinated by legal services as part of Suffolk’s Primary Coordinated Admissions Scheme. These details are included in the ‘Schools in Suffolk’ admissions guidance booklet for parents. Mid-year Applications Applications made during the course of the academic year follow the same procedure as above. Waiting Lists If you apply for a school place in the normal admissions round and your preference for a place at this school is refused, your child’s name will automatically be placed on the Local Authority waiting list. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions over-subscription criteria. The order of children does not remain static – as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us and the Local Authority know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. The waiting lists will operate up to the last day of the first full week of the spring term 2016.

90

Useful Contacts Admissions Team Manager, Admissions North, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School St Mary’s Street Bungay Suffolk NR35 1AY Tel: 01986 892502

St Benet’s Catholic Primary School Ringsfield Road Beccles Suffolk NR34 9PQ Tel: 01502 712012

St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School was established by the Catholic Church to provide education for Catholic Children. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and instrument of government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeates every aspect of the school’s activity. This means all pupils have equal opportunity to participate in school activities and inclusion is actively promoted. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education is fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. The Governing Body is the Admissions Authority. The school’s Published Admission Number (PAN) is 60 pupils. Government legislation restricts classes in key stage 1 to a maximum of 30 pupils per class. The governing body has decided to limit class sizes in key stage 2 to 30 per class. Places will not be offered above 30 per class as governors believe it would be detrimental to the education of pupils already in the class. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to applicants in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The Governing body are required by law to offer places to those children who have a statement of special educational needs that names the school, children admitted on appeal or where the last place offered is to a twin or multiple birth. The criteria in order of priority are: 1. Baptised Roman Catholic Looked after Children (Children in care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order (see note 1) 2. Baptised Roman Catholic children(see note 2) ordinarily resident (see note 6) at the time of application in the parishes of St Edmund King and Martyr Bury St Edmunds, Our Lady’s Stowmarket, St Mary’s Thetford, The Holy Trinity Diss and St Thomas of Canterbury Brandon and the villages they serve. Within this category priority will be given to: a. Children who will have at least one sibling attending St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School at the time of their admission. b. Other children resident in the parishes listed above. 91

3. Other Baptised Roman Catholic Children (see note 2). Priority will be given to: a. Children who will have at least one sibling attending St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School at the time of their admission. b. Other children 4. Other Looked After Children (Children in care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order. (see note 1) 5. Children of Roman Catholic heritage, that is where one or both parents(see note 5) are baptised Roman Catholics. (A baptism certificate as evidence will be required) Priority will be given to: a. Children who will have at least one sibling attending St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School during the year of their admission. b. Other children 6. Other Christian children, who are practising* members of other churches recognized by Churches Together in England (see note 3), and whose parents wish their child to attend a Roman Catholic school and are supported by their minister. Priority will be given to: a. Children who have at least one sibling attending St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School during the year of their admission. b. Other baptised children. 7. Other children. Priority will be given to: a. Children who will have at least one sibling attending St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School during the year of their admission. b. Other children Tiebreaker: Within each category above, priority will be decided by random selection (i.e. a lottery). The random allocation process will be supervised by someone independent of the school. Pupils with Special Educational Needs The admission of pupils with statements of special educational needs is dealt with under a separate procedure. Details are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. Application Process: Parents should apply using the Common application Form (CAF1 if an entry year admission and CAF2 for mid-year admissions) along with the Supplementary Information Form(SIF). Whilst completion of the SIF is not compulsory, without its return, applications will be placed in category 6 (apart from looked after children who will be in category 3). Further information about the admissions and appeals procedure is available from the Schools in Suffolk guidance booklet for parents. The booklet also contains the co-ordinated admissions Scheme for Primary and Middle schools in Suffolk which contains details about the admissions timetable. Closing date for applications to the first year of entry to Primary school is 15th January. The Local Authority will write to notify parents of the decision according to the timetable in the Schools in Suffolk booklet. Applications should be sent to the local authority at the address given on the form. The school preference advisor can be contacted on 01473 265210 or email at [email protected] and the admissions office on 0845 6000981. 92

Late applications are dealt with in accordance to the guidance in the Admission to Schools in Suffolk booklet Pupils are admitted full time in the September after they are 4yrs. However parents have the right to choose to send their child part time, or defer entry, until the child reaches compulsory school age. Applicants moving into the area If you are moving house, applications will not be processed until confirmation of residency has been received. E.g. tenancy agreement or solicitor’s letter confirming exchange and completion Rejection of applications If a place is not allocated, you have a statutory right of appeal. Information regarding appeal will be sent with the refusal letter. Applications which are not successful will be kept for the rest of the academic year for which the application was made. If a place becomes available, it will be offered based on the criteria listed above. Multiple Births If the final place at the school is offered to a twin/triplet etc and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). Twins will usually be placed in parallel classes. Triplets will be placed after discussion with parents. Note 1- a child who is looked after by a local authority in accordance with section 22 of the Children’s act 1989(b) at the time of his or her application and who will still be looked after at time of admission Note 2- definition of Roman Catholic 1. A child baptized (evidenced by Baptism Certificate) in the Roman Catholic Church or baptised in one of the other rites whose members are in full communion with the Bishop of Rome. 2. A child baptised in another Christian faith who has been received into full communion with the Roman Catholic faith (evidenced by Parish Priest in writing). 3. A child who, with his/her family is enrolled in a recognised course of preparation leading to baptism (evidenced by Parish Priest in writing). Note 3- Churches Together in England See www.churches-together.org.uk for further details on membership Note 4 – Sibling means brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step-brother or sister or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living at the same address as the sibling. Note 5- parent refers to those adults with parental responsibility. Note 6 – By ordinarily resident we mean the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home in the catchment/defined area or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the catchment/defined area so that you have a higher priority for a place at the school. 93

*For the avoidance of doubt practising is defined as at least monthly attendance at church and will be based on a reference provided by the minister at the church you attend. The policy is renewed annually.

St Edmundsbury CEVA Primary School As St Edmundsbury CEVA Primary School is an Aided Church of England School, the admission of children is the responsibility of the Governing Body. Our Mission Statement is as follows: Happiness, inspiration and achievement through Christian values. The school aims to enable all young people to become: individual thinkers who live out our key Christian values successful learners who enjoy learning, make progress and achieve  confident individuals who are able to live safe, healthy and fulfilling lives responsible citizens who make a positive contribution to society. All applications for places in the academic year commencing September 2015-2016 must be returned by 15th January 2015. Applications may be made using the appropriate form (available from the school or West Suffolk House – see address in previous paragraph) or online via www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions. The forms may be returned to the School or direct to West Suffolk House. Any SIF forms must be returned directly to the School for consideration alongside your application. Parents will be informed by the Local Authority on 16th April 2015 regarding the outcome of their application. A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria. This list will be maintained until the end of the first full week of the Spring Term 2016. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static – as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example, due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where a school is over-subscribed, an application received by the end of the first full week of the Spring Term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. Late applications will be dealt with as per the criteria whenever they are received into the appropriate year group.

94

ADMISSIONS CRITERIA The published Admission number for St Edmundsbury School is currently set at 60. The maximum class size at Key Stage 1 will be 30 children, in line with current legislation. The Governors have a statutory duty to admit any child who has a Statement of Special Educational needs which identifies St Edmundsbury as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for that child. Places will be awarded to children in the following order of priority:1. Looked after Children and Previously Looked after Children - children who are in the care of the LA as defined by Section 22 of the Children Act 1989 or children who were looked after, but ceased to be because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence or special guardianship order). 2. Children who have a brother or sister at the School who will be attending at the time of admission. Brothers or sisters includes half and step siblings, adopted siblings or children living permanently in the same immediate household as the child that is attending St Edmundsbury School. If the final place available at this school is offered to a twin, triplet or multiple birth and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, we will offer places to the remaining sibling/s even if it means that more than 30 pupils would be admitted to an infant class. 3. Children of parents/carers who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area of the school. “Ordinarily resident” means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school, nor does it apply if you own a second home in the catchment area. It does not apply to proposed moves into catchment area which have not taken place at the time of application. We regard Gypsy, Roma and Traveller children who move into the catchment of a school as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree, in writing, which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. 4. Those who have confirmed refugee status or families who are in the UK Service Personnel or other Crown Servants. 5. Children whose parents/carers worship at least monthly at a recognised Christian Church (churches which are members of Churches Together in Britain and Northern Ireland) or are committed members of another faith. To enable the Governors to fairly assess this criterion parents/carers are encouraged to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) available from the school. It is sufficient for only one parent to attend for eligibility to count. 95

6. Thereafter any other child will be admitted. In the event of a tie at any stage the deciding factor will be the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the coordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn supervised by someone independent of the school to determine the successful applicant. For admission to the 2015-16 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to St Edmundsbury full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. The oversubscriptions criteria follow the same criteria as the Admissions previously stated. In-year admissions. (Please read this guidance in conjunction with paragraphs 43 to 76 of the Admissions to Suffolk School document) 1. Applications are not normally considered more than one term ahead of the date the place is required. 2. Parents wishing to transfer their children from one Suffolk school to another where there is no change of address should, in the first instance, discuss the matter with the Headteacher of their current school before applying for another school. (see also paragraph 8 below) 3. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at this school should contact the school office for an application form. Alternatively they can complete the appropriate application form available from the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team. This form will be forwarded by the Admissions Team to the school office. 4. We will, on receipt of an in-year application, notify the Local Authority (LA) of both the application and its outcome, to allow the LA to keep up-to-date figures on the availability of places in the area. 5. When a place becomes available in a year group that has been full at this school, any applicant refused a place for that academic year in the last 15 school days and any applicant for whom an appeal has been lodged and is still to be heard, will be considered alongside any new applications. The place will be offered to the pupil ranked highest in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. 96

6. All applications will be processed by the school within 4 school-days and the decision communicated in writing. An emailed decision will always be confirmed by letter. Acceptance of offers can be made by email or letter but, in all cases, within two weeks of the offer date. 7. If the number of applications exceeds the number of places available the Governors will use their published oversubscription criteria to determine the offer of places. Any unsuccessful applicant has the right to appeal the decision to an independent panel and details of how to do this will be included in the decision letter. 8. When an offer of a place is made and the child already has a place in a local mainstream school, the Governors will offer the place from the start of the following half term. The child will remain on roll at the previous school until they take up the place at this school. Further information about the admissions process is available in the Schools in Suffolk Admissions Guidance Booklet for Parents; copies of which can be obtained from the school or the Local Authority Admissions Team. If you should be unsuccessful in your application for your child to be admitted to a Church of England Aided Primary School of your choice you have the right to make an appeal against the decision. Details of how to appeal are sent with the letter of refusal, parents can then download a form or call the telephone number. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. This policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective. If there are any queries with regard to this policy, please contact Christine Perllman in the School Office.

St Felix RC Primary School, Haverhill Mission Statement “As true followers of Jesus learning together, our school strives to be a community where everyone is valued, nurtured and encouraged to reach their full potential and where Christ’s teaching guides responsible attitudes towards each other and the wider world.” The ethos of the school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its Governing Body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and the Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. We ask all parents applying for a place to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of the school to apply and be considered for a place here. The Governing Body will ensure the equality of opportunity and inclusion is applied to all applications.

97

The Governing Body is the Admissions Authority and decides on admissions for each academic year in the Spring Term .The closing date for applications is 15th January each year as is stated in the ‘Schools in Suffolk’ brochure. The school’s published admission number (PAN) is currently 45. Government legislation restricts the size of Key Stage 1 classes to 30 children per class. However, there are permitted exceptions to this rule is the cases of • Admittance of a child who is Looked After – see Note 1 • Admittance of a child with a statement of SEN- see Note 2 • Admittance of a twin or triplet sibling – over the class number of 30 see Note 3 Children will be offered a full-time place in the Reception Class, starting the September following their fourth birthday. However, this date can be deferred until later in the school academic year (i.e. September to July) and the place will be held by the school. Parents may opt for a part-time place. Entry cannot be deferred beyond the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, nor beyond the academic year in which a place was first offered. •

These arrangements do not apply for admissions to the Nursery Class.

•

Parents of children admitted to the Nursery Class must follow the application process for a place in the school if they wish their child to transfer to the Reception Class.

•

Attendance in the Nursery Class does not guarantee admission to the school.

The governors are required by law to admit a child who has a Statement of Special Educational Needs, which specifically names St. Felix RC School as the appropriate school see Note 2. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to applicants in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. Within each category, priority will be given to applicants who are ordinarily resident nearest the school as the crow flies. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located.’ The ultimate tie-break - In the unlikely event that two applicants competing for a single place at the school live the same distance from the school, the place will be offered to one applicant on the basis of lots drawn by a person independent of the school and not involved with admissions. The criteria in order of priority: 1.

Looked After Children (see note1).

2. Baptised Roman Catholic Children (Please attach a copy of the Baptismal Certificate) Subject to the above, within this category priority will be given in the following order: (a)Children of practising Roman Catholic families (Priest’s signature is required on the SIF) (b) Children who have at least one sibling attending St. Felix Catholic Primary School 98

(c) Children who have at least one sibling attending St Benedict’s Catholic Upper School in the West Suffolk Catholic Pyramid. (d) Other baptised Roman Catholic Children

3. Children of Roman Catholic heritage, that is where one or both parents are baptised Roman Catholics. (A Baptismal Certificate will be required as evidence) and they are willing to consider their child being baptised into the Roman Catholic. Subject to the above, within this category priority will be given in the following order: (a) Children who will have at least one sibling attending St. Felix Roman Catholic Primary School. (b) Children who have at least one sibling attending St Benedict’s Catholic Upper School in the West Suffolk Catholic Pyramid. (c) Other children. 4. Children who have at least one sibling attending St. Felix Roman Catholic Primary School. 5. Christian children who are members of other churches recognized by Churches Together in Britain and Northern Ireland whose parents wish their child to attend a Catholic School and are supported by their minister. Subject to above, within this category priority will be given in the following order: (a) Children of a practising Christian family (Minister’s signature is required on the SIF) (b) Other children (evidence of membership will be required eg baptismal certificate) 6.

Other children whose parents wish their child to have a Catholic Education.

Gypsy, Roma, Traveller: We regard Gypsy, Roma, Traveller families who move into the catchment of a school as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. Application Process: Parents should apply using the Common application Form (CAF1 if an entry year admission and CAF2 for in-year admissions) along with the Supplementary Information Form (SIF), which is important to us as a school for faith information only. Further information about the admissions and appeals procedure is available from the Schools in Suffolk guidance booklet for parents. The booklet also contains the coordinated admissions Scheme for Primary and Upper schools in Suffolk which contains details about the admissions timetable. Gov Note: Whilst the completion of the Supplementary Information Form (SIF)is not compulsory, this form is important to us as a school for the faith information. When spaces permit, children will be admitted to the Nursery in accordance with the admissions criteria. Definitions. Note 1 -Definition of a Looked After Child – DFE March 2014 - Under the Children Act 1989, a child is legally defined as ‘looked after’ by a local authority if he or she: • • •

is provided with accommodation for a continuous period of more than 24 hours is subject to a care order is subject to a placement order.

99

Note 2 – The admissions of pupils with statements of Special Educational Needs is dealt with under a separate procedure. Details are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice.

Note 3- Multiple births - If the final place available at the school is offered to a twin or triplet and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the school will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. Roman Catholic 1. A child baptised in the Roman Catholic Church or baptised in one of the other rites whose members are in full communion with the Bishop of Rome. 2. A child baptised in another Christian faith who has been received into full communion with the Roman Catholic faith. 3. A child who, with his/her family is enrolled in a recognised course of preparation leading to baptism. Practising is defined as at least fortnightly church attendance. Sibling means brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, stepbrother or sister or the child of the parent/carer’s partner - where the child for whom the school place is sought is living at the same address as the sibling. ****By ‘ordinarily resident’ we mean the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home closer to the school or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives closer to the school so that you have a higher priority in the category for a place at that school. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the ordinarily resident address will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Rejection of applications If a place is not allocated, you have a statutory right of appeal. Information regarding appeal will be sent with the refusal letter from the Local Authority on behalf of the Governors. Applications which are not successful will be kept to the end of the first full week of the Spring Term 2013. Children will be ranked in the same order as the published oversubscription criteria Waiting lists are held by the school with the applications ranked in year groups according to the Admission Criteria. Parents are contacted as places become available in the year group for their child. School Contact for further information regarding admissions: The Bursar St. Felix R.C. Primary School Haverhill Suffolk CB9 9DE The Governing Body will consult on this policy with the Diocese of East Anglia and the Local Authority annually and will be reviewed in the light of comments received. March 2014 Admissions Committee 100

St James CEVA Middle School In deciding which school to send your child to be educated, the first step is probably to visit the school. Please telephone the school secretary on 01284 – 754096 to make an appointment. An Open Day/Open Evening will be held on xxx. The school can be seen in action during the following sessions: 9.15 am – 10.45 am, 1.45 pm - 3.15 pm and 6.00 pm – 8.30 pm. The Headteacher, staff and Governors will be available to discuss your application, however this forms no part of the admission process. The Governing Body of St James CEVA Middle School is the Admissions Authority. Application to St James CEVA Middle School should be made on the Common Application Form (CAF1) and returned to the Local Authority by Thursday 15th January 2015. Applications may be made on a CAF1 paper form or electronically via the website http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions. Late applications will be considered after all other applications made by the due date. Applications relating to year groups other than Year 5 should be made on the LA form CAF2 for applicants wishing to move from another Suffolk school. Any supplementary information required should be entered onto the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and returned directly to St James CEVA Middle School. This is only available in paper form. However, a SIF alone does not constitute a valid application. The Governors of St James’ School have set an admission limit of 124 pupils for initial entry to the school in 2015-2016. If there are more than 124 applications by the closing date, then children will be admitted to the school according to the following order of priority: 1. Looked After Children (children in the care of a Local Authority as defined by Section 22 of the Children’s Act 1989), and also Previously Looked After Children (children who were in the care of a LA but ceased to be so because they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order) will be given highest priority. 2. Children who have a brother or sister1 who will be attending St James’ School at the time of admission. If necessary, priority will be given to those with the smallest age difference. If the final place available is offered to a twin or triplet, etc, and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Governors’ policy to separate twins or triplets, etc. 3. Children who are ordinarily resident in the school’s catchment area.2 4. Children who themselves or their families3 regularly4 worship at the Cathedral or any Anglican Church. Parents MUST provide supporting information on the Supplementary Information Form (SIF). 5. Children who themselves or their families regularly4 worship at another Christian Church (i.e. churches which are members of Churches Together in Britain and Northern Ireland). Parents MUST provide supporting information on the Supplementary Information Form (SIF). 6. Children of other religious faiths, whose parents would like them to attend St James’ because of its religious traditions.5 Parents MUST provide supporting information on the Supplementary Information Form (SIF). 101

7. Other applications. The Governing Body has a statutory duty to admit applicants with a statement of Special Educational Need where St James CEVA Middle School is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. If the admissions limit is reached when considering any of the above categories, the determining factor will be the distance. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (e.g. apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Priority will be given to children living closest to the school as measured in this way. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school and its Governing Body to determine the successful applicant. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. NOTES 1 Brother or sister includes half or step siblings and other children of the same immediate household. 2

Details of the catchment area can be obtained from the school or from West Suffolk House, Bury St Edmunds. ‘Ordinarily resident’ means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school, nor does it apply if you own a second home in the catchment area. It does not apply to proposed moves into the catchment area which have not taken place at the time of application. Gypsy, Roma, Traveller families who move into the catchment area will be considered as ‘ordinarily resident’ for these purposes. Living within a catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available at the catchment school.

3

Families in this context means either or both parent or guardian.

4

Regularly means at least monthly for a minimum of six months prior to application, and the applicant should be known to the priest or minister.

5

Parents should indicate that they wish their application to be considered under this category. They should provide evidence that they are regular worshippers. 102

Regularly means at least monthly for a minimum of six months prior to application. Supporting information, where required, will be treated with the utmost confidence. Please ensure that the person from whom you are seeking support on the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) has seen this Admissions procedure. An offer of a school place will be posted from the LA Admissions Team on 16th April 2015. If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. Details of how to appeal are sent with the letter of refusal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the above oversubscription criteria. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static – as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address whilst your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of he school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools for which you have applied. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where the school is oversubscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn Term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. This list will be maintained until the end of the first full week of spring term 2016. For further information about waiting lists please refer to the relevant page in the Schools in Suffolk 2015-16 booklet published by Suffolk County Council. Further information on the admissions process is available in the Schools in Suffolk Admissions Guidance booklet for Parents, copies of which can be obtained from the school or the LA. This Policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan Authorities and Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective.

St John’s CEVA Primary School 1.

Introduction

“St John’s school seeks to create a truly Christian community which draws on the traditions and understandings of the Church of England, but which embraces those of other denominations. The school exerts no pressure to believe, but Christian values are built into the ethos, values and teaching of the school.” (St John’s School Mission Statement) This policy refers to all applications for admission to the School in the period September 2015 to August 2016. Applications will be considered for children born between 1st September 2010 and 31st August 2011. 103

As the demand for places in our school is high, St John’s Governing Body, which is the Admissions Authority, seeks to issue clear guidelines and a points system for all applicants. St John’s has one class per year group and the Published Admission Number (PAN) for each class in the academic year 2016/2017 is 30 pupils. 2.

Admissions Priorities:

2.1

Children with Special Educational Needs (SEN)

The Governors are required by law to admit any child who has a statement of special educational needs which identifies St John’s CEVAP School as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. 2.2

Looked After Children (LAC) or Previously Looked After Children (PLAC)

Looked after children (children in care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order) will be admitted regardless of their points score. 2.3

All other applications

After LAC/PLAC and statemented SEN applicants have been allocated places, the remaining applications will then be awarded points according to the published policy, placed in rank order, including applications gaining zero points, with places being offered according to that order until the number of admissions equals 30. Remaining places will be allocated in accordance with the following priority order and points allocated. 2.3.1 Religious Affiliation Attendance at a church or place of worship for a minimum of 12 months is required to qualify for the points below. Members of St John’s Church worshipping regularly (at least monthly)

18 points

Members of an Anglican church within the Ipswich deanery, Worshipping regularly (at least monthly)

16 points

Members of another Christian * denomination within the Ipswich Deanery and worshipping regularly (at least monthly) *A church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and Ireland Or the Evangelical Alliance or Affinity Members of the following faiths:Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Sikhism and Judaism worshipping regularly (at least monthly) in the local community and who wish their child to attend St John’s School because of its Christian traditions

14 points

10 points

2.3.2 Place of Residence Families: Who are resident in the Parish of St John’s

8 points

Who are resident in the Deanery or Borough of Ipswich

4 points

104

Hard copies of boundaries are available through the school office on request 2.3.3 Siblings Sibling

18 points

Sibling refers to brother or sister, half-brother or half-sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling who will be attending school at the date when the younger child is due to commence. 2.3.4 Tie- break statement We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which the straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Priority will be given to the child living nearest to the school. If the final place at the School is offered to a twin or triplet etc, and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s) at the school. The law requires that this will apply even in those primary schools where this would mean that more than 30 pupils would be admitted to an infant class. 2.3.5 Ultimate Tie-break Statement In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn to determine the successful applicant. This random allocation process will be supervised by someone independent of the school. 3.

DEFINITIONS

‘Home’: Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. ‘Families’ in this policy refers to: a parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to “parents attendance at church,” it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above, and the applicants’ siblings. ‘Worshipping’: In this policy refers to activities at any point in the week in which Christian worship forms a substantial part. 105

‘Regularly’: In this policy refers to at least monthly. The Governors understanding of ‘regular (at least monthly) is that in normal circumstances parents/carers/guardians of the child or the child him/herself would attend church. ‘Resident’: The Governors define ‘resident’ as permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the parish area for the purpose for gaining a place at the school. It does not apply to proposed moves into the parish area which have not taken place at the time an application is considered nor does it apply if you own a second home in the parish. Gypsy, Roma, Traveller families will be considered ‘resident’ for these purposes. Children of UK Service Personnel and other Crown Servants meet the residency criteria once proof of postage has been received. Details of the Parish and Deanery areas with accompanying maps can be obtained from the school. 4. 4.1

The Procedure for Admission in Reception Year (Class R) Normal Process

The Governors have agreed an admission limit of 30 pupils for the Reception Class with a maximum of 30 pupils in each Year Group 2015/2016. For admission to the 2015-2016 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year, they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year, the place at St John’s will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. If you would like your child to be considered for a place at St John’s School we would ask you to complete an Initial Interest Form, which is obtainable from the school. Completion of the form is NOT a formal application but ensures that the school is able to send you upto-date information and forms. During the Autumn Term prior to the academic year in which your child is five years old, you should complete a paper CAF1 form available from the school or the Local Authority Admissions Team naming St John’s as one of your preferences. Alternatively you can complete your application online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions. In order that the Governors have sufficient information to correctly process an application parents are encouraged to complete the Supplementary information Form (SIF) which is also available from the School. The completion of the SIF alone does not constitute a valid application. The CAF should be returned to the Local Authority Admissions Team or the school by 15th January 2015. The SIF, together with any supporting evidence, should be returned to the school by the same date. 106

Places will be allocated for the following academic year – not on a term by term basis. Forms received by 15th January 2015 are given equal consideration regardless of the date of receipt. The Local Authority (Suffolk County Council) will write on behalf of the Governors on 16th April 2015 indicating whether or not a place is available. 4.2

Late applications

Applications received after the closing date will be administered by the LA and any available places being allocated in points order. 4.3 In-Year applications (Please read this guidance in conjunction with paragraphs 43 to 76 of the Admissions to Suffolk Schools document) 1. Applications are not normally considered more than one term ahead of the date the place is required. 2. Parents wishing to transfer their children from one Suffolk school to another where there is no change of address should, in the first instance, discuss the matter with the Headteacher of their current school before applying for another school. (see also point 8. below) 3. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at this school should contact the school office for an application form. Alternatively they can complete an ADM1 application form available from the Admissions team or from www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. The form will be forwarded by the Admissions Team to the school office. 4. We will, on receipt of an in-year application, notify the Local Authority (LA) of both the application and its outcome, to allow the LA to keep up-to-date figures on the availability of places in the area. 5. When a place becomes available in a year group that has been full at this school, any applicant refused a place for that academic year in the last 15 school days and any applicant for whom an appeal has been lodged and is still to be heard, will be considered alongside any new applications. The place will be offered to the pupil ranked highest in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. 6. All applications will be processed by the school within 4 school days and the decision communicated in writing. An e-mailed decision will always be confirmed by letter. Acceptance of offers can be made by e-mail or letter, but, in all cases, within two weeks of the offer date. 7. If the number of applications exceeds the number of places available, the Governors will use their published oversubscription criteria to determine the offer of places. Any unsuccessful applicant has the right to appeal the decision to an independent panel and details of how to do this will be included in the decision letter. 8. When an offer of a place is made and the child already has a place in a local mainstream school, the Governors will offer the place from the start of the following half term. The child will remain on roll at the previous school until they take up the place at this school. 4.4

Induction

A full induction programme is provided for children starting school and parents have the opportunity to meet with their child’s teacher. 107

4.5

Waiting Lists

A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application for Reception Year. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria not the date on which the application is received. The list will be maintained until the end of the first full week of the spring term 2016. (Friday 8th January 2016). The order of children on a Waiting List does not remain static; as circumstances change, such as withdrawals or additional applications, a child’s place on the list can go up or down. If you change your address while your child is on the Waiting list, you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the list. Having your child’s name on a Waiting List will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. 4.6

The right to appeal

If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal with the letter of refusal. Parents can then download a form or call the telephone number. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. 5.

Further Information

Further information on St John’s School’s admissions process is available by contacting St John’s CEVAP School, Victory Road, Ipswich, IP4 4LE. Tel: 01473 727554 or in the Schools in Suffolk Admissions Guidance Booklet for parents, copies of which can be obtained from the school or Local Admissions Team. A copy of this policy is available on the school’s website, www.st-johns.suffolk.sch.uk 6.

Policy Review & Consultation

This policy is reviewed annually each Autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultations in the Spring Term 16 months prior to this policy being effective.

St Joseph’s RCP School St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School was established by the Catholic Church to provide education for Catholic Children. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and instrument of government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeates every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education is fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. The published admission number is 20. Government legislation restricts class size in key stage 1 to a maximum of 30 pupils per class. 108

The school is required by law to offer places to those children who have a statement of special educational need that names the school as well as those who are admitted on appeal or where the last place offered is to a twin or multiple birth. The governors will give priority to applications according to the following criteria: 1. Baptised Roman Catholic Looked After Children (Children in care) and children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order (see note 1) 2. Baptised Roman Catholic children (see note 2) resident at the time of application in the parish of Our Lady & St John the Evangelist, Sudbury and St Josephs, Hadleigh; Clare Priory and Clare. We will require evidence from the parish priest. Within this category priority will be given to a. Children who will have at least one sibling(see note 4) attending St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School at the time of their admission. b. Other children resident in the parish above. 3. Other Baptised Roman Catholic Children (see note 2). Within this category priority will be given to a. Children who will have at least one sibling (see note 4) attending St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School at the time of their admission. b. Other children. 4. Other Looked After Children (Children in care) and children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order (see note 1) 5. Children of Roman Catholic heritage; that is where one or both parents (see note 5) are Baptised Roman Catholics. We will require evidence. Within this category priority will be given to a. Children who will have at least one sibling (see note 4) attending St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School at the time of their admission. b. Other children. 6. Other Christian children, who are practising* members of other churches recognised by Churches together in England (see note 3) and whose parents wish their child to attend a Roman Catholic School and are supported by their minister. Within this category priority will be given to a. Children who will have at least one sibling (see note 4) attending St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School at the time of their admission. b. Other children. 7. Other Children. Within this category priority will be given to a. Children who will have at least one sibling (see note 4) attending St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School at the time of their admission. b. Other children. Tiebreaker: Within each category above, priority will be decided by random selection (i.e. a lottery). The lottery will be drawn by an independent person not associated with admissions to the school. Pupils with Special Educational Needs The admission of pupils with statements of special educational needs is dealt with under a separate procedure. Details are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. Application Process: Parents should apply using the Common application Form (CAF1 if an entry year admission and CAF2 for mid-year admissions) along with the Supplementary Information Form (SIF). Whilst completion of the SIF is not compulsory, without its return, applications will be placed in category 6 (or 3 in the case of a Looked After Child) 109

Further information about the admissions and appeals procedure is available from the Schools in Suffolk guidance booklet for parents. The booklet also contains the co-ordinated admissions Scheme for Primary and Middle schools in Suffolk which contains details about the admissions timetable. Closing date for applications to the first year of entry to Primary school is January 15th. The Local Authority will write to notify parents of the decision according to the timetable in the Schools in Suffolk booklet. Applications should be sent to the local authority at the address given on the form. The school preference advisor can be contacted on 01473 265210 or email at [email protected] Pupils are admitted full time in the September after they are 4yrs. However parents have the right to choose to send their child part time, or defer entry, until the child reaches compulsory school age. Applicants moving into the area If you are moving house, applications will not be processed until confirmation of residency has been received. E.g. tenancy agreement or solicitor’s letter confirming exchange and completion Rejection of applications If a place is not allocated, you have a statutory right of appeal. Information regarding appeal will be sent with the refusal letter. Applications which are not successful will be kept for the rest of the academic year for which the application was made. If a place becomes available, it will be offered based on the criteria listed above. Note 1- a child who is looked after by a local authority in accordance with section 22 of the Children’s act 1989(b) at the time of his or her application and who will still be looked after at time of admission Note 2- definition of Roman Catholic 4. A child baptised in the Roman Catholic Church or baptised in one of the other rites whose members are in full communion with the Bishop of Rome. 5. A child baptised in another Christian faith who has been received into full communion with the Roman Catholic faith. 6. A child who, with his/her family is enrolled in a recognised course of preparation leading to baptism. Note 3- Churches Together in England See www.churches-together.org.uk for further details on membership Note 4 – Sibling means brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step-brother or sister or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living at the same address as the sibling. Note 5- parent refers to those adults with parental responsibility. *For the avoidance of doubt practising is defined as at least monthly attendance at church and will be based on a reference provided by the minister at the church you attend.

110

St Louis Catholic Middle School The Admission Authority As St Louis Middle School is a Roman Catholic Aided School, the Governing Body determines the admission arrangements. The Governing Body is therefore the ‘Admissions Authority’ for our school. SCHOOL ORGANISATION REVIEW October 2013 The Catholic Pyramid of Schools has begun statutory consultation on the future structure of education within Bury St Edmunds. If the proposal to move to two tier education is confirmed, this would mean that St Louis Middle School would close in August 2016 and would not take Year 5 children from September 2015. ADMISSIONS IN SEPTEMBER 2015 The school primarily serves the Roman Catholic parishes of the Deanery of St Edmund which lie in the education areas of West Suffolk and Thetford. It is highly desirable that parents are willing for their children to participate in the religious teaching and life of the school. Pupils who have, by 31 August prior to entry, attained the age of: • •

9 are admitted into Year 5 11 are admitted into Year 7

From September 2015 the Governors are able to welcome up to 110 pupils into Year 5 (or no pupils if the school closure in 2016 is confirmed) and a further 28 into Year 7. The Published Admission Number (PAN) for each Year Group in 2015 is as follows: 110 Year 7 28 Year 5 (or zero) Priority Groups Governors are required to admit any child who has a Statement of Special Educational Needs which identifies St Louis Catholic Middle School as the appropriate school for that child. Children will then be considered for admission to St Louis Catholic Middle School in the following order of priority up to the published agreed Year Group intake limit. The Governors reserve the right to admit beyond the intake limit in exceptional circumstances. All applications for admission to St Louis Catholic Middle School should be supported by completed application forms: • •

CAF: The Suffolk County Council Common Application Form SIF: Supplementary Information Form for applying for a place at St Louis Catholic Middle School. Completion of a SIF is not compulsory, but non- completion will result in the application being placed into Category 14 unless an appropriate priority group can be identified from the completed CAF.

Applications for admission should be sent to the Local Authority Admissions Team by the closing date stated in the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. The Supplementary Information Form should be submitted by the same date together with a copy of your child’s baptismal certificate, or its equivalent, to:

111

Admissions Officer St Louis Catholic Middle School St Andrews Street South Bury St Edmunds Suffolk IP33 3PH Admission criteria and allocation process 1) Statements of educational needs Any child who has a statement of educational needs that names the school is automatically allocated a place, 2) Religious affiliation The religious affiliation is defined as follows: a. Roman Catholic – the child has a certificate of baptism, a copy of which should be supplied to the school with the Supplementary Information Form if you wish the application to be considered for the relevant priority group. b. Member of another Christian denomination: i. the child has a certificate of baptism or its equivalent, a copy of which should be supplied to the school with the Supplementary Information Form if you wish the application to be considered for the relevant priority group, AND ii. the child can provide the SIF signed by his/her church minister, or church elder, confirming that he/she has attended church for Sunday religious services at least monthly for the last two years; or since he/she joined the church if that is shorter than two years. 3) Allocation of priority group to application Using the priority tiers and definitions above, each application will be allocated to a priority group as follows: Priority Group Description

Sub-groups and any additional requirements

1

Baptised Roman Catholic ‘looked after’ children (children in care), as well as previously looked after children, ie children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship).

2

Baptised Roman Catholic children currently attending St Edmund’s Roman Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds or other Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds

3

Baptised Roman Catholic children a) with brothers or sisters who will still who are not attending a Roman be attending St Louis Middle School Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds b) without brothers and sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School

112

a) with brothers or sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School b) without brothers and sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School

Priority Group

Description

Sub-groups and requirements

4

All other ‘looked after’ children (children in care), as well as previously looked after children, ie children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship).

5

Baptised non-Roman Catholic children currently attending St Edmund’s Roman Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds or other Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds with brothers or sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School

6

Non-baptised children currently attending St Edmund’s Roman Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds or other Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds with brothers and sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School

7

Baptised non-Roman Catholic children not attending a Roman Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds with brothers or sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School

8

Non-baptised children not attending a Roman Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds with brothers and sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School

9

Baptised non-Roman Catholic children currently attending St Edmund’s Roman Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds or other Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds without brothers and sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School

10

Non-baptised children currently attending St Edmund’s Roman Catholic Primary School, Bury St Edmunds or other Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds without brothers or sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School

113

any

additional

a) with parent/s who are Roman Catholic (parents should provide a copy of their own baptismal certificate) b) with parent/s who are not Roman Catholic

a) with parent/s who are Roman Catholic (parents should provide a copy of their own baptismal certificate) b) with parent/s who are not Roman Catholic

a) with parent/s who are Roman Catholic (Parents should provide a copy of their own baptismal certificate) b) with parent/s who are not Roman Catholic

Sub-groups and requirements

any

additional

Priority Group

Description

11

Non-baptised children of Roman Parents should provide a copy of their Catholic parent/s not attending a own baptismal certificate. Roman Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds without brothers or sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School, with SIF form signed by minister/church representative from place of worship indicating commitment of practice of faith

12

Baptised non-Roman Catholic children not attending a Roman Catholic school in Bury St Edmunds without brothers or sisters who will still be attending St Louis Middle School with SIF form signed by minister/church representative from place of worship indicating commitment of practice of faith

13

Children from other Faiths with SIF form signed by minister/ church (faith) representative from place of worship indicating commitment of practice of faith

14

Other applications

Notes •

If a Supplementary Information Form is not received, the child will be placed in Priority Group 14 unless an appropriate priority group can be identified from the completed CAF.

•

‘Looked after’ child or previously ‘looked after’ child ’ is a child who is looked after by a local authority in accordance with Section 22 of the Children’s Act 1989 at the time application for his / her admission is made and who the Local Authority has confirmed will still be looked after at the time when he / she is admitted to school or a child who was looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted or who has become subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order immediately after being looked after.

•

‘Brothers and sisters’ also includes adopted, half and step brothers and sisters living in the same family home of the sibling at the time of his/her entry to St Louis Catholic Middle School.

•

A child will be deemed to be Baptised where their Christian faith “Dedicates” instead of Baptises. If a baptismal certificate (or confirmation of dedication) is not submitted, the child will be prioritised as though not baptised.

4) Tie Break Where the allocation of places would exceed the published admissions number within a priority (sub) group the places will be allocated by random selection. 114

If the final place available is offered to a twin or triplet, etc and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the governors will offer places to the remaining siblings at the same school. 5) Waiting List (a) As well as on time applications, late applications, i.e. applications for the coming Year 5 and Year 7 which are received after the closing date for applications, will automatically be placed on the waiting list if the school is over subscribed at the time of application. This waiting list will be maintained by the Local Authority Admissions Team until the end of the first full week of the Spring Term 2016; it will be maintained for the remainder of the academic year by the Admissions Officer for St Louis Middle School. (b) The waiting list will be ordered according to the priority group. Each new request to be added will be slotted in appropriately. For example, a request for a child that is ‘priority group 3a’ will be added above a child that is ‘priority group 3b’. The random selection process will be re-run for a priority (sub) group in which a vacancy can be offered if a child has been added to the list. 6) Notification of allocation Applicants will be advised of the outcome in writing by the Local Authority on behalf of the Governors. 7) Appeals a. Appeals against a refusal should be directed to the Education Appeals Office who will be responsible for the correspondence from this point. b. The Education Appeals Office will make the necessary arrangements for an Appeal Hearing if one is required. c. Once an applicant’s case has been heard at an Appeal Hearing, further appeals in the same academic year cannot be accepted unless circumstances have changed. 8) Casual or in-year applications a. Applications for admission during the year should be made using the appropriate Common Application Form and submitted in accordance with the Local Authority procedure. In addition a Supplementary Information Form should be requested from the school, completed and sent together with a copy of your child’s baptismal certificate, or its equivalent, and any reference stipulated above to the Admissions Officer, St Louis Catholic Middle School, St Andrews Street South, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP33 3PH b. Parents may ask, if the application is unsuccessful, to be added to the waiting list for that year. Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 – if applicable, 5, 6a, 7, 8a, 9, 10a, 11 and 12 will be required to provide a Baptismal Certificate.

115

St Margaret’s CEVA Primary School The Governing Body is the admissions authority for St Margaret’s School. This policy is revised every year in consultation with the Diocesan Board of Education and Suffolk County Council. The Published Admission Number for the reception class for 2015 - 2016 is 60 places. All applications for a place at the School should be made using the Common Application Form (CAF 1). A copy of this form is available from the School or from Suffolk County Council. An application can also be made on-line to Suffolk County Council. Parents are advised to read the “Schools in Suffolk” guidance booklet, which explains the admissions procedures in detail, before making their application. In order that the Governors have sufficient information to correctly process an application for a foundation place parents are encouraged to complete the Supplementary information Form (SIF) which is also available from the School or from Suffolk County Council. The completion of the SIF alone does not constitute a valid application. All applications will be considered under two main categories: foundation and open. Applications will be considered first for a foundation place and any unsuccessful foundation applications will then be considered for an open place. Foundation (up to 40 Places) For church attendance (which must have been for at least two years prior to the date of the application), applications will be determined and places allocated, in the following order, to those children whose parent(s)/guardian(s) attend: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

St Margaret’s Church weekly and who have a sibling at the School Another Christian church weekly and who have a sibling at the School St Margaret’s Church at least twice a month and who have a sibling at the School Another Christian church at least twice a month and who have a sibling at the School St Margaret’s Church weekly Another Christian church weekly St Margaret’s Church at least twice a month Another Christian church at least twice a month

Open (at least 20 remaining places) Applications in the open category will be determined and allocated in the following order: 1. 2.

3. 4. 5.

Any child who has a statement of special educational needs that names the School (who the Governors are required by law to admit) Looked after children (as defined by section 22 of the Children Act 1989) and previously looked after children (children who were looked after but have ceased to be because they have been adopted or become subject to a residence or special guardianship order) Any child who will have a sibling at the School at the time of their admission Any child who is ordinarily resident (see below) within St Margaret’s parish Any child who is ordinarily resident (see below) outside St Margaret’s parish

A map showing the parish boundary is available for inspection in the School.

116

In the event of a tie within any of the above categories, the determining factor will be the distance from the home to the School. The distance will be measured by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the Local Authority using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applications being equal in every respect including distance from the School and those applications being for the last place then lots will be drawn by a person who is independent of the School. All applications must be received by the Local Authority Admissions Team by 15th January 2015. Parents will be sent notification of the offer of a primary school place by the Local Authority on 16th April 2015. Definitions

Weekly – It is recognised that most people are ill or go on holiday sometimes! The Governors’ understanding of weekly is that in normal circumstances the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the child would attend church. Other Christian Church – refers to churches which are members of Churches Together in Britain and Ireland or affiliated to the Evangelical Alliance. Home address – where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. Ordinarily resident – residency is defined as permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the parish area for the purpose of gaining a place at the School. It does not apply to proposed moves into the parish area which have not taken place at the time an application is considered, unless proof such as an exchange of contracts or a signed tenancy agreement can be provided at the time of application. Gypsy, Roma and Traveller families will be considered resident for these purposes. Sibling - an older or younger brother or sister or step or half brother or sister at the School at the time of admission. Twins/triplets If the final place available at the School is offered to a twin or triplet, etc., and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the School. Appeals procedure If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no 117

deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Waiting Lists A waiting list will be maintained by the School of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the admissions oversubscription criteria. The list will be maintained until the end of the first full week of the spring term 2016. For further information about waiting lists please refer to the relevant page in the Schools in Suffolk 2015-16 booklet published by Suffolk county council. Late applications If all 60 places for the reception class are offered and taken up any late applications will be placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the admissions oversubscription criteria. Date of admission to the school All children will be eligible for admission full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the School that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. Contact Any queries about the workings of this policy should be addressed initially to the school bursar.

St Mark’s Catholic Primary School, Ipswich Admission arrangements are co-ordinated across the Local Authority, Academies and Voluntary Aided Schools (like St Mark’s) throughout Suffolk. The Local Authority's booklet for parents ('Schools in Suffolk') provides details of all Suffolk Schools. This policy has been prepared in accordance with the current legislation and regulations that apply to admissions to schools. In this document Roman Catholic is abbreviated to Catholic. Wherever “Catholic” is used it means “Roman Catholic”, and “Catholic Church” means “Roman Catholic (RC) Church”. The ethos of the school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and the Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. We ask all parents applying for a place here to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of the school to apply to be considered for a place here. The Published Admissions Number for the school is 30. 118

All applications should be made using the Common Application Form for Suffolk and submitted to the Local Authority. In addition a Supplementary Information Form should be completed, if applying under faith criteria or as an employee of St Mark’s, and sent to the Admissions Officer, St. Mark’s Catholic Primary School, Stone Lodge Lane West, Ipswich, IP2 9HN. The Supplementary Information Form is available from the Local Authority, the school or can be downloaded from the school website – the email address is available from the school website. Applications for Reception in September 2015 for the school year 2015-2016 must be submitted by the 15th January 2015. The Supplementary Information Form should be submitted by 29th January 2015. Allocation process for Normal Admissions Round. 1) Principles of allocation and prioritisation Places are allocated according to the following criteria: A child who has a Statement of Educational Needs specifying this school is automatically allocated a place. Places are then allocated according to the following criteria:    

 

A ’looked after’ child, or a child who was previously a ‘looked after child’. Whether a child has ‘social or medical need’ The religious affiliation of the child, i.e. whether the child is Catholic, practising Orthodox Church, practising Christian or none of these. Whether the parent or guardian of a child is a member of staff at St Mark’s and the member of staff has either been employed for a minimum of two years or has been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there was a demonstrable skill shortage Whether the child has a sibling currently attending the school. Whether the child is living in the Designated Area, which is the South West area of Ipswich and Suffolk, to the west of the Rivers Orwell and Gipping, and the Catholic Parishes of Felixstowe and Hadleigh (a map of the Designated Area is available from the school by request)

2) ‘Looked after child’ A 'looked after child' is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions. A previously ‘looked after child’ is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because he or she was adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). A ‘looked after’ child or previously ‘looked after’ child who is a Roman Catholic has priority above all Catholic applicants and the remainder of the Admissions Criteria. A ‘looked after’ child or previously ’looked after child’ who is not a Catholic has priority over all other Admissions Criteria except Catholic. 3) ‘Social or medical need’ The Governors will consider an applicant as having a ‘social or medical need’ if the applicant comes within the criteria detailed in Section 3 of the Suffolk Fair Access Protocol 119

and would have been granted a place if the application were not in the normal admission round. The Governors will seek the advice of Suffolk Local Authority in considering any such applications so that decisions can be made fairly. The details of the Suffolk Fair Access Policy are available from: http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/assets/suffolk.gov.uk/Education%20and%20Careers/Children%2 0and%20Young%20People/Schools%20&%20Support%20in%20Education/Admissions/20 12-04-04%20Fair%20Access%20Protocol.doc or The Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH 4) Religious affiliation The religious affiliation is defined as follows: a. Catholic – the child has been baptised into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome, or has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesiastical community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church. The appropriate certificates must be supplied as evidence to the school with the Supplementary Information Form. In some cases it is not possible for the parent / carer to provide one of these certificates, and in such circumstances a certificate of First Holy Communion or a signed statement by the Parish Priest that he considers the child to be a practising Catholic will be acceptable. If none of these can be produced the advice of the Diocese shall be sought. b. Member of an Eastern Christian Church, which includes Orthodox Churches. The child has a certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church, a copy of which must be supplied to the School with the Supplementary Information Form. In addition the parent / carer must provide written confirmation from his/her church minister, or church elder, confirming that the child has attended church for Sunday religious services at least monthly for the last twelve months; or since he/she joined the church if that is shorter than twelve months. c. Member of another Christian denomination - the parent / carer must provide written confirmation from his/her church minister, or church elder, confirming that the child has been accepted into the church according to the normal rite or process of that church and has attended church for Sunday religious services at least monthly for the last twelve months; or since he/she joined the church if that is shorter than one year. 5) Allocation of ranking group to application Using the principles and definitions above each application will be allocated to a group as follows: Ranking Group 1

2 3 4 5 6

Description Children who have a statement of educational needs specifying the school (automatically allocated a place) Application of Admissions Criteria ‘Looked after’ or previously ‘looked after’ baptised Catholic children; Baptised Catholic children with ‘social or medical need’ Baptised Catholic children who have a sibling attending St. Marks; Baptised Catholic children who currently live in the designated area; Other Baptised Catholic children. 120

7 8 10

11

12

13 14

15

16

17

18 19

‘Looked after’ or previously ‘looked after’ children who are not baptised Catholic children. Children with ‘social or medical need’ who are not baptised Catholic children Children who have a parent or guardian employed at St Marks and the member of staff has either been employed for two years or was recruited to fill a vacant post for which there was a demonstrable skill shortage.

Baptised Children who are members of an Eastern Christian Church and attend church regularly and have a sibling at St Marks; Children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly and have a sibling at St Marks; Other Children who have a sibling at St Marks; Baptised Children who are members of an Eastern Christian Church and attend church regularly and who live in the designated area and who do not have a sibling attending St Marks; Other Baptised Children who are members of an Eastern Christian Church and attend church regularly; Children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly and who live in the designated area and who do not have a sibling attending St Marks; Other children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly. Other Children who currently who live in the designated area and who do not have a sibling at St Marks; Other Children not included above.

Notes: a) If a Supplementary Information Form is not received the child the application will be treated as ‘non-faith’. b)

In the above ‘sibling’ refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

6) Tie Break Distance tie-break / As the crow flies: We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home 121

within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by a School Governor and witnessed / supervised by someone who is independent of the school staff and governors to determine the successful applicant. Waiting List Late applications, i.e. applications for the coming intake which are received after the closing date for applications and before the start of the Autumn term, will automatically be placed on the waiting list if the school is over subscribed at the time of application. This waiting list will be maintained until July 2016 by the St Mark’s Admissions Officer. The waiting list will be ordered according to the ranking group as in paragraph 5 above. Each new request to be added will be slotted in appropriately according to the admissions over-subscription criteria. Waiting lists will be held for all years and for the whole of the school year. Notification of allocation The Local Authority will write, on behalf of the Governors, to parents / carers with offers on 16th April or next working day. If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for a child, the parent / carers has the right to appeal against their decision and will be sent information about how to appeal. Accepting or deferring an offer Where parents / carers are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year they may decide either to take up the offer full time or part time in September, or to defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place will be held open until the child starts school. However the parents / carers must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. Appeals Should a parent / carer wish to appeal against a refusal to offer a place The Education Appeals Office will make the necessary arrangements for an Appeal Hearing. Appeals are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Once an applicant’s case has been heard at an Appeal Hearing, further appeals in the same academic year cannot be accepted unless circumstances have changed. ‘In Year’ applications Applications for admission during the year starting September 2015 should be made directly to the Admissions Officer, St. Mark’s Catholic Primary School, Stratford Road, Ipswich, IP1 6EF. The application form can be downloaded from the school website [URL] or can be requested from the School office as below. Queries Please address any queries regarding the School or this Admission Policy to the School Secretary, St Mark’s Catholic Primary School, Stone Lodge Lane West, Ipswich, IP2 9HN tel. 01473 601748

122

St Mary’s Catholic Primary School, Ipswich 1. St. Mary’s Catholic Primary School is situated in the Diocese of East Anglia and is maintained by Suffolk Local Authority. 2. The Governing Body of the School is responsible for determining and administering the policy relating to the admission of pupils to the school. It is guided in that responsibility by the requirements of the law, by the advice of the Diocesan Trustees and its duty to the school and the Catholic community. 3. The school primarily serves the area of Ipswich to the east of the B1077, the Westerfield Road running South through Bolton Lane, Upper Orwell Street to Neptune Quay and the land to the east of the River Orwell. (i.e. Northgate (part), Copleston, Ipswich Academy catchment Areas) and Martlesham, Kesgrave and the Parish of Woodbridge and Aldeburgh. 4. St Mary’s is one of three Catholic Primary Schools situated in Ipswich; the other two being St Mark’s and St Pancras Primary Schools. 5. Having consulted the LA and others in accordance with the requirements of the law, the Governing Body has set as its Published Admissions Number 30 pupils for the school year commencing 1st September 2015. The Governing Body will not admit more than 30 pupils to any one reception or infant class unless permitted exceptional circumstances apply. 6. (a) Parents wishing to apply for a place in the school for their child in the school year 1st September 2015 – 31st August 2016 must complete the CAF1 (Common Application Form) either online or by completing the attached CAF1 and return to the local authority at the address given on the CAF form, and not to the school, by no later than 15th January 2015. You should also complete a SIF and return to the school no later than 15th January 2015. It should be carefully noted that all applications must be submitted on that form and all applications will be considered at the same time. Please note that the completion of the SIF is not compulsory and that a SIF alone does not constitute a valid application. If a SIF is not received the child will be placed in categories B1, B2 or B4 as appropriate. 7. In accordance with the provisions of Regulation 49 of the Education (School Government) (England) Regulations 1999 the Governing Body has delegated responsibility for determining admissions to its admissions committee) St. Mary’s Catholic Primary School, Ipswich Admission Policy Mission Statement: St Mary’s School endeavours to give all children the best educational opportunities within a Catholic Christian community that values the individual recognises the worth of each person and welcomes everyone. We aim to combine excellence in teaching with enjoyment in learning through the provision of an inclusive, balanced and broadly based curriculum that promotes spiritual, moral, cultural, mental and physical development, and prepares children for the opportunities and responsibilities of secondary education and later life. 123

For admissions from September 2015, the Policy of the School Governors is to admit up to a maximum of 30 children in each year group. The School’s total capacity is assessed at 210 places for the 7-year groups. For admission to the 2015-16 school year the school must provide for the admission of all children in the September following their fourth birthday. (a) the arrangements do not apply to those being admitted for nursery provision; (b) parents of children who are admitted for nursery provision must apply for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class; (c) attendance at the nursery does not guarantee admission to the school and (d) parents can request that the date their child is admitted to the school is deferred until later in the school year or until the child reaches compulsory school age in that school year; (e) parents can request that their child attends part-time until the child reaches compulsory school age. Application for admittance to the Reception class during the academic year 2015/16 must be received by 15th January 2015. The school primarily serves the area of Ipswich to the east of the B1077, the Westerfield Road running South through Bolton Lane, Upper Orwell Street to Neptune Quay and the land to the east of the River Orwell, (i.e. Northgate (part), Copleston, Ipswich Academy catchment areas) and Martlesham, Kesgrave and the Parish of Woodbridge and Aldeburgh. (Map of the school’s designated area can be obtained from the school) Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs where the school is named as the most appropriate education setting for the child will be offered a place. In the event of any over subscription in the number of applications made then the Admissions Committee will offer places in the following order of priority: d) A) Children who are baptised Catholic 1 on 15th January 2015.

1. Children in public care or children who were previously in public care as defined by the Schools Admissions Code. 2. Siblings 2 of pupils already in the school and who will still be there at the time of admission. 3. Children living inside the designated area (a map of the area is available from the school by request) who attend Mass every Sunday (Saturday vigil). As evidenced by the completion of the SIF by a parent and the parish priest. 4. Children who live inside the school’s designated area. 5. Other children. B) Children who are not baptised Catholics. 1. Children in public care or children who were previously in public care as defined by the Schools Admissions Code. 2. Siblings2 of pupils already in the school. 1

Roman Catholic • A child baptised in the Roman Catholic Church or baptised in one of the other rites whose members are in full communion with the Bishop of Rome. • A child baptised in another Christian denomination who has been received into full communion with the Roman Catholic faith. • A child who, with his/her family is enrolled in a recognised course of preparation leading to baptism.

2

Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/cares partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

124

3. Children of other Christian denominations. These are Christian churches which are members of the Churches Together in Britain and Northern Ireland. 4. Children of other faiths. 5. Children who live inside the school’s designated area. 6. Other children. In the event of over-subscription at any stage in the allocation of places, priority will be given to pupils living nearest to the school as measured by a straight line. All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Ultimate tie-breaker: In the unlikely event that two applicants competing for a single place at a school live the same distance from the school, the place will be offered to one applicant on the basis of lots drawn by someone independent of the school and governors. Multiple births – if the final place at the School is offered to a twin/triplet or multiple birth and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). The law requires that this will apply even in those primary schools where this would mean that more than 30 pupils would be admitted to an infant class. For Reception admissions an offer of a school place will be posted from the LA Admissions Team on 16th April 2015. In-year applications Applications for admission during the year should be made using the appropriate Common Application Form available from the Admissions Team at Suffolk County Council and submitted in accordance with the Local Authority procedure. In addition a Supplementary Information Form should be completed and sent to the Chair of the Admissions Committee, at St Mary’s Catholic School. The SIF is available from the school or on the Local Authority website, as required. Starting Arrangements Children are accepted between the ages of four and eleven years. Parents are welcome to view the school before any decision is taken to send their children to the School. We want your child to enjoy the first days in school, making the transition from home or nursery to school as smooth as possible. Parents and children transferring from another school are encouraged to visit the school for a pre-transfer welcoming visit. Appeals Procedure All parents have the right to appeal if a place is refused. In this event, details of how to appeal will be given in the letter of refusal. Further information on appeals is available in the ‘Admissions to Schools in Suffolk’ booklet. Waiting List Late applications, i.e. those received after the closing date for applications will automatically be placed on the waiting list if the school is over subscribed at the time of application. 125

The governors will maintain a waiting list for at least one term in the academic year of admission. The waiting list will run to the end of the first full week of the spring term 2016. The children will be ranked in the same order as the published oversubscription criteria irrespective of when the application is received. If you have any queries regarding this policy please contact the Chair of the Admissions Committee at St Mary’s School. Policy Review & Consultation: This Policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our Parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term16 months prior to this policy being effective.

St Mary’s CEVA Primary School, Hadleigh The school aims to develop its religious character in accordance with the principles of the Church of England and to serve its community by providing an education of the highest quality within the context of Christian belief and practice. It encourages an understanding of the meaning and significance of faith, and promotes Christian values through the experience it offers to all its pupils. Introduction St Mary’s CEVAP is a Voluntary Aided Church of England School and the Governing Body is the Admissions Authority for the school. We are committed to considering all applications fairly and equally. This Admissions Policy is subject to a statutory public consultation and conforms to the 2012 Schools Admissions Code and the Schools Standards and Framework Act 1998, as revised by the Education Act of 2002. The policy should be read in conjunction with the Admissions to Schools in Suffolk booklet – published by Suffolk County Council Policy principles We seek to be an inclusive school, welcoming children from all backgrounds and abilities. A child’s level of achievement or special needs are not relevant to consideration for admission to the school, although if the school is named on a child’s Statement of SEN then the Governors are obliged by law to admit. We believe that ideally each child should be admitted to the school of their parents’ choice, however the school buildings cannot accommodate an unlimited number of children and excessive class sizes are detrimental to the education of the children in the class. The Published Admissions Number for this school is 30 How parents can apply for their child to be admitted to the Reception Class of our school Copies of the school’s Admission Policy can be viewed on the school’s website – ww.stmaryshad.co.uk Parents can complete a paper application form (CAF1) or apply on-line to Suffolk County Council, which co-ordinates the administration of admissions. Further information is available at http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools Applications for Reception Class admission September 2015 to August 2016 (i.e. for children born 1st September 2010 to 31st August 2010) must be received by Suffolk County Council by 15th January 2015. Second and late applications will be considered 126

according to the Primary Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme published in the Admissions to Schools in Suffolk booklet. In order that the Governors can make fair and open decisions, parents are invited to complete a Supplementary Application Form (SIF) which is also available from the school’s website. Please note that a SIF is an opportunity to provide more information as you are applying to a Church school – it is not compulsory and on its own it does not constitute a valid application. SIFs should be returned to the School by the 15th January 2015. Applications are processed by Suffolk County Council on behalf of the Governors and decision letters are sent to all applicants (who have applied by the closing date) on 16th April 2015. All applications are considered conscientiously by an Admissions Committee of Governors. Where there are more applications than available places, admissions are made according to the oversubscription criteria in this policy. In the event of a tie within any of the oversubscription criteria, i.e. the Published Admissions Number (PAN) of 30 is reached within a group of applicants in any of the criteria, then all the applicants under that criterion will be ranked according to their distance from school and places will be offered (until the PAN of 30 is reached) to those living nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants living the same distance and competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school to determine the successful applicant. Unsuccessful applicants have the right to Appeal against the decision of the Governors (see below). All unsuccessful applicants are placed on a waiting list that is maintained in the rank order of the oversubscription criteria (taking into account the distance tie-breaker if appropriate). Late applications for the Reception year-group will also be ranked according to the oversubscription criteria. This does mean that the position of applicants on the list could change during the lifetime of the waiting list. If, at any time, the number of pupils to be admitted falls below 30 then the available place(s) will be offered to the applicant(s) at the top of the waiting list. The waiting list ceases to be valid at the end of the first week of the Spring term 2016. Appeals If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against its decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Unsuccessful applicants and appellants who are still unable to secure a place at this school may only submit a fresh application if, there has been a significant change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school. Such circumstances might be a house move or a place becoming available at the school. 127

If there is no significant change in circumstances, you can make another application for the following academic year but this will not normally be considered more than one term ahead of the date when you want your child to start at the school. Offer of a place. For admission to the 2015-16 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to St Mary’s CEVAP, Hadleigh, full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year of St Mary’s they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at St Mary’s will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full- or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. Parents should be aware that the provision of a full-time place (described above) does not apply to maintained nursery provision. Also, where a place has been offered in a nursery attached to a school this does not guarantee a full-time place in the Reception Year of a school and parents must make a separate application for a primary school place by the published closing date. Monitoring and review This policy will be reviewed by the Governing body annually but, in accordance with the 2012 School Admissions Code, will only be subject to public consultation every seven years unless changes are proposed (other than the definition of academic years). That consultation will last for a minimum of 8 weeks and will take place between 1st November and the 1st March of the year before the arrangements are to apply (e.g. for a policy to apply to applications in 2015 – for admission in Sept 2015 onwards - consultation must be completed by 1st March 2014). This consultation allows for Parents, other Schools and Academies, the Diocese, Local Authority and the local community to raise any concerns about the proposed admission arrangements. Contact Parents are welcome to contact one of the Administrative Assistants in the school office for information and advice. The Administrative Assistants can be contacted via email ([email protected]) or telephone (01473 823268). Map of designated areas Maps showing the designated area of the Hadleigh Benefice and Hadleigh, Layham and Shelley parishes are available from the School Office. School’s Trust Deed The School’s Trust Deed clearly states that at St Mary’s School ‘religious instruction shall be given in accordance with the doctrines of the Church of England.’ 128

ST MARY’S CHURCH OF ENGLAND VA PRIMARY SCHOOL – HADLEIGH ADMISSIONS OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA 2015-16 The Governors are required by law to admit any child with a Statement of Special Educational Need where this school is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. Places are then allocated in the following priority order up to the Published Admissions Number of 30. Priority 1:

Children in care (Looked After Children) and children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

Priority 2:

Children from service families with a confirmed posting or children living in the Hadleigh Benefice area (Hadleigh, Layham and Shelley) with confirmed refugee status

Priority 3:

Children who have a sibling1 who will be attending the school at the time of admission. If necessary, priority will be given to those children who are closer together in age.

Priority 4:

Children who themselves or whose families (a parent or guardian) regularly2 worship at the Anglican Parish Churches of Hadleigh, Layham or Shelley. Parents are encouraged to enclose a signed copy of the Supplementary Information Form.

Priority 5:

Children who themselves or whose families (a parent or guardian) regularly2 worship at another Christian Church3 that lies within the parishes of Hadleigh, Layham or Shelley. Parents are encouraged to enclose a signed copy of the Supplementary Information Form.

Priority 6:

Children of applicants4 who reside5 within the parishes of Hadleigh, Layham or Shelley and who are committed adherents of a recognised Faith6 other than Christian and who wish their child to attend a Church of England school.

Priority 7:

Children who are ordinarily resident in the parishes of Hadleigh, Layham or Shelley

Priority 8:

Children who are ordinarily resident outside the parishes of Hadleigh, Layham or Shelley

NB: In the event of the PAN of 30 being reached within any of the above criteria then all the applicants under that criterion will be ranked according to their distance from school and places will be offered (until the PAN of 30 is reached) to those living nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the Local Authority using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. 129

In the unlikely event of two or more applicants living the same distance and competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school to determine the successful applicant. Definitions: 1 Sibling is defined as children who are brothers and sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address as, pupils who are already at the school or who have already been offered a place, and who will still be there at the time of admission 2

3

4 5

6

The Governors define regular worship as someone who attends worship at least monthly. A Supplementary Information Form (SIF) will be provided on request to applicants seeking consideration under the criterion of committed Church members. Completion of this form is optional and a SIF in itself does not constitute a valid application. All applications must be made on the standard Suffolk County Council CAF1 form (hard-copy or on-line). The SIF must be completed and signed by the Parish Priest, or where there is no Priest, another authorised representative of the Church, sealed in the envelope provided and returned to the school. Where the parent of a child is a committed Church member, but not themselves the applicant, the commitment of that parent will be considered in relation to the admission of the child. Other recognised Churches are those in full membership of Churches Together in England (or in full membership of a federation of Churches that is in full membership of Churches Together in England) or the Evangelical Alliance. The applicant must be the parent or legal guardian of the child for whom admission is sought. The Governors define “Resident” as permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the designated area for the purpose of gaining a place at the School. It does not apply to proposed moves into the designated area which have not taken place at the time an application is considered – unless proof, such as Exchange of Contracts or a signed Tenancy Agreement, can be provided at the time of application or exceptional late application. We will consider Gypsy, Roma and Traveller children moving into an area as ‘Resident’ in that area when they apply for a school place. Applicants who wish to be considered as committed adherents of other recognised Faiths, will be required to show an equivalent level of commitment to that defined in 2 above and provide a SIF completed and signed by their local Faith Leader. Recognised Faiths are: Islam, Judaism, Hinduism, Bhuddism, Sikhism and Jainism.

Multiple births – if the final place at the School is offered to a twin/triplet etc. and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Governors policy to separate twins/triplets etc. Shared Responsibility: Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. 130

Admission to other classes – (transferring from other schools) Admission of pupils to other classes in the school is sometimes possible, subject to availability. Applications must be made by means of the Common Application Form for inyear/casual admissions (i.e. Form CAF 2) which will be processed by the local authority. Year groups are limited to 30. The Governors’ Admissions Panel will consider all applications if there is competition for places basing their decision on the criteria outlined in Sections 2 and 3 above. Waiting List If you apply for a school place in the normal admissions round and your preference for a place at this school is refused, your child’s name will automatically be placed on our waiting list. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria. The order of children does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the Hadleigh Benefice area (Hadleigh, Layham and Shelley). Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. The waiting lists will operate up to the last day of the first full week of the spring term 2016. We do not hold waiting lists for school places for in-year applications. In-year applications are processed by the school under the same conditions as other applications, using the oversubscription criteria defined above. Policy review and consultation This policy is reviewed annually in the Autumn Term with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our Governors, staff and parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities. The Diocese and school will publish the policy approximately 16 months prior to it being effective and the LA will publish the policy approximately 12 months prior to it being effective.

St Mary’s CEVA Primary School, Woodbridge It is the Mission of the School to provide our children with the highest quality of teaching and learning, to enable them to become aware of the world that God has given them and to recognise their vocation and responsibilities within it. St. Mary’s promotes Christian values through the experience it offers to all its pupils. The School was built to serve the local community and this is reflected in the way points are allocated in order to rank the applications. This Admissions Policy refers to all applications for admission to the School in the period September 2015 to August 2016, the Governing Body of the School is the admissions authority. 131

Application - Parents apply using the Local Education Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF), and the blue Supplementary Information Form (SIF) – these are available on demand. Applications may be on a paper form or the LA on line form naming this School as one of the preferences. The SIF is an opportunity to provide more details about reasons for applying to a church school; it is not compulsory and on its own does not constitute a valid application form The CAF should be returned to the Area Education Office by Thursday 15th January 2015. The SIF should be returned direct to the school by the same date. Places will be allocated for the following academic year i.e. for admission in September 2015. Forms received by 15th January are given equal consideration regardless of the date of receipt. Admission date – all children offered places will be eligible to start full time in September 2015; i.e. the September following their fourth birthday. Parents may wish to defer full time entry or take up a part time place, however they must ensure that their child starts school full time no later than the term after their fifth birthday. The School will hold open a place once offered and accepted but the full time place must be taken up during the academic year 2015-2016; it is expected that a child will start at the beginning of a term unless prior alternative arrangements have been made with the School. An applicant with a Statement of Special Educational Needs where this school is named as being the best able to provide the most appropriate provision for the named child will be offered a place. Thereafter places are offered (up to the schools planned admissions number which is 30) in the following order 1. Children in care (Looked After Children) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). 2. All other applications will be allocated points using the points policy which follows these notes. Applications will then be placed in RANK ORDER including applications with zero points; places will be offered starting with the highest ranked application until the number of admissions equals 30.

THE POINTS POLICY for ST. MARY’S CEVAP SCHOOL, WOODBRIDGE. Points will be allocated according to the following points system. Points Section One – SIBLINGS Those children who will still have a sibling in School at the time of 22 admission; that is brother/sister and half or step siblings and other children of the same immediate household. NB Siblings cannot claim additional points in section two, three or four.

132

Section Two – Children of Staff

Points

a) where the member of STAFF has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made

22

NB Staff cannot claim additional points in section one, three or four Section Three – RESIDENCE a.

Points Resident in the Parishes of St. Mary’s, Woodbridge and St. John’s, 10 Woodbridge

b. c.

Resident in the Parish of St. Andrew’s, Melton Resident elsewhere

5 0

NB In Section Three the Governors define “Resident” as permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the parish area for the purpose of gaining a place at the School. It does not apply to proposed moves into the parish area which have not taken place at the time an application is considered. Traveller families will be considered “resident” for these purposes. Details of the parish areas with accompanying maps can be obtained from the School. Section Four – RELIGIOUS AFFILIATION a.

Regular worship at St. Mary’s, Woodbridge

b.

Regular worship at one of the Christian Churches named below: St. John’s, Woodbridge; St. Andrew’s, Melton; Woodbridge Methodist Church, St. Thomas’ RC Church, Woodbridge Salvation Army, Woodbridge Quay Church, Woodbridge Evangelical Church.

8

c.

Regular participation in the local worshipping community of the faiths named below: Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Sikhism and Judaism Those with no faith allegiance

8

d.

12

0

NB In Section Four the Governors define “Regular worship/Regular participation” as attendance by a parent and child at least once a month. IN CASE OF ANY TIE – the applicant(s) living nearest to School will be offered the place(s). We will measure the distance by a straight line (as the crow flies). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and the Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address point between which straight line the distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Ultimate tie break – in the unlikely event of two or more applicants living the same distance and competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the governing body to determine the successful applicant. Multiple births – if the final place at the School is offered to a twin/triplet etc. and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Governors policy to separate twins/triplets etc. 133

Residence - Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. Unsuccessful Applicants A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the above oversubscription criteria. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address whilst your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools for which you have applied. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where the school is oversubscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn Term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. Applicants will be sent notice of the result of the application directly from the Area Education Office on the 16th April 2015 (or next working day). APPEALS If the Local Education Authority informs you that the Governing Body is unable to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. All appeals against the Governing Body’s decision not to admit pupils are processed by the Statutory Appeals Panel, PO Box 579, Ipswich IP1 2BX and heard by an independent panel. Unsuccessful applicants who initiate the Appeals process and are still unable to secure a place at the School may only submit a fresh application for consideration if, in the opinion of the Governors, there has been a significant and material change in the circumstances surrounding the application. In normal circumstances the Governors will not consider repeat applications in a single academic year. Policy Review – takes place annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective. If you have any queries about this application policy please contact the School Secretary in the first instance. 134

St Mary’s RCP School, Lowestoft Our Mission Statement at St. Mary’s Roman Catholic Primary School is to educate young people to meet the challenge of life courageously, to use their abilities to the full and to live the values of Christ’s gospel. The Governing Body is the Admissions Authority and decides the total intake for September using a recognised Department for Education calculation which assesses the available accommodation. The Published Admission Number (PAN) for intake into Reception in September 2015 is 30 as is the maximum class size. Each application for the school will be considered fully and the Governors will endeavour to accommodate all Roman Catholic applicants. The school is primarily for the education of Roman Catholic students between the ages of 4 and 11 years. There is no defined catchment area. The Governors are pleased to accept non Roman Catholic students provided the parents agree to support the ethos of the school and there are places available at the time of application. Standard application forms are issued by the Local Authority. Parents wishing to apply for a place at St Mary’s (whether as a first, second or third option) should also complete the school’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to the school office by 15 January 2015 with evidence of registry of baptism in the form of a signed certificate from the Roman Catholic Church where appropriate. Children who were baptised in another Christian Church and subsequently received into the Catholic Church will be treated as those originally baptised into the Catholic Church. All admissions to St. Mary’s Roman Catholic Primary school are undertaken by the Local Authority Admissions Team. To apply for a place in St. Mary’s Roman Catholic Primary School please ensure you complete the CAF1 form for new joiners to school, or CAF2 form for any late, In-year applications and applications that relate to different year groups. These forms are available from the Admissions Team at Suffolk County Council. The CAF1 form is only available online for the normal admissions round for on time applications. The CAF2 is available online but is submitted on paper. In addition please complete the SIF available from the school office or via our website www.stmarysrcps.co.uk under admissions. Parents MUST apply to the Local Authority for a place for their child. Filling in a SIF for the school DOES NOT constitute a valid application and is not compulsory. Parents will be notified of acceptance by 16 April or next working day by the Local Authority. The school provides for the admission of all children in the September following their fourth birthday. However, parents can request that the date their child is admitted to the school is deferred until later in the school year or until the child reaches compulsory school age in that school year. Parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. For the entry year only (Reception Class), a waiting list is held until the last day of the first week of the spring term. Children will be ranked in the same order as the published oversubscription criteria.

135

If the final place at the school is offered to a twin/triplet etc and the remaining siblings would ordinarily be refused a place the Governors will offer places to the remaining siblings. It is not Governors policy to separate twins/triplets etc. If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich IP1 2BX Parents may contact Mrs Harrison in the school office for further guidance on 01502 565384. OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA Children are admitted according to the following categories, priority being given in the order shown, until PAN is reached. The governors are required by law to admit a child who has a statement of special education needs which names the school. The Governors are committed to equality of opportunity and equality. 1. Roman Catholic students who are defined by the Government statutory guidance ‘Looked After Children (Children in care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).” 2. Roman Catholic students with a sibling already attending and who will continue to attend St Mary’s during the following school year living within the catholic parish of Our Lady Star of The Sea in Lowestoft; 3. Roman Catholic students with a sibling already attending and who will continue to attend St Mary’s during the following school year not living within the catholic parish of Our Lady Star of The Sea in Lowestoft; 4. Other Roman Catholic students living within the catholic parish of Our Lady Star of The Sea in Lowestoft; 5. Other Roman Catholic students. The Governors will consider applications from students who are not Catholics, if space is available, according to the following order of priority: 1. Non-Catholic students who are defined by the Government statutory guidance as “Looked After Children (Children in care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order)” 2. Non-Catholic students with a sibling already attending and who will continue to attend St Mary’s during the following school year; 3. Non-Catholic students who regularly attend (at least once a month) a Christian Church (Churches which are members of Churches Together in Britain and Northern Ireland). The Governors will require evidence of Baptism (if appropriate) and a completed school information form signed by their Minister; 4. Other non-Catholic students. Should the school be oversubscribed within any of the successive categories above, priority will be given to children living closest to the school. We measure the distance by a straight line (as the crow flies). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (i.e. Flats) we will measure to 136

a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the event of an ultimate tie-break a random selection within the category will take place until all places have been allocated. The random allocation process must be supervised by someone independent of the school, and a fresh round of random allocation must be used each time a child is to be offered a place from a waiting list. Late applications are managed by the Admissions Team at Suffolk County Council For purposes of clarification SIBLINGS Parents should note that the school includes half or step siblings and other children of the same immediate household. Roman Catholic A child baptised in the Roman Catholic Church or in one of the other rites whose members are in full communion with the Bishop of Rome and can provide evidence of registry of baptism in the form of a signed certificate from the Roman Catholic Church. A child baptised in another Christian faith that has been received into full communion with the Roman Catholic faith. A child who, with his/her family is enrolled in a recognised course of preparation leading to baptism. ADDRESS A child’s address is defined as their main residence; this is the place where the child is “ordinarily resident” by which we mean the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home in the catchment area or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the catchment area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the ordinarily resident address will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays ) Policy Review and Consultation This policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our Parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective.

St Matthew’s CEVA Primary School At St Matthew’s School we aim to demonstrate and promote the love of Jesus Christ to all who come within our walls. It is the firm foundation on which we build the life of the school and it guides all areas of our work. As the children grow in this love, we expect that they will gain respect for themselves, for each other and for the whole of this exciting world, God’s world, in which we live. St Matthew’s CEVAP School are committed to equality of opportunity and inclusion. This Policy refers to all applications for admission to the School in the period September 2015 to August 2016. This Policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more 137

formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term16 months prior to this policy being effective. The Governing Body is the Admissions Authority for St Matthew’s CEVAP School. 1. For admission to the 2015-16 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to St Matthew’s school full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception year of St Matthew’s school they may decide either to take up the offer full time in the September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at St Matthew’s will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. 2. St Matthew’s is not a “catchment area” school and any parent may make an application to the Governors for the admission of their child. At St Matthew’s we have 2 Reception classes. The Governing Body has a duty to admit up to 60 children in total into the Reception classes each school year. 3. Parents apply using the Local Education Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF 1), and the blue Supplementary Information Form (SIF) – these are available on demand. Applications may be on a paper form or the LA on line form naming this school as one of the preferences. The SIF is an opportunity to provide more details about reasons for applying to a church school; it is not compulsory and on its own does not constitute a valid application form. 4. The CAF should be returned to the Area Education Office or School by 15th January 2015.The SIF should be returned to the School by the same date. Forms received by that date are given equal consideration regardless of the date of receipt. Applications received after the closing date are administered by the LA. Applicants will be sent notice of the result of the application directly from the Area Education Office on 16th April 2015, the National offer date. 5. All applications are considered against the criteria laid down below. Points are awarded according to the policy and priority is given according to the total points score, where the higher score has the greater priority. Where two or more applications gain the same points score, the determining factor will be the distance tie-break. We will measure the distance by a straight line (“as the crow flies”). All straight lines are calculated electronically by the LA, using data provided jointly by the Post office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school and its Governing Body. The draw will be made in a secure place, with independent witnesses. 138

6. Shared Responsibility: Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. 7. Multiple births: If the final place available at the school is offered to a twin or triplet, etc., and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling/s. It is not the Governors policy to separate twins/triplets etc. so the remaining sibling(s) would be admitted as permitted exceptions for the time they are in an infant class or until the class numbers fall back to the current infant class size limit. 8. Waiting Lists: If you apply for a school place in the normal admissions round and your preference for a place at this school is refused, your child’s name will automatically be placed on our waiting list. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria. The order of children does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the areas as defined in 1a +1b of the points section. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where the school is over subscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn Term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. The waiting list closes at end of first full week of spring term 2016 (15th Jan.) 9. Waiting lists (mid year): We do not hold waiting lists for school places for mid-year applications. Oversubscription criteria Governors have a statutory duty to admit applicants with a statement of Special Educational Need where this school is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. Thereafter places will be allocated in the following priority: 1. Looked After Children or Previously Looked After Children (LAC Children- who are in the care of the LA as defined by Section 22 of the Children Act 1989 Previously LAC-Children who were looked after, but ceased to be because they were adopted (or because they became subject to a residence or special guardianship order). 139

2. Those living in the Parish of St Matthew’s, Triangle or All Saints with confirmed refugee status. 3. All other applications will be allocated points using the points policy which follows. Applications will be placed in RANK ORDER including applications with zero points; places will be offered starting with the highest ranked application until the number of admissions equals 60. Section One – Ordinarily resident: a) b) c)

Ordinarily Resident in the Parish of St Matthew’s, Triangle or All Saints Ordinarily Resident in the Borough of Ipswich or the Ipswich Deanery Ordinarily Resident outside the areas defined in a) and b) above

Points 3 2 0

NB In Section One the Governors define “ordinarily resident” we mean the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home in the catchment/defined area or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the catchment/defined area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. Travellers who move into the area are regarded as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. Section Two – RELIGIOUS AFFILIATION a) b) c) d) e)

f)

Worshipping weekly at St Matthew’s, Triangle or All Saints Church Worshipping weekly at an Anglican Church Worshipping weekly at a Christian Church Worship at least monthly at a Christian Church Member of a local worshipping community of the faiths named: Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Sikhism and Judaism worshipping at least monthly. Applicants with no faith affiliation

Points 10 8 6 4 3 0

Points can only be awarded in one category - a, b, c, d, e or f NB Parents should note that the term ‘Christian Church’ refers to all those churches who are members of ‘Churches together in England’ A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to attendance at church it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above, and siblings. Section Three – SIBLINGS a)

Points Children who have a brother or sister (including half or step-siblings and other children of the same immediate household) who is attending St Matthew’s School and will still be there when the child starts school. 13

APPEALS If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Contact Any queries about the workings of this policy should be addressed initially to the Office Manager in the school office. 140

St Pancras Catholic Primary School Admission arrangements are co-ordinated across the Local Authority and Voluntary Aided Schools (like St Pancras) throughout Suffolk. The Local Authority's booklet for parents ('Schools in Suffolk') provides details of all Suffolk Schools. This policy has been prepared in accordance with the current legislation and regulations that apply to admissions to schools. In this document Roman Catholic is abbreviated to Catholic. Wherever “Catholic” is used it means “Roman Catholic”, and “Catholic Church” means “Roman Catholic (RC) Church”. The ethos of the school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and the Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. We ask all parents applying for a place here to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of the school to apply to be considered for a place here. The Planned Admissions Number for the main school is 30. All applications should be made using the Common Application Form for Suffolk and submitted to the Local Authority. In addition a Supplementary Information Form should be completed and sent to the Admissions Officer, St. Pancras Catholic Primary School, Stratford Road, Ipswich, IP1 6EF. The Supplementary Information Form is available from the Local Authority. Applications for Year R in September 2015 for the school year 2015-2016 must be submitted by the closing date Thursday 15th January 2015. The Supplementary Information Form should be submitted by Thursday 15th January 2015. Allocation process for Normal Admissions Round. 1) Principles of allocation and prioritisation Places are allocated according to the following criteria:  A child who has a Statement of Educational Needs specifying this school is automatically allocated a place.  A child who is in public care is given special consideration as defined in the Admissions Code.  The religious affiliation of the child, i.e. whether the child is Catholic, practising Orthodox Church, practising Christian or none of these.  Whether the child has a sibling currently attending the school.  Whether the child is living in the designated area, which is bounded by: the River Gipping to the south and the Westerfield Road to the east; to the north and west it follows the eastern line of the Catholic Diocese of East Anglia’s Stowmarket Parish. 2) Religious affiliation The religious affiliation is defined as follows: a. Catholic – the child has a certificate of baptism, a copy of which must be supplied to the school with the Supplementary Information Form. In some cases it is not possible for the parent / carer to provide a certificate of baptism, in such circumstances a signed statement by the Parish Priest that he considers the 141

child to be a practising Catholic will be acceptable. If neither of these can be produced the advice of the Diocese shall be sought. b. Some Orthodox churches are in full communion with the Catholic Church, some are in partial communion. Clarification of the status of an Orthodox church shall be sought from the Diocese. A child who is a member of an Orthodox Church that is in full communion with the Catholic Church will be considered a Catholic with regard to this admissions process. c. Member of another Christian denomination - the parent / carer can provide written confirmation from his/her church minister, or church elder, confirming that the child has attended church for Sunday religious services at least monthly for the last two years; or since he/she joined the church if that is shorter than two years. 3) Allocation of ranking group to application Using the principles and definitions above each application will be allocated to a group as follows: Ranking Group Description 1 Children who have a statement of educational needs specifying the school

5

Application of Admissions Criteria Baptised Catholic children in public care; Baptised Catholic children who have a sibling attending St. Pancras; Baptised Catholic children who currently live in the designated area; Other Baptised Catholic children.

6

Children in public care who are not baptised Catholic.

7

Baptised Children who are members of an “Orthodox” Christian Church that is in partial communion with the Catholic Church and attend church regularly and have a sibling at St Pancras; Baptised Children who are members of an “Orthodox” Christian Church that is in partial communion with the Catholic Church and attend church regularly and who live in the designated area; Other Baptised Children who are members of an “Orthodox” Christian Church that is in partial communion with the Catholic Church and attend church regularly.

2 3 4

8

9

10

11 12

13

Children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly and have a sibling at St Pancras and currently attend a Feeder school; Children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly and have a sibling at St Pancras; Children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly and who live in the designated area and who do not have a sibling attending St Pancras; Other children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly. 142

14 15 16 17

Other Children who have a sibling at St Pancras and who live in the designated area; Other Children who have a sibling at St Pancras; Other Children who currently who live in the designated area and who do not have a sibling at St Pancras; Other Children not included above.

Notes: c) If a Supplementary Information Form is not received the child will be placed in Priority Group 14 to 17 as appropriate. d) In the above ‘sibling’ refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. The sibling may be in any year in the main school or sixth form at the time of application. e) The Governors may allocate a priority group of 2 or 6, as appropriate, where a child would be considered by the Local Authority as having “exceptional circumstances” as defined in the Suffolk Fair Access Policy. 4) Tie Break Distance tie-break / As the crow flies: We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by a member of staff not involved in admissions and witnessed by a School Governor to determine the successful applicant. 5) Waiting List a. Late applications, i.e. applications for the coming intake which are received after the closing date for applications and before the start of the Autumn term, will automatically be placed on the waiting list if the school is over subscribed at the time of application. This waiting list will be maintained until July 2015 by the St Pancras Admissions Officer. b. The waiting list will be ordered according to the allocation group as in paragraph 3 above. Each new request to be added will be slotted in appropriately according to the admissions over-subscription criteria. c. Waiting lists are held for all years. 6) Notification of allocation The Local Authority will write, on behalf of the Governors, to parents / carers with offers on Thursday 16th April. If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal and a “Notice of Appeal Form”. 7) Accepting or deferring an offer Where parents / carers are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year they may decide either to take up the offer full time or part time in September, or to defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place will be held open until the child start school. However the parents / carers must take up the full-time place no later than the 143

beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. 8) Appeals There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. The Education Appeals Service will make the necessary arrangements for an Appeal Hearing. Once an applicant’s case has been heard at an Appeal Hearing, further appeals in the same academic year cannot be accepted unless circumstances have changed. Casual or mid-year applications Applications for admission during the year should be made using the appropriate Common Application Form for Suffolk and submitted in accordance with the Local Authority procedure. In addition a Supplementary Information Form should be completed and sent to the Admissions Officer, St. Pancras Catholic Primary School, Stratford Road, Ipswich, IP1 6EF. The Supplementary Information Form is available from the Local Authority or from the school.

St Peter and St Paul CEVCP School Introduction: The school serves the town of Eye, the villages of Brome, Oakley, Redlingfield and part of Braiseworth. These villages comprise the catchment area for the school. Children can attend school full-time in the September following their fourth birthday. Published Admission Number (PAN): The Governing Body, as the Admissions authority, has a duty to set the number of intended admission to any year group at a figure no lower than the published admissions number (PAN) for that age group. Currently the school admits up to 30 children in reception. Aim: In line with our Mission Statement, available upon request from the school, we aim, in partnership with the local community, to promote a love of learning within a safe and happy environment and to develop and enrich our children’s understanding of themselves and the world around them. This aim is underpinned by our Christian ethos and our belief that every person matters. Process: Parents should apply using the Local Authority’s Common Application Forms (CAF 1 for Reception year and CAF 2 for all other years) together with a Supplementary Information Form (SIF). The SIF will allow an applicant to give more information regarding their application but it is not compulsory. (The SIF alone does not constitute a valid application.) These forms are available from the school or online at: www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. If you have a query about completing the form, please contact the Administrations Clerk in the school office: 144

Telephone: 01379 870497 Email: [email protected] CAF 1 forms must be completed and returned (online or in paper format by post to: Address: N. Area Admissions Adrian House Alexander Road Lowestoft, NR32 1PL by Thursday, 15th. January 2015. Supplementary Information Forms must be returned to the school only and NOT the area office. Applicants will be notified of the result of their application directly by the Local Authority Admissions Team on Wednesday 16th. April 2015. Admission: For admission to the 2014-15 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to SS Peter and Paul CEVAP school full-time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception year of this school, they may decide whether to take up the offer full-time in September, or to take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year, the place at this school will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, and must, in any case, take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time of the year. Parents should be aware that the provision of a full-time place (described above) does not apply to maintained Nursery provision. Also, where a place has been offered in a nursery attached to the school, this does not guarantee a full-time place in the Reception year of a school and parents must make a separate application for a primary school place by the published closing date. Children of UK Service Personnel: Admission authorities must allocate places in advance of the family arriving in the area where the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares the relocation date and Unit postal address/quartering area. They much not refuse places because the family does not currently live in the area, nor can they reserve blocks of places for children of service families. Children from Overseas: Children from overseas - Admission authorities must treat applications for children coming from overseas in accordance with European Union law or Home Office rules for nonEuropean Economic Area nationals. Non–statutory guidance on this is available on the website of the Department for Education.

145

Oversubscription Criteria: Governors have a statutory duty to admit applicants with a Statement of Educational Needs (SEN) where the school is named as being the best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. After offering places to children with statements of SEN (as above), the Governors will offer places in the following priority order: 1. Highest priority will be given to ‘children in public care’ (Looked after Children) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). 2. Priority will then be given to children who are ‘ordinarily resident’ within the schools defined catchment area. Ordinarily resident refers to the place where a child usually lives. Proof may need to be provided. A child will not be treated as ordinarily resident if the home rented or owned in the catchment area is a second home and the family do not usually reside there of if another address is given which is not used as a primary residence. Gypsy, Roma and Traveller families will be considered as ‘ordinarily resident’ for these purposes. Details of the catchment area of a school can be obtained from the school or from the Local Authority Admissions Team in Ipswich. Living within the school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place will be available at the school. Priority to in catchment children will be given in the following order: •

Those children applying to go to the school who have a brother or sister (or other children in the same household) who are already in attendance at the school and who will continue to be at the time they would commence. Brother or sister includes half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. Priority will be given to those with the smallest age difference. If the final place at the school is offered to a twin/triplet, etc. and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Governors policy to separate twins/triplets, etc., even when their admission would breach infant class size legislation.

•

Applications made on religious grounds confirming regular worship (attendance at the Church at least once a month), by at least one parent, at a Church of England church or a church that is a member of ‘Churches Together in England’. Applications on this ground must be supported by a Supplementary Information Form.

•

After the above priorities, remaining places will be allocated to children on the basis of their home’s distance from the school in a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measure and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. 146

Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily’ resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. The occupation or profession of a parent will have no bearing on the outcome of an application for a school place. 3. If places remain following allocation on the above-outlined basis, places will be allocated to children who reside out of the catchment area in the following order: •

Those children applying to go to the school who have a brother or sister (or other children in the same household) who are already in attendance at the school and who will continue to be at the time they would commence. Brother or sister includes half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. Priority will be given to those with the smallest age difference.

If the final place at the school is offered to a twin/triplet, etc. and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Governors policy to separate twins/triplets, etc., even when their admission would breach infant class size legislation. •

Applications made on religious grounds confirming regular worship (attendance at the Church at least once a month), by at least one parent, at a Church of England church or a church that is a member of ‘Churches Together in England’. Applications on this ground must be supported by a Supplementary Information Form.

•

After the above priorities, remaining places will be allocated to children on the basis of their home’s distance from the school in a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measure and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily’ resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all 147

school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. Tie Breaks: If the admissions limit is reached within one of the above categories and a tie-break is required to separate applications, the determining factor will be the distance from home to school as outlined above. In the unlikely event that two applicants, competing for a single place at the school, live the same distance from the school, the place will be offered to one of the applicants on the basis of lots drawn by someone independent of the school and all results carefully noted. Waiting List: A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the above oversubscription criteria, not on the basis of the date on which the application is received. This list will be maintained until the end of the first full week of the spring term 2016 (January 15). The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static – as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address whilst your child is on a waiting list, you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where the school is oversubscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn Term will be placed on the waiting list. Waiting lists are not held for in-year applications. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools for which you have applied. Appeals: If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place to a child, there is a right to appeal against their decision. Details of how to appeal will be sent with the letter of refusal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Policy Review: This policy will be reviewed annually during the Autumn term with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The Local Authority undertakes any necessary statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective.

148

Stonham Aspal CEVA Primary School The Trust Deed for Stonham Aspal C of E Aided Primary School states:‘……AND UPON TRUST to permit the said land and all buildings thereon to be erected to be forever, hereafter appropriated and used as and for a school for the Education of poor children in the Parish of Stonham Aspal beforesaid……..’ Before your child comes to School If you would like to view the school and talk to the Head Teacher, please telephone for an appointment, and he will be happy to show you around. During the year there are many school-based activities held, to which you are welcome and encouraged to attend although this will have no bearing on the decision making process on admissions. Academic Year 2015/16 For admission to the 2015/16 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to Stonham Aspal School full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year of Stonham Aspal School they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at Stonham Aspal School will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time of the year. Application process The closing date for the normal admissions round is 15th January 2015 Parents should apply either on-line at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions or by using the Local Education Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF1) together with a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) naming this school as one of the preferences. Completion of the SIF is not compulsory and a SIF alone does not constitute a valid application. These forms are available on request and should be returned to the Northern Area Education Office or to the school. Applicants will be notified of the results of their application directly by the Northern Area Education Office on 16th April 2015. Applications made after the national closing date of 15th January will be given consideration in accordance with the Admissions criteria, provided there are spaces left once all other applications have been dealt with. Applications for the Reception Class at the start of a child’s school career are dealt with as above. Applications for Year Groups 1 to 6 inclusive are to be made by completion of a CAF2 form available on-line or from the school and should be sent to the Home Local Authority.

149

Admission numbers The maximum number for each year group is planned to be 30 pupils in 2015/2016. The school’s Pupil Admission Number (PAN) is 30. Priority Admission Governors have a statutory duty to admit applicants with a Statement of Special Educational Need where this school is named as being the best able to provide the most appropriate education for the named child. The following groups are given priority for places: 1. Looked After Children 2. Applicants with siblings (including half or step siblings and other children in the immediate household) on the school roll at the time of admission. 3. Children with confirmed refugee status. 4. Children of UK Service personnel and other Crown Servants Once places have been offered to applicants in the above 5 groups the Governors will proceed to offer places – up to the Planned Admission Number of 30 – in the following rank order: 5a. Places will be offered to applicants who are Ordinarily resident in the school’s catchment area. 5b. Places will next be offered where a Parent/Carer of the applicant is a Member of an Anglican Church – worshipping there a least once a month. 5c. Places will next be offered where a Parent/Carer of the applicant is a Member of another Christian denomination - worshipping at least once a month. 5d. All other applicants If the Planned Admission Number is reached within any of the above criteria the determining factor will be the distance they live from school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the Local Authority using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event that two applicants competing for a single place at the school live the same distance from the school, the place will be offered to one applicant on the basis of lots drawn by someone independent of the school and its Governing Body. Definitions: Looked After Children: Children who are in the care of a local authority or being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions, see definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989 and previously looked after children 150

who were looked after, but ceased to be because they were adopted under the terms of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. See Section 46, adoption orders (or became subject to a residence order under the terms of the Children Act 1989. See Section 8 which defines a ‘residence order’ as an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live or special guardianship order, see Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 which defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or special guardians). Military Families: A Crown Servant is an officer of the United Kingdom Government. A Crown Servant posted overseas is usually a member of HM forces of a person employed by the Foreign and Commonwealth Office. Catchment Area: Details of the catchment can be obtained from the school or from the Local Authority’s offices in Bury St. Edmunds or Ipswich. Living within a school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available at the catchment school. Another Christian Denomination: A church which is a member of ‘Churches Together in Britain and Ireland’ or the ‘Evangelical Alliance’. Parents/Carers: A parent/carer is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents’ attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. Ordinarily Resident: This is defined as the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home in the catchment/defined area or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the catchment/defined area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. We regard Travellers who move into the catchment of the school as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. Explanatory Notes. Siblings: If the final place available at the school is offered to a twin or triplet etc. and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer the remaining place to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. Shared Responsibility: Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ‘ordinarily resident’ will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. Waiting lists. A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in the above oversubscription criteria. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static – as 151

circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address whilst your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools for which you have applied. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where the school is oversubscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn Term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions oversubscription criteria, not the date on which the application was received. The waiting lists will operate up to the last day of the first full week of the Spring Term 2016 (15th Jan). We do not hold waiting lists for school places for mid-year applications. Appeals. If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX Other information. This Policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our Parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this Policy being effective. Any questions regarding the contents of this Policy may be directed to the Governing Body c/o the School Office. Contact regarding the application process should be with Mrs J. Tydeman in the School Office. The Governing Body of the school is determined to ensure the equality of opportunity and inclusion is applied to all applications. Stonham Aspal Church of England Voluntary Aided Primary School Mission Statement Our aims at Stonham Aspal Primary School are: • • • •

to cultivate learning by providing a welcoming, friendly and supportive environment, keeping central to the ethos of the school the values of the Christian Gospel to ensure that all children develop to their potential by promoting the highest academic standards throughout the curriculum to share concern for all members of the school community through a strong sense of Christian values, and so to establish the foundations for mutual respect and responsibility to nurture links between school, home, local community and churches, in the interests of the children, including an awareness of the Christian faith. 152

What are the values of the Christian Gospel? We all live by principles or standards. In the years before Christ, the way to live was set out in the Ten Commandments. When Jesus was asked about priorities, he gave a summary of them in two short positive statements: Love God; Love your neighbour Later St. Paul set out the meaning of Christian love: “It is patient and kind; it envies no-one, is never boastful, never rude …………… it delights in the truth.”

It is a good prescription for all to live by.

Trinity CEVA Primary School, Stowmarket The school aims to develop its religious character in accordance with the principles of the Church of England and to serve its community by providing an education of the highest quality within the context of Christian belief and practice. It encourages an understanding of the meaning and significance of faith, and promotes Christian values through the experience it offers to all its pupils. Introduction Trinity CEVAP is a Voluntary Aided Church of England School and the Governing Body is the Admissions Authority for the school. We are committed to considering all applications fairly and equally. This Admissions Policy is subject to a statutory public consultation and conforms to the 2012 Schools Admissions Code and the Schools Standards and Framework Act 1998, as revised by the Education Act of 2002. The policy should be read in conjunction with the Admissions to Schools in Suffolk booklet – published by Suffolk County Council Policy principles We seek to be an inclusive school, welcoming children from all backgrounds and abilities. A child’s level of achievement or special needs are not relevant to consideration for admission to the school, although if the school is named on a child’s Statement of SEN then the Governors are obliged by law to admit. We believe that ideally each child should be admitted to the school of their parents’ choice, however the school buildings cannot accommodate an unlimited number of children and excessive class sizes are detrimental to the education of the children in the class. The Published Admissions Number for this school is 45 and we aim to organise the school so that there are classes of no more than 30 pupils. In this area, children enter school at the start of the academic year in which they become five. There is one preferred admission date per year, early in September (i.e. when the autumn term begins but parents can request that the date their child is admitted is deferred until later in the academic year, or that their child takes-up their place part-time. However, a place offered for 2015-16 must be taken-up during that academic year. It is expected that children will be admitted only at the beginning of term unless there are exceptional circumstances. 153

How parents can apply for their child to be admitted to the Reception Class of our school Copies of the school’s Admission Policy can be viewed on the school’s website – http://trinityprimaryschool.com/ Parents can complete a paper application form (CAF1) or apply on-line to Suffolk County Council, which co-ordinates the administration of admissions. Further information is available at http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools Applications for Reception Class admission September 2015 to August 2016 (i.e. for children born 1st September 2010 to 31st August 2011) must be received by Suffolk County Council by 15th January 2015. Second and late applications will be considered according to the Primary Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme published in the Admissions to Schools in Suffolk booklet. In order that the Governors can make fair and open decisions, parents are invited to complete a Supplementary Application Form (SIF) which is available on the school’s website. This is particularly important with reference to application for any of the 15 Foundation places. Please note that a SIF is an opportunity to provide more information if you are applying for a Foundation place. It’s completion is not compulsory and on its own it does not constitute a valid application. SIFs should be returned to the School by the 15th January 2015. Applications are processed by Suffolk County Council on behalf of the Governors and decision letters are sent to all applicants who have applied by the closing date on 16th April 2015. All applications are considered conscientiously by an Admissions Committee of Governors. Where there are more applications than available places, admissions are made according to the oversubscription criteria in this policy. In the event of a tie within any of the oversubscription criteria, i.e. the Published Admissions Number (PAN) of 45 is reached within a group of applicants in any of the criteria, then all the applicants under that criterion will be ranked according to their distance from school and places will be offered (until the PAN of 45 is reached) to those living nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants living the same distance and competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school to determine the successful applicant. Unsuccessful applicants have the right to Appeal against the decision of the Governors (see below). All unsuccessful applicants are placed on a waiting list that is maintained in the rank order of the oversubscription criteria (taking into account the distance tie-breaker if appropriate). Late applications for the Reception year-group will also be ranked according to the oversubscription criteria. This does mean that the position of applicants on the list could change during the lifetime of the waiting list. If, at any time, the number of pupils to be admitted falls below 45 then the available place(s) will be offered to the 154

applicant(s) at the top of the waiting list. The waiting list ceases to be valid at the end of the first week of the Spring term 2016. In-year applications (i.e. applications to other year-groups) In-year admissions. (Please read this guidance in conjunction with paragraphs 43 to 76 of the Admissions to Suffolk School document) 1. Applications are not normally considered more than one term ahead of the date the place is required. 2. Parents wishing to transfer their children from one Suffolk school to another where there is no change of address should, in the first instance, discuss the matter with the Headteacher of their current school before applying for another school. (see also paragraph 8 below) 3. Parents who wish to make an in-year application for a place at this school should contact the school office for an application form. Alternatively they can complete an ADM1 application form available from the county council’s website at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools or from the Admissions Team. This form will be forwarded by the Admissions Team to the school office. 4. We will, on receipt of an in-year application, notify the Local Authority (LA) of both the application and its outcome, to allow the LA to keep up-to-date figures on the availability of places in the area. 5. When a place becomes available in a year group that has been full at this school, any applicant refused a place for that academic year in the last 15 school days and any applicant for whom an appeal has been lodged and is still to be heard, will be considered alongside any new applications. The place will be offered to the pupil ranked highest in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. 6. All applications will be processed by the school within 4 school-days and the decision communicated in writing. An emailed decision will always be confirmed by letter. Acceptance of offers can be made by email or letter but, in all cases, within two weeks of the offer date. 7. If the number of applications exceeds the number of places available the Governors will use their published oversubscription criteria to determine the offer of places. Any unsuccessful applicant has the right to appeal the decision to an independent panel and details of how to do this will be included in the decision letter. 8. When an offer of a place is made and the child already has a place in a local mainstream school, the Governors will offer the place from the start of the following half term. The child will remain on roll at the previous school until they take up the place at this school.

155

Appeals If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against its decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Unsuccessful applicants and appellants who are still unable to secure a place at this school may only submit a fresh application if, there has been a significant change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school. Such circumstances might be a house move or a place becoming available at the school. If there is no significant change in circumstances, you can make another application for the following academic year but this will not normally be considered more than one term ahead of the date when you want your child to start at the school. Monitoring and review This policy will be reviewed by the Governing body annually but, in accordance with the 2012 School Admissions Code, will only be subject to public consultation every seven years unless changes are proposed (other than the definition of academic years). That consultation will last for a minimum of 8 weeks and will take place between 1st November and the 1st March of the year before the arrangements are to apply (e.g. for a policy to apply to applications in 2015 – for admission in Sept 2015 onwards) consultation must be completed by 1st March 2014). This consultation allows for Parents, other Schools and Academies, the Diocese, Local Authority and the local community to raise any concerns about the proposed admission arrangements. Further information: Applicants seeking clarification on any aspect of this policy are invited to consult:Alister Gourlay, Deputy Director of Education on 01473 298570 or by email at [email protected]

Signed:

Date

TRINITY CHURCH OF ENGLAND VA PRIMARY SCHOOL – STOWMARKET ADMISSIONS OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA 2015-16 The Governors are required by law to admit any child with a Statement of Special Educational Need where this school is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. Places are then allocated as either Foundation Places (30 places for applicants who specifically wish a Church School education for their child) or Community Places (15 places for all applicants) Any unallocated places in either category will be added to the other category. Foundation Places (30 of the 45): Priority 1: Children in care (Looked After Children) and children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). 156

Priority 2: admission.

Children who have a sibling1 who will be attending the school at the time of

Priority 3: Children of applicants2 who reside3 within the designated area4 at the time of application and who are committed members5 of the Church of England for whom this is the closest Church of England school to their home6 Priority 4: Children of applicants2 who reside3 within the designated area4 at the time of application and who are committed members of recognised Churches7 other than the Church of England Priority 5: Children of applicants2 who reside3 within the designated area4 at the time of application and who are committed adherents of a recognised Faith8 other than Christian and who wish their child to attend a Church of England school. Priority 6: application.

Children of applicants2 who reside3 outside the designated area4 at the time of

Community Places (15 of the 45): Priority 1: Children in care (Looked After Children) and children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). Priority 2: admission.

Children who have a sibling1 who will be attending the school at the time of

Priority 3: application.

Children of applicants2 who reside3 within the designated area4 at the time of

Priority 4: application.

Children of applicants2 who reside3 outside the designated area4 at the time of

Tie-break: In the event of the PAN of 45 being reached within any of the above criteria then all the applicants under that criterion will be ranked according to their distance from school and places will be offered (until the PAN of 45 is reached) to those living nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the Local Authority using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants living the same distance and competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school to determine the successful applicant.

157

Definitions: 1 Sibling is defined as children who are brothers and sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address as, pupils who are already at the school or who have already been offered a place, and who will still be there at the time of admission 2

The applicant must be the parent or legal guardian of the child for whom admission is sought. 3

The Governors define “Resident” as permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the designated area for the purpose of gaining a place at the School. It does not apply to proposed moves into the designated area which have not taken place at the time an application is considered – unless proof, such as Exchange of Contracts or a signed Tenancy Agreement, can be provided at the time of application or exceptional late application. We will consider Gypsy, Roma and Traveller children moving into an area as ‘Resident’ in that area when they apply for a school place. 4

The designated area is defined as: the ecclesiastical parishes of St Mary’s, Combs; St Mary’s, Little Finborough; and St Peter and St Mary, Stowmarket. Maps are available at the school showing the designated area. 5

The Governors define a committed Church member as one who attends worship at least monthly. A Supplementary Information Form (SIF) will be provided on request to applicants seeking consideration under the criterion of committed Church members. Completion of this form is optional and a SIF in itself does not constitute a valid application. All applications must be made on the standard Suffolk County Council CAF1 form (hard-copy or on-line). The SIF must be completed and signed by the Parish Priest, or where there is no Priest, another authorised representative of the Church, sealed in the envelope provided and returned to the school. Where the parent of a child is a committed Church member, but not themselves the applicant, the commitment of that parent will be considered in relation to the admission of the child. 6

We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically using the postcodes of Church Schools as published in the Admissions to Schools in Suffolk booklet published annually by Suffolk County Council. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants living the same distance and competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by someone independent of the school to determine the successful applicant. 7

Other recognised Churches are those in full membership of Churches Together in England (or in full membership of a federation of Churches that is in full membership of Churches Together in England.) or the Evangelical Alliance. 8

Applicants who wish to be considered as committed adherents of other recognised Faiths, will be required to show an equivalent level of commitment as described in 5 above and provide a SIF completed and signed by their local Faith Leader. Recognised Faiths are: Islam, Judaism, Hinduism, Bhuddism, Sikhism and Jainism. Multiple births – if the final place at the School is offered to a twin/triplet etc. and the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). It is not the Governors policy to separate twins/triplets etc. 158

Shared Responsibility: Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference.

159

Section 7 Admission policies for foundation/trust schools 2015/2016 The following foundation/trust schools have adopted the county council’s admissions policy for community and voluntary controlled schools for 2015/2016: Pakefield School, Lowestoft Thomas Gainsborough School, Great Cornard

160

Section 8 Admission policies for academies 2015/2016 The following academies have adopted the county council’s admissions policy for community and voluntary controlled schools for 2015/2016: Copleston High School, Ipswich East Bergholt High School Felixstowe Academy Fen Park Primary School, Lowestoft Forest Academy, Brandon Gusford Primary School, Ipswich Holbrook Academy Kedington Primary Academy Langer Primary Academy, Felixstowe Stoke High School – Ormiston Academy, Ipswich Stradbroke High School Suffolk New Academy, Ipswich Thomas Mills High School, Framlingham Westbourne Academy, Ipswich Westfield Primary Academy, Haverhill Westwood Primary School, Lowestoft The following pages contain admission policies for academies in Suffolk. Please note if dates are missing in the following policies these can be found in Annex 2 of the primary and middle schools co-ordinated admissions scheme in Section 2 and Annex 2 of the upper/high schools co-ordinated admissions scheme in Section 3.

Bungay High School The Governing Body of Bungay High School is the admission authority for the school now that it has Academy status. This means that it is the Governing Body that sets and applies the admissions policy for the school. All Policy decisions regarding the admission of children into the school are made by a sub-committee of the Governing Body. How to Apply The application process for admissions into Year 7 is co-ordinated by Suffolk Local Authority (LA), which acts on behalf of the Governing Body to offer places at the school. Parents should apply online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions or submit a Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF1), available from their child’s primary school or from the LA Admissions Team, no later than the national closing date – advertised by the LA in the local press. Offer letters will be issued by the LA on the National Offer Date (or first working day after). Late applications (those submitted after the national closing date) will be handled by the Admissions Team. (For further information and specific dates, please refer to the full scheme for secondary co-ordination, available from the LA Admissions team or from the website www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissions). To apply for a place after the start of term or in any other year group, please contact the LA Admissions Team for an application form. LA Admissions Team Contact: 01473 584955 or [email protected]

161

Parents wishing to visit the school prior to submitting an application are welcome to do so. Visits are not interviews and do not affect any decision regarding the availability of a place. Please contact the school office on 01986 892140 to make arrangements. How places are offered For admission into Year 7 each September, the LA, on behalf of the Governing Body, will offer places to 210 children. This is the Published Admission Number (PAN) for that Year group. In the event that more than 210 applications are received, the oversubscription criteria will be applied to determine priority for places. The list below gives order of priority: 1. If the school is named in a statement of special educational needs, the Governing Body has a duty to admit the child to the school. 2. Looked after children or children in Public Care are given priority in the oversubscription criteria; 3. Children who live in the Bungay High School catchment area, who have a sibling at Bungay High School at the time of admission. 4. Children who live in the Bungay High School catchment area. 5. Children who have a sibling at Bungay High School at the time of admission. 6. Children who attend a primary school within the Bungay High School catchment area (Bramfield CEVC, Bungay, Edgar Sewter, Earsham CEVA, Holton St Peter, Ilketshall St Lawrence, St Edmund’s Catholic Primary, Wenhaston). 7. Children who live nearest Bungay High School by the shortest straight line distance by measuring a straight line from the centre point of the home to the main pupil entrance to the school. In cases of equal merit, priority will go to children living nearest the school according to the shortest straight-line distance. The distance, for admissions purposes, is measured using the straight line distance from the centre point of the home address to the main pupil entrance to the school. These distances are produced by the LA Admissions team for the school. For families who live outside the area covered by the Suffolk mapping system, distances are determined using a combination of local maps and on-line resources. • • •

Sibling means any child of compulsory school age living in the same family unit. Home address means the place the child resides for the majority of school nights with an adult who has parental responsibility. A map of the catchment area is attached as Appendix 1. Details of which streets are in the catchment are available from the LA Admissions Team.

How to apply for places in all other Year groups Applications for places in these Year groups at any time of the year, a Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF2) must be completed. It is obtainable from the schools and the LA Admissions Team, but currently not available on-line, and returned to the LA Admissions Team who will then contact your preferred schools to determine the availability of a school place. The LA Admissions Team will then write to you to confirm the details of the school at which a place is to be offered and, where appropriate, a suitable start date. Where the Admissions Team is unable to meet any preferences expressed a place will be offered at the next nearest alternative school with places available. In the event of over-subscription The criteria set out above will be applied and places offered in accordance with those criteria. Parents wishing to visit the school prior to submitting an application are welcome to do so. Visits are not interviews and do not affect any decision regarding the availability of a place. Where a place is not available at the parents’ preferred school, the LA will inform 162

the parents of the reasons and their right to appeal, sending them the necessary documentation to lodge an appeal if they so wish. Reserve Lists: Year 7 As part of the co-ordinated scheme for secondary admissions, the LA Admissions Team holds the reserve list on behalf of the Governing Body until the end of the first week of the Spring Term in the initial year of intake. Parents will be contacted immediately if a place becomes available for their child, but should be aware that their child’s place on a reserve list may change if an application is subsequently received that meets a higher criterion than their own. In-Year applications Where an in-year application is received, the child’s details will be held on a reserve list by the LA Admissions Team on behalf of the Governing Body for a minimum period of one term following the term of application. Applications will be ordered on the list according to the over-subscription criteria and when places become available, they will be offered accordingly. Parents should be aware that their place on the waiting list may vary if applications are subsequently received which meet a criterion higher on the list than their own. Parents wishing to remain on the list should contact the school or the LA Admissions’ Team. Multiple Births The school’s policy is not to separate multiple births. Appeals The parents of any child who is refused a place at the school has a right of appeal to an independent Appeals Panel. The Governing Body of Bungay High School is the admission authority for the school. This means that it is the Governing Body that sets and applies the admissions policy for the school. All policy decisions regarding the admission of children into the school are made by a sub-committee of the Governing Body. Reviewed by Steering Committee on 4th December 2012 Adopted by full Governing Body on Appendix 1

163

Castle Manor Academy (Castle Partnership Academy Trust) Aim of the Castle Partnership Academy Trust Our vision is to improve the life chances of all our children and young people whatever their backgrounds, skills and capabilities. We are committed to and value everyone in our Partnership. Our ambition is to provide the best education we can, enabling our children and young people to become responsible, independent members of society. The Partnership is committed to all through education, firmly believing that a love of learning should be nurtured from a very young age and that the traditional phases of education should be integrated to secure continuity, progression and high standards.

Introduction The Castle Partnership Academy Trust participates in the Local Authority co-ordinated scheme and all deadlines within the Local Authority scheme should be adhered to by applicants. Parents should note that for Suffolk schools there is no automatic right to a place at the local school. It is essential that application forms are completed and returned by the deadline date. If you make an application for a school which is not your local school and, subsequently, are not allocated a place, there is no guarantee that a place will be available for your child at the local school. Please note this does not apply to our sixth form admissions: see our separate sixth form policy. (Appendix 1) Procedures for Admission The Castle Partnership Academy Trust will decide its own admissions to Castle Manor Academy and Place Farm Primary Academy but the local authority will co-ordinate all admissions in its area and will communicate all admission decisions to parents. The agreed Published Admissions Number (PAN) for any year group is 150 for Castle Manor Academy and 60 for Place Farm Primary Academy. Procedures for applying to Castle Manor Academy and Place Farm Primary Academy are explained in the publication 'Admissions to Schools in Suffolk' Parents should make themselves familiar with this information and take particular note of the definitions provided, dates and deadlines, which apply to Castle Manor and Place Farm admission arrangements unless stated otherwise in this document. Application Forms: Applications should be made using the Suffolk/Castle Partnership Academy Trust common application form (CAF 1) which is available on the Castle Partnership Academy Trust Website www.castlepartnership.org.uk Place Farm Primary Academy, Castle Manor Academy or from Suffolk County Council on 0845 6000981 or at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools.

164

Completed forms should be returned to the Receptionist at Place Farm Primary Academy, Castle Manor Academy or should be sent directly to the Local Authority. Deadlines: The annual deadlines for submitting application forms are: 15th January for transfer to the Foundation Stage at Place Farm Primary School 31st October for transfer to Year 7 at Castle Manor Academy Definitions and Details Priority Admissions: Area Our priority admission area for Castle Manor Academy are our Family of Schools, defined for this purpose as our named feeder primary schools: Place Farm Primary Academy, Burton End CP, Clements CP, St Felix Roman Catholic Primary and New Cangle Primary. This means that pupils attending one of our named feeder primary schools at the application closing date will be considered to 'reside' in our priority admissions area. Siblings By sibling we mean: Children living at the same address who have one or both natural parents in common. Children living at the same address who are related by a parent's marriage. Children who are living at the same address whose parents are living as partners at this address. We do not include 'cousins' within our definition of sibling. Admissions Oversubscriptions Criteria: If the number of applications for Castle Manor and Place Farm is greater than their PAN we will use our admissions oversubscription criteria to decide who gets a place. The following details the order of priority for places in the case of oversubscription: Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs must by law be offered a place at their chosen named school and will therefore be offered a place at Castle Manor Academy or Place Farm Academy ‘Looked after children’ and previously ‘Looked After Children’. A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the care of the local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions. Children from the named local feeder primary schools, the Family of Schools using the following criteria; Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Castle Manor or Place Farm at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at Castle Manor Academy will also include the sixth form. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one. 165

For Castle Manor Academy: children attending one of the named local feeder schools, the Family of Schools, who do not have a brother or sister (sibling) attending Castle Manor. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one. Children of staff employed by the school for two or more years or who meet a skill shortage. Applications from children who do not attend a named local feeder primary school will be considered if there are still places available and will be determined by the following criteria: Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Castle Manor or Place Farm at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one The distance criteria described in ' Tie-Breaker' The Tie-Breaker: In the event of oversubscription in any category outlined above, priority will be determined by the distance of the child's home to Castle Manor or Place Farm. This will be done by measuring the distance by a straight line ( 'as the crow flies'). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. If after the distance tie-breaker, with two or more applications ranked at the same distance there are more applications than places a further tie-breaker of then the Random Allocation will be used for the applications from this block. Lots will be drawn by an officer of the county council not involved with admissions. Home Address: As part of the tie-breaker process proof of residence, such as a lease agreement, may be required by the co-ordinated scheme. The school will check allegations of false addresses or other false information given on the CAF1 or SIF and will withdraw places if the details are found to be deliberately false or misleading. Where a child lives part of the week with one parent and part with another member of the family the 'home address' will be considered to be the residence where the child spends at least three nights of the school week each week. Multiple Births: The Castle Partnership Academy Trust policy is not to separate multiple births. Guardianship: The Castle Partnership Academy Trust reserves the right to carry out necessary checks as to the legal guardianship of an adult making an application for admission for a child whether as an in year admission or as part of the Year 7 intake. It is recognised that this can relate to safeguarding issues and is therefore of the highest priority. 166

In Year Admissions Admissions for all year groups will be dealt with in accordance with this policy and taking into account the Fair Access Protocol for Suffolk. Waiting lists are held for the first term after the normal admission round. Further information on this can be found at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissions Right to Appeal When an applicant is unsuccessful there is an automatic right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel. Details of how to appeal will be sent by the Local authority with the letter of refusal and information on how parents can download the appeals form. Appendix 1 CB Sixth Admissions Policy Internal students The school welcomes applications for entry to CB Sixth from those of the Academy students who have attended the school in Year 11 and wish to progress onto Key Stage 5. External students The Academy also accepts applications for entry to CB Sixth from external candidates who attended another school or are school leavers. External places will be available were capacity allows – this figure refers only to year 12 students being admitted to the school for the first time, and not to the students progressing who currently attend Castle Manor Academy. Applications Students applying to join CB Sixth after the internal deadline for applications should note that admission will be subject to availability of places on chosen courses and achieving the specific entry requirements for the courses. Provided places remain available and entry requirements are met, applicants seeking a place during the run up to and after the start of the academic year will be invited in to discuss suitability of joining the courses at their requested time of entry. Entry requirements for both internal and external students Entry to the CB Sixth is subject to a student having achieved the entry requirements for the course they wish to pursue and demonstrated an aptitude to study. Students should refer to the Sixth Form Prospectus and the course information sheets for further details on individual subjects; individual subjects may be limited in the number of students they are able to accommodate. The prospectus and course information sheets are available both electronically and in hard copy. The method for application is through the submission of a CB Sixth application form. These are available from the Academy or online through the CB Sixth website. Oversubscription Criteria The oversubscription criteria for CB Sixth are the same as that for the main school (see Admissions Policy)

167

Copleston High School The Governing Body of Copleston High School is the admission authority for the school now that it has Academy status. This means that it is the Governing Body that sets and applies the admissions policy for the school. All Policy decisions regarding the admission of children into the school are made by a sub-committee of the Governing Body. How to Apply (Refer to Section 3 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) The application process for admissions into Year 7 is co-ordinated by Suffolk Local Authority (LA), which acts on behalf of the governing body to offer places at the school. Parents/Carers should apply online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions or submit a Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF1), available from their child’s primary school or from the LA Admissions Team, no later than the national closing date – advertised by the LA in the local press. Offer letters will be issued by the LA on the National Offer Date (or first working day after). Late applications (those submitted after the national closing date) will be handled by the Admissions Team. (For further information and specific dates, please refer to the full scheme for secondary co-ordination, available from the LA Admissions team or from the website www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools). To apply for a place after the start of term or in any other year group, please contact the LA Admissions Team for an application form. LA Admissions Team Contact: 0845 600 0981 or [email protected] Parents/Carers wishing to visit the school prior to submitting an application are welcome to do so. Visits are not interviews and do not affect any decision regarding the availability of a place. Please contact the school office on 01473 277240 to make arrangements. How places are offered (Refer to Section 7 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) The school has adopted Suffolk County Council’s Admissions Policy and oversubscription criteria, which is set out in the Admissions to Schools in Suffolk Booklet 2015/16 (available from September 2014). It is also available on www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. For admission into Year 7 each September, the LA, on behalf of the Governing Body, will offer places to 296 children. This is the Published Admission Number (PAN) for that year group. In the event that more than 296 applications are received, the oversubscription criteria will be applied to determine priority for places. How to apply for places in all other year groups or Year 7 after the beginning of the Academic Year (Refer to Section 3 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) A Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF2) must be completed. This can be downloaded from www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. The form is also available from any local school or from the LA Admissions Team. Waiting Lists (Refer to Section 7 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) As part of the co-ordinated scheme for secondary admissions, the LA Admissions Team holds the waiting list on behalf of the governing body until the end of the first week of the Spring Term in the initial year of intake only. Waiting lists are not held at any other time or for any other year group.

168

Appeals (Refer to Section 8 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk booklet”) The parents of any child who is refused a place at the school has a right of appeal to an independent Appeals Panel. The appeal process is an opportunity for parents to explain their reasons for seeking a place at the school to the panel. The admission authority will provide parents with details of how to appeal. The panel consists of three people who are independent of the school’s Governing Body and the LA. The panel will consider the circumstances of the case put before them. Both the Governing Body and the parents must abide by the decision it makes. Appeals for the school are currently arranged by the Education Appeals Office on behalf of the Governing Body. Advice on appeals is also given by the Advisory Centre for Education (ACE). Further information and appeal forms are available from the Education Appeals Office. Sixth Form All details regarding the application process and the course requirements can be found on our web-site www.copleston.suffolk.sch.uk and then navigating to the information via students and then 6th Form Information. An application to Copleston High School will not guarantee a place on any particular course as courses may require particular GCSE or other suitable qualifications at a specific level of attainment. Details of the entry requirements for particular programmes of study and individual courses will be outlined in the Prospectus published in September for entry the following year. Whilst it is expected that all courses published in the prospectus will run, it may be necessary, occasionally, to cancel courses due to poor recruitment. If this should happen, the applicants will be notified as soon as possible.

County Upper School Bury St Edmunds County Upper School is a state funded high performing academy. Procedures for applying to this school are explained in the publication, “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk”. Parents should make themselves familiar with this information and take particular note of the definitions provided, the dates and the deadlines, all of which apply to Bury St Edmunds County Upper School unless stated otherwise in this document. Applications must be made using the Suffolk common application form which is available online, from your child’s current school or from Suffolk County Council. The Planned Admission Number for year nine in September 2015 is 260. Please note that we have a separate admissions policy for our sixth form (see below). Definitions and Details Our priority is to admit pupils from our “Trust Middle Schools” (i.e. middle academy schools operated by the Bury St Edmunds Trust at the date of application) who apply for a place with us. Currently, these are Horringer Court Middle and Westley Middle Schools. However, our Planned Admission Number usually allows us to admit more children than can be accommodated at these two schools. The school will therefore provide places for children who do not attend a Trust Middle School whose parents wish them to attend Bury St Edmunds County Upper School provided that they can be accommodated within the admission limits.

169

“School working within the Academy Trust” means an academy school operated by the Bury St Edmunds Academy Trust plus Barrow CEVC Primary School (which works operationally within that Academy Trust). By “sibling”, we mean children who are brothers and sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address as pupils who are already at a school (specified in the oversubscription criteria below) or who have already been offered a place at that school, and who will still be there, including in the sixth form, at the time of admission. Oversubscription Criteria In the event of oversubscription of places, all pupils whose statement of special educational needs (or Education, Health and Care Plan) names the school will be admitted first before the use of the follow criteria in descending order of priority. 1. Looked after children and children who were previously looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). 2. Exceptional Medical Need Any such applications must be received by the closing date in the co-ordinated scheme and will be considered by the Admissions Committee of the school. The extent and circumstances in which medical need would override those above would relate to situations in which e.g. a hospital consultant has stated in writing that attendance at County Upper was essential in terms of meeting the medical needs of the child. Written supporting evidence must be provided by at least one registered health professional and must set out the particular reasons why placement at County Upper is essential. 3. Applications from children currently attending a Trust Middle School in the following order of priority: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending a School working within the Academy Trust at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at County Upper will include attendance in the Sixth Form. b) Other Children. 4. Applications from children who do not attend a trust middle school in the following order of priority: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending a School working within the Academy Trust at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at County Upper will include attendance in the Sixth Form. b) Home location using the proximity criteria described below in ‘Tie-Breaker’. Multiple Births: the school’s policy is that where one multiple birth sibling is admitted to the school following the application of the oversubscription criteria, the school will if possible admit the further sibling or siblings of that multiple birth. Tie-breaker: In the event of oversubscription in any category above, priority will be determined by the proximity of the child’s home to County Upper using a straight-line distance from the main entrance of the school on Beeton’s Way to the main door of the child’s residence, with those living the nearest to the school being given priority. All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. Apartments in the same block will be treated equally with the measurement taken to the main entrance to the block. If after applying the distance tie170

breaker there is more than one applicant at the same distance for the final place, a further tie-breaker of Random Allocation (independently supervised) will be used for the applications from this block. Waiting Lists Under the co-ordinated scheme the Local Authority will maintain a waiting list of all applicants who have been refused a place until the end of the autumn term. The school will continue to maintain a waiting list for subsequent terms. Applications for inclusion on the school’s waiting list must be made on the appropriate form. They will be ranked according to our oversubscription criteria as described above. We have to admit any pupil who is the subject of a ‘direction’ by the Secretary of State or allocated to us according to the local Fair Access Protocol when such has been applied properly and with genuine fairness and according to its principles and any such pupils take precedence over the waiting list. We also maintain waiting lists for all ‘full’ year groups. Pupils will be removed from these lists in September each year unless their parent confirms in writing by 1st September each year that they wish to remain on the list. In Year Admissions Admissions for Year 9 after the ordinary admissions round has closed and for all other year groups will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. The Local Authority will administer a co-ordinated scheme and applications should be made direct to the Local Authority on the approved form. Appeals If you are refused a place at our school you have the right to appeal to an independent panel. Details of how to make an appeal will be sent out with offer letters to parents when any of their school preferences are refused. Please ensure that these are headed with the school name and address and are returned to the Clerk to the Appeal Panel at the school. All appeals should be heard by the same panel and it is difficult to slot in late applications. Where possible late appeals will be included with those being heard for the same admission round. However, if this is not feasible, appeals for late applications will be heard within 30 school days of the appeal being lodged. Guardianship The school reserves the right to carry out necessary checks as to the legal guardianship of an adult making an application for admission for a child whether as an in year admission or as part of the general intake where it considers it necessary to do so. It is recognised that this can relate to safeguarding issues and it is therefore of the highest priority to the school. Sixth Form Admissions Policy Entrance Standards The minimum academic transfer or entry standards (which apply to both Internal and External Students) are published in the County Upper School Sixth Form Prospectus. Internal students The school welcomes applications for entry to County Upper School from those of the school’s students who have attended the school in Year 11 and wish to transfer to the Sixth Form. 171

External students The school also accepts applications for entry to the sixth form from external candidates who attended another school. The Planned Admission Number for Year 12 is 30 – this figure refers only to year 12 students being admitted to the school for the first time, and not to the students transferring who currently attend County Upper School. Oversubscription In the event of oversubscription, the same oversubscription criteria and tie breaker will apply as are used for Year 9 admissions (see above). Late Applications Students applying to join the Sixth Form after the deadline for applications should note that admission will be subject to availability of places on chosen courses and achieving the specific entry requirements for the courses. Provided places remain available and entry requirements are met, applicants seeking a late place will be notified in late August/early September.

Debenham High School Introduction The County Council is responsible for co-ordinating the admission arrangements for all Community, Voluntary Controlled, Voluntary Aided, Foundation, Trust schools, Academies and Free schools in Suffolk. As an Academy, the Governing Body of Debenham High School (DHS) is responsible for its admissions and has a statutory duty to consider all applications where DHS is named as a preferred school. This admission policy will be reviewed annually by the governors following consultation with the Academy Trust members and, if changes are proposed, the county council, diocesan authorities and parents. The Governing Body has agreed the Published Admission Number (PAN) of 125 for each year in the school. It would normally be expected that parents take up any offer of a school place (be that full- or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is an agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time of year. 2.

Admission Priorities

Governors have a statutory duty to admit applicants with a statement of Special Educational Need where this school is named as being the best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. They also have a statutory duty to give the highest priority to children who are in public care and to children who were previously in public care but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). All other admissions are made by strictly applying the criteria below in priority order until the number to be admitted equals the PAN (125).

172

2.1.

Priority A – In Catchment Area Applications Places will be awarded on the basis of the following criteria and priorities; A1. Children of families who are ordinarily resident in the school’s catchment area (see appendix 1; also available from the Local Authority’s Admission Team). ‘Ordinarily resident’ means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school, nor does it apply to those who own a second home in the catchment area. Gypsy, Roma or Traveller children will be considered as ‘ordinarily resident’. Parents who can provide appropriate confirmation of an impending move into the catchment area will be deemed to qualify in this category. Appropriate confirmation is likely to require proof of exchange of contracts, a letting agreement or a letter from your commanding officer confirming the new address. However, living within a school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available. A2. Those who have a brother or sister at the school who will still be attending the school at the time of admission. This includes half or step-brothers/sisters or other children living in the same household. A3. Those who regularly worship, or whose families (families in this context means one or both parents/carers/guardians) regularly worship (on average at least once per month) at a Christian church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and Ireland or of the Evangelical Alliance. In order that the Governors have legitimate information on which to base a decision, applicants are asked to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) if their application refers to this category. These forms are available at the school or from the Local Authority. Completion of a SIF is NOT a valid application in itself – the CAF1 form must be completed by hand or online to make a valid application for a place.

2.2.

Priority B - Out of Catchment Area Applications B1. Those who have a brother or sister at the school who will still be attending the school at the time of admission. B2. Those who regularly worship, or whose families regularly worship at a Christian church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and Ireland or the Evangelical Alliance. B3. Those children who attend one of the designated Pyramid Primary Schools (Sir Robert Hitcham CEVAP, Debenham; Stonham Aspal CEVAP; Wetheringsett CEVCP; Bedfield CEVCP, Earl Soham CP; Helmingham CP; and from September 2014 Creeting St Mary CEVAP) but are not resident within Debenham High School’s designated catchment area. B4. If the parent or guardian of a child is a member of staff at Debenham High School and the member of staff has either been employed for a minimum of two years or has been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there was a demonstrable skill shortage. 173

B5. 2.3.

All other applicants.

Definitions If the admissions limit is reached within any of the above criteria (A1. to B4.) priority will be given to the child living nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live the same distance from the school competing for a single place, a random allocation process will be supervised by someone independent of the school. If the final place available at the school is offered to a twin, triplet etc and the remaining siblings would be ordinarily refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s) at the same school. It is not the Governors’ policy to separate twins or triplets.

3.

Applying for a place in the School at any other time

Applications should be made on the form CAF2 and sent to the Admissions Team at the Local Authority. Available places will be allocated in the order that the Local Authority receives applications. If two or more applications are received for a single place at the same time then the Admission Priorities criteria laid down in section 2 of this Policy (A1. to B4.) will be applied. Once a place is offered and accepted the school will only hold this place for one term from the date of the offer. 4. 4.1.

Application Procedures Applications for Year 7 places Applications for these places must be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF1) together with a Supplementary Information Form SIF if necessary. The CAF1 can be obtained from the Local Authority or the school or can be completed online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. Completed forms should be returned, in all cases, to the Local Authority by the date designated by them. Applicants will be notified of the result of their application directly by the Local Authority. The national closing date for applications for the following September is 31 October and the national offer date is 1 March. Further 174

information can be found in the Local Authority publication – Admissions to Schools in Suffolk. 4.2.

Applications in-year or for admission to Years 8, 9, 10 or 11 These applicants will need to complete form CAF2 (available at http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools) and return to Suffolk County Council, Admissions (North), Constantine House, 5 Constantine Road, Ipswich, IP1 2DH. The Local Authority will pass these applications to the school for consideration. The school will then convene a meeting or communicate with 3 governors from the Admissions Committee to consider the application. If the year group has vacancies, ie has less than 125 pupils, the application will normally be accepted. If the year group is full, each application will be considered on its merits at the time of application by the governors admission panel bearing in mind the best interests of the child and the school community. Children living within catchment area will be given priority. The school will respond within 5 school days to the Local Authority which has an obligation to respond to the parent/carer within 10 days of receiving the application form. If your application for a school place is refused, we will not consider a further application for a place in the same school in the same academic year unless there has been a significant change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school. Such circumstances might be a house move or a place becoming available at the school.

4.3.

Waiting List The Local Authority keeps a waiting list of those unsuccessful in their initial application for Year 7 entry. Names are placed on the waiting list according to the Admission Priorities set out in section 2 above. The waiting list will cease to operate at the end of the first full week of the Spring term. Names can be added until this time. The order of children on the waiting list will not remain static; it will change as circumstances change, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. Parents/carers must inform the school if their address changes as their child’s place on the waiting list change may be affected. Having your child’s name on the Debenham High School waiting list will not alter your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. The school will offer places that become available in accordance with the Admission Priorities laid down in section 2 above and not on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. The school will not hold a waiting list for applications for school places in-year or for those entering Years 8-11.

5.

All Applicants

If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals, which are independently administered. 6.

Contact

For any queries please contact in the first instance the School Admissions Officer on 01728 860213 or Suffolk County Council, Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, IP1 2DH. Tel: 0845 600 0981.

175

Appendix A - Map of School Catchment Area (amended to include Creeting St Mary for 2014 entry)

 Crown copyright. All rights reserved. Suffolk County Council Licence No. 100023395 2012.

20/12/2012

East Bergholt High School 1. As an Academy, East Bergholt High School remains committed to its continuing role as a comprehensive and inclusive school serving children of all abilities from the local community. 2. The Admissions Policy of East Bergholt High School conforms fully with the requirements in Annex B of the Funding Agreement made with the Secretary of State. 3. The Academy shall continue to work in partnership and in agreement with the Local Authority as part of the co-ordinated admissions process. 4. The Governing Body gives full delegated powers to decide upon the admission of students to the School to the Governors’ Admissions Committee, in accordance with this policy and the requirements of Annex B of the Funding Agreement. 5. The Academy adopts in full the policy in relation to admissions to Year 7 which applies to Suffolk County Council’s community high schools, including all provisions relating to Looked After Children, students with Special Educational Needs, those with disabilities and those with challenging behaviour. As part of its policy, the Academy also adopts in full the Local Authority’s Admissions Oversubscription Criteria for community high schools. 6. In relation to In-Year Transfers (In Year Admissions) the Academy adopts in full the Local Authority’s Admissions Oversubscription Criteria (same as for Year 7) for community high schools. 7. In-Year admissions will be administered by the Academy and a waiting list will be held for each year group. See section in Appendix A. 8. The admissions number (PAN) for Year 7 in September 2015 is 186. APPENDIX A EAST BERGHOLT HIGH SCHOOL ACADEMY POLICY ON ADMISSIONS FOR 2015-16 APPLICATIONS FOR IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS East Bergholt High School will consider applications for admission into Years 7 to 11 at times other than the normal transfer time from primary to secondary education. These applicants will need to complete an East Bergholt High School’s Application Form and send it to the School. The School will then convene a meeting with 3 Governors from 176

the Admissions Committee to consider the application. If the year group has vacancies, ie has less than 186 students, the application will normally be accepted. The School will respond within 5 school days of receiving the completed application form and will hold the place for 7 school days from the date of the letter offering a place, after-which date the place will be withdrawn. The Application Form is available on the School website, www.eastbergholthigh.suffolk.sch.uk or from the Headteacher’s PA. Prospective applicants should also note the following: 1. The School reserves the right to make its own enquiries to verify any information supplied by the applicant. If subsequently the School finds that a place has been offered in reliance on information that was materially incorrect or misleading (eg the parental address or the applicant’s date of birth) and the place would not have been offered if the information had been correct, the Governing Body Admissions Committee may withdraw the offer, even if the applicant has already started at the School. 2. Prospective applicants should note it is not the School’s policy to allocate a place for a child to a year above or below that of a child’s chronological age, subject to consideration of the facts of each case. 3. Applicants who are seeking a transfer from another school, particularly in Year 10 or 11, will be reminded that this is not recommended by the Governors due to the impact on the student’s education, nor can the Governors guarantee to offer an equivalent combination of subject choices or exam boards. 4. Applicants who are seeking a transfer late in Year 9 will be advised that it is not always possible to accommodate additional students into option choices that are already full. WAITING LISTS Year 7 The School will keep a waiting list of those unsuccessful in their initial application for Year 7 entry in 2015-16. Names are placed on the waiting list according to the Local Authority Over-subscription Criteria. On the last day of the first week of the Summer Term 2016 the School will contact those still on the waiting list to ascertain if they wish to remain on the list. If a response is not received within 7 school days the School will remove names from the waiting list. The order of children on the waiting list will not remain static; it will change as circumstances change, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. Parents/carers must inform the School if their address changes as their child’s place on the waiting list change may be affected. Having your child’s name on the East Bergholt High School’s waiting list will not alter your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. The School will offer places that become available in accordance with the Local Authority Over-subscription Criteria and not on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Years 8, 9, 10 and 11 The School will operate a waiting list under the same procedures for Year 7 for all other year groups. APPEALS Applicants may apply to the School and if unsuccessful have the right to an appeal before an independent appeal panel set by the Local Authority. Applicants who are unsuccessful 177

at appeal will be kept on the waiting list if requested. Admissions and September entry into Year 7.

This applies to both In Year

East Point Academy Still awaiting policy.

Elveden Church of England Primary Academy Mission Statement: Our underlying ethos is based on a Christian perspective that is warm, open, generous and inclusive. We care for and value people, and respect their integrity, regardless of background, race of beliefs. Our primary aim is to ensure that children learn happily in an atmosphere of mutual love, trust and respect. We believe that education is a partnership between staff, children, parents and Governors - as together we encourage each individual to grow and develop - intellectually, spiritually, personally and physically into mature and responsible adults, able to take up valued places in society. Our policy is one of inclusion and we welcome all applications. We do not disadvantage, either directly or indirectly, any child from a particular social or racial group, nor any child with a disability or special educational needs. We do not give priority to children on the basis of their Parents being members of staff or Governors. Elveden Academy is part of the Diocese of St Edmundsbury. This Admissions Policy refers to all applications for admission to the School in the period September 2015 to August 2016; the Governing Body of the School is the admissions authority. Application - Parents apply using the Local Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF), and the blue Supplementary Information Form (SIF) – these are available on demand. Applications may be on a paper form or the LA on line form naming this School as one of the preferences. The SIF is an opportunity to provide more details about reasons for applying to a church school; it is not compulsory and on its own does not constitute a valid application form The application (CAF) needs to be returned to the Local Authority (LA) Admissions Team. The SIF and any letters of support should be returned to the school by 15th January 2014. Places will be allocated for the following academic year, all children being admitted at the start of the autumn term in September 2015. Forms received by 15th January are given equal consideration regardless of the date of receipt. For admission to the 2015/16 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to Elveden CE Primary Academy full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year of Elveden CE Primary Academy they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at Elveden CE Primary Academy will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end 178

of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full- or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. Places are offered (up to the schools published admissions number [PAN] which is 12) in the following priority order 1. Those with a statement of Special Educational Need where this school is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. 2. LAC – Children who are in the care of the LA as defined by Section 22 of the Children Act 1989 and Previously LAC – Children who were looked after, but ceased to be because they were adopted (or became subject to residence or special guardianship order) 3. Children who have a brother or sister3 who will be attending Elveden School at the time of their admission. If necessary priority will be given to those with the smallest age difference, if more than 6 applicants, applications will be considered under the tie breaking criteria below. 4. Children who are ordinarily resident1 in the School’s catchment area2 – up to a maximum of 6 children (ie 50% of the PAN) 5. Children who themselves or one or both Parents4 are regular5 attenders at St Andrew and St Patrick Church Elveden 6. Children who themselves or one or both Parents4 are regular5 attenders at other Anglican churches in the Brandon & Santon Downham with Elveden and Lakenheath Benefice6 7. Children who themselves or one or both Parents4 are regular5 attenders at other churches which are members of Churches Together in Britian and Ireland or the Evangelical Alliance 8. Children of other backgrounds whose Parents4 would like them to attend Elveden School because of its religious tradition7 9. Children who are ordinarily resident1 in the School’s catchment area2 beyond those admitted under criterion 3 10. Children with a particular or exceptional social, educational or medical need which makes attendance at Elveden School particularly appropriate. Parents must accompany the application form with supporting professional evidence from a GP. Health Visitor, Social Worker or the like. 11. All other applicants •

•

Notes: 1 Ordinarily resident means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school, nor does it apply if you own a second home in the catchment area. House moves: If evidence of a house move is received as described in the booklet the new address will be used. The Local Authority Admissions Team confirms the address which is used for the whole application. If your child is resident in the UK we can offer him or her a school place before you have moved into Suffolk, but you must give us written evidence that you are legally committed to the move. This could be a solicitor’s letter confirming exchange of contracts, a signed letting/tenancy agreement or a letter from your commanding officer confirming your new address or, for returning UK Service/Crown Servant families, proof of the posting. 2 Details and maps of the catchment area agreed with the Local Authority can be obtained from the School or from West Suffolk House, Bury St Edmunds IP33 3YU 179

3

Brother or sister includes half or step-siblings and other children of the same immediate household 4 Parents in this context means either or both Parents or Guardians 5 Regular in this context means at least once a month 6 Maps showing the boundaries of the Benefice are available at the School 7 Parents should make clear if they wish their application to be considered under this criterion 7. IN CASE OF ANY TIE – If the published admission number of 12 is reached when considering any the above categories the applicant(s) living nearest to School will be offered the place(s). The distance between home (main door of the family residence) and the main School gate will be measured from address point to address point. The LA provides these measurements which are calculated electronically using data provided by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. 8. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree, in writing, which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school preference. Gypsy, Roma or Travellers: We regard Gypsy, Roma or Travellers who move into the catchment of a school as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. Ultimate tie break – in the unlikely event of two or more applicants living the same distance and competing for a single place, a random allocation process will be supervised by someone independent of the school Multiple births – if the final place at the School is offered to a twin/triplet etc. And the remaining sibling(s) would ordinarily be refused a place, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling(s). Waiting Lists: A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria. This list will be maintained until the end of the first full week of the Spring term 2016 (15th January 2016). The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list for that school in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where a school is over-subscribed, an application received by the end of the Autumn term 2015 will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions over-subscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. 180

Waiting List (In-Year): applications.

We do not hold waiting lists for school places for in-year

An offer of a school place will be posted from the Local Authority (LA) Admissions team on 16th April 2015. APPEALS If the Local Authority informs you that the Governing Body is unable to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal. All appeals against the Governing Body’s decision not to admit pupils are processed by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich IP1 2BX and heard by an independent appeal panel. If your application for a school place is refused, we will not determine a further application for a place in the same school in the same academic year unless there has been a significant change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school. Such circumstances might be a house move or a place becoming available at the school. If there is no significant change in circumstances, you can make another application for the following academic year but this will not normally be considered more than one term ahead of the date when you want your child to start at the school. In normal circumstances the Governors will not consider repeat applications in a single academic year. Policy Review – takes place annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective. If you have any queries about this application policy please contact the School Secretary in the first instance.

Farlingaye High School The governing body of Farlingaye High School is the admissions authority for the school, now that it has academy status. This means that it is the governing body, or its admissions sub-committee, that will set and apply the admission criteria for the school. Please note that these admissions criteria have changed from those applicable for entry in the academic year 2014/15. The application process for admissions into Year 7 is co-ordinated by Suffolk Local Authority (LA), which acts on behalf of the school’s Governing Body to offer places at the school. Parents should apply online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions or submit a Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF1), available from their child’s primary school or from the LA Admissions Team, no later than the national closing date of 31st October. Offer letters will be issued on the National Offer Date of 1st March. Late applications (those submitted after the national closing date) will be handled separately. (For further information and specific dates, please refer to the full scheme for secondary co-ordination, available from the LA Admissions team or from the website www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissions). To apply for 181

a place after the start of term or in any other year group, please contact the LA Admissions Team/School for an application form. (LA Admissions Team Contact: 0845 600 0981 or [email protected]) Parents wishing to visit the school prior to submitting an application are welcome to do so. Visits are not interviews and do not affect any decision regarding the availability of a place. Please contact the school office on 01394 385720 to make arrangements. How places are offered For admission into Year 7 each September, the academy will offer places to a maximum of 290 children. This is the Published Admission Number (PAN) for that Year group. In the event that more than 290 applications are received, the oversubscription criteria will be applied to determine priority for places. The list below gives order of priority: Governors have a statutory duty to admit applicants with a Statement of Special Educational Needs where this school is named. 1

Children in care (Looked After Children), or children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order)

2.

Children of staff employed by the school in the following circumstances: a) where the member of staff has been employed for two or more years at the time the application for admission to the school is made or b) where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a skill shortage Staff using this criteria to apply for a school place for their child must complete the appropriate Supplementary Information Form.

3

Children who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area who have siblings attending the school. (Definition of ordinarily resident: Where the child normally lives, We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home in the catchment area or if you use a catchment area address to give the impression that your child lives normally in the catchment area to gain a higher priority) (Definition of catchment area: That area which is shown on the catchment area map for Farlingaye High School at www.suffolk.gov.uk/catchmentmaps and those streets and postcodes listed at www.suffolk.gov.uk/education-and-careers/schools-andsupport-in-education/applying-for-a-school-place/catchment-area-lists/ This detail can also be found on the school website) (Definition of Siblings: Children who are brothers or sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address as, pupils who are already at the school, or who have already been offered a place, and who will still be there at the time of admission, including sixth form. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If there is more than one child at the school, the applicant should name the youngest sibling on the Common Application Form (CAF). 182

4.

Children who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area who have no siblings attending the school.

5.

Children who live nearest to the school, but are not ordinarily resident in the catchment area, who have siblings attending the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the L.A. using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the coordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located.

6.

Children who live nearest to the school, but are not ordinarily resident in the catchment area, who do not have siblings attending the school.

Distance tie-breaker It is possible that the PAN will be reached in any of the categories set out above. For this reason, all applications will be prioritised according to the rules described. Decisions will be made about the offer of places in accordance with those priorities. If it is necessary to use a tie-breaker to distinguish between two or more applications, a ‘distance criteria’ will be used. We will give priority to the applicants who live nearest to the school as measured by a straight line. Should distances be the same, an ‘ultimate tie breaker’ will be used. A lottery will be run for this purpose with an independent adjudicator overseeing this process. Multiple births If the final place available at a school is offered to a twin or triplet and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, (the school) will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. Making another application for a place at the same school If your application for a school place is refused, we will not consider a further application for a place in the same academic year unless there has been a significant change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school. Such circumstances might be a house move or a place becoming available at the school. If there is no significant change in circumstances, you can make another application for the following academic year but this will not normally be considered more than one term ahead of the date when you want your child to start at the school. Where a place is not available at the parents’ preferred school, the LA will inform the parents of the reasons and their right to appeal. Details of the appeal process are sent with the letter of refusal. Waiting Lists: Year 7 As part of the co-ordinated scheme for secondary admissions, the (school) Admissions Team holds the waiting list on behalf of the Governing Body until the end of the first week of the Spring Term in the normal admissions round. Parents will be contacted immediately if a place becomes available for their child, but should be aware that their child’s place on a waiting list may change if an application is subsequently received that meets a higher criterion than their own. Appeals for September entry into Year 7 If you are refused a place at our school you have the right to appeal to an independent panel. This process will be managed by the Education Appeals Office. Please ensure that appeals papers are headed with the school name and address and are returned to the 183

Clerk of the Education Appeals Office. Dates, venues and panels will be arranged by this office to ensure fair access. All appeals should be heard by the same panel. The school will endeavour to arrange all late independent appeal panel hearings at the same time. However, if this is not possible, late appeal applications will be heard within 30 school days of the appeal being lodged. In-Year applications: We will consider your application and let you know whether we can offer you a place at the school. If there are more applications than places available, we will use the admissions oversubscription criteria to see who can and cannot be offered a place. We will also let you know how to appeal against the refusal of a place. We do not hold waiting lists for in-year applicants. If a place becomes available in a year group that has been full we will consider all new applications, any that have been refused in the last 15 school days and any applicants for whom an appeal has been lodged and is still to be heard.’ Applications will be priority ordered according to the over-subscription criteria and when places become available, they will be offered accordingly. Parents wishing to remain under consideration for a place should stay regularly in contact with the school. In Year Appeals The above arrangements will apply also to ‘in year appeals’ for Years 7 -11. These will be held within 30 school days of the appeal being lodged. 6th Form admissions All Sixth form admissions are managed by the academy. Entry for all internal and external students will be subject to individuals meeting the deadline for application (4pm, Friday 6th February 2015), grade entry requirements for sixth form and the specific grade entry requirements for the separate courses they wish to pursue, as published in the prospectus for that year of entry, or those adopted, following the publication of results. Any admission for students who apply after the application deadline date will be at the discretion of the admission authority. In doing so the admission authority will be required to take account of the total number of students in year 12 and year 13 and the number of students in each class applied for. The admission authority is not obliged to admit any student solely on the basis of the ‘Raising the Participation Age’ legislation. Our Published Admission Number for external students has been agreed with the Local Authority at 75 per year. We will therefore admit no more than 75 external students each year into Year 12. References, or copies of latest reports will be sought for all candidates. Please note these will be used to help inform the guidance process and give best advice to all applicants, prior to results day. They will not be used to determine offers of places. We will offer places to a maximum of 120, as this number has been determined by the academy as one that will eventually produce no more than 75 firm candidates for places following August results. A waiting list of students will be kept by the school for applications after the deadline date, should applications exceed 120 in number. Should there be less than 75 confirmed places after August results then students on the waiting list will be contacted to establish whether they would like to be considered for a place. In all cases the oversubscription criteria are;

184

1.

Students ‘looked after’ or ‘previously looked after’ or with a ‘statement of educational need ’ who meet the application deadline date and the course grade entry requirements

2.

Students who meet the application deadline date and the course grade entry requirements

3.

Students who do not meet the entry deadline date but do meet the course grade entry requirements

Students on the waiting list, if contacted, will still be required to meet the results criteria for entry, as used for all other students during this process. Where an application is unsuccessful there is a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel.

Hadleigh High School The County Council is responsible for co-ordinating the admission arrangements for all Community, Voluntary Controlled, Voluntary Aided, Foundation, Trust Schools, Academies and Free Schools in Suffolk. As an Academy, the Governing Body of Hadleigh High School is responsible for its admissions and has a statutory duty to consider all applications where Hadleigh High School is named as a preferred school. The admission policy will be reviewed annually by the governors. The Governing Body have agreed the Published Admission Number (PAN) of 168 for each year in the school. If the number of applications for the school is greater than its Published Admission Number (PAN), we use our admissions oversubscription criteria to decide who gets a place. Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs which names the school must by law be offered a place at that school. The following admissions oversubscription criteria show the order of priority for places at Hadleigh High School where it has been agreed that Suffolk County Council will manage their admissions arrangements). For entry year applications, these criteria will be applied according to the circumstances existing at the 31 October each year, as set in Regulations. 1. Children in care (Looked After Children) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). 2. Children who are brothers and sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address as, pupils who are already at the school or who have already been offered a place, and who will still be there at the time of admission. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one. 3. Children who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area. Places will be allocated in the following priority order: • Children who live nearest to the school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the 185

local authority (LA) using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the coordinates of each property and provides the addresspoint between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. 4. Children who live outside the school’s catchment area but attend one of the designated Pyramid Primary Schools (Beaumont Community Primary School - Hadleigh, Bildeston Community Primary School - Bildeston, Hadleigh Community Primary School – Hadleigh, St Mary's Church of England Voluntary Aided Primary School - Hadleigh, Elmsett V C Primary - Elmsett, Hintlesham and Chattisham CEVC Primary School – Hintlesham, Kersey CEVC Primary School - Kersey, Whatfield CEVC Primary School - Whatfield) but are not resident within Hadleigh High School’s designated catchment area. 5. All other applicants Notes Distance tie-breaker It is possible that the PAN of the school will be reached in any one of the categories set out above. For this reason, all applications will be prioritised according to the rules described. Decisions will be made about the offer of places in accordance with those priorities. If it is necessary to use a tie-breaker to distinguish between two or more applications, a distance criterion will be used. We will give priority to the applicants who live nearest to the school as measured by a straight line. In the unlikely event that two applicants competing for a single place at a school live the same distance from the school, the place will be offered to one applicant on the basis of lots drawn by an officer of the county council not involved with admissions. Twins, Triplets and other Multiple births If the final place available at a school is offered to a twin, triplet or other multiple birth and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, Suffolk County Council will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. Waiting lists If you apply for a school place in the normal admissions round and one or more of your preferences are refused, your child’s name will automatically be placed on a waiting list for these schools. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria (above). When we are unable to meet parental preferences, late applicants will be added to waiting lists in oversubscription priority order. The order of children does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Written evidence of this will be required. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for.

186

If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list for that school in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. The waiting lists will operate up to the end of the first full week of the spring term. We do not hold waiting lists for school places for in-year applications. Making another application for a place at the same school A parent can apply for a place for their child at any time to any school outside of the normal admissions round. However, if your application for a school place is refused, we will not determine a further application for a place in the same school in the same academic year unless there has been a significant change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school. Such circumstances might be a house move or a place becoming available at the school. If there is no significant change in circumstances, you can make another application for the following academic year but this will not normally be considered more than one term ahead of the date when you want your child to start at the school. Ordinarily Resident By “ordinarily resident” we mean the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home in the catchment area or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the catchment area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the ordinarily resident address will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekends and school holidays). Catchment Area Maps You can obtain a catchment area map for a school from the Admissions Team or by looking online in the A-Z of schools at www.suffolk.gov.uk/catchmentmaps

Hartismere School Hartismere School is a state funded independent School and the only secondary school in the town of Eye. We are a Specialist Music and Sports College. The ethos of this school is based on traditional values where learning is highly valued. We regard good behaviour, loyalty to and respect for others, endeavour, team work and commitment as important attributes and expect our students to pursue excellence in all that they undertake. We encourage pupils to be givers to the Community. The main principle of admission to Hartismere School is to maintain the character of the school as a comprehensive school, providing for the needs of young persons within the 11 - 18 age range, who attend primary schools in Eye and the surrounding areas defined below. The School’s admission policy does not imply a guarantee of a place for children living in our priority admission area (or attending the named partner school/s). Up to 10% of the published admission number of places will be reserved for children with an aptitude in music as assessed by the standardization process. We have a separate admission policy for the sixth form. 187

Admission to our school is not dependent on any ‘voluntary’ contribution. The school will endeavour to provide places for pupils who live outside the priority admission area (who do not attend a named partner school) whose parents wish them to attend Hartismere provided that they can be accommodated within the admission limits. Pupils will be admitted at the age of 11+ without reference to ability or aptitude (except in certain circumstances in relation to Musical ability where places at the school are still available after the admission of pupils from the partner primary schools) using the criteria below. The admission number for September 2015 will be 147. The school participates in the Local Authority co-ordinated scheme and all deadlines within the Local Authority scheme should be adhered to by applicants. As required by the Regulations of 2005 the school will give top priority to applications on behalf of children in public care (Children in Care). Section 2 – Definitions and Details Priority Admission Area - ‘catchment’ area Our priority admission area is our Partner Primary Schools. This means that pupils attending one of our partner primary schools at the application closing date are considered to ‘reside’ in our priority admission area. These schools are considered to be our Partner Primary Schools. We have strong curriculum and sporting links with the following local Primary Schools and give priority to applications from children who attend them. These are the partnership schools: St Peter & St Paul’s Primary School - Eye St Edmunds Primary School - Hoxne Occold Primary School - Occold Palgrave Primary School - Palgrave St Botolph’s Primary School - Botesdale Thorndon Primary School - Thorndon Long Green Primary School - Wortham Stoke Ash Primary School – Stoke Ash Gislingham Primary School - Gislingham Mellis Primary School – Mellis Mendham Primary School - Mendham In accordance with the new admissions code and concordant government Legislation the children of staff members also form part of the catchment area of the school. As such those children will have will be treated for the purposes of oversubscription in the same manner as children attending a partner primary school who have a sibling on roll at Hartismere. Sibling By sibling we mean: Children living at the same address who have one or both natural parents in common Children living at the same address who are related by a parent’s marriage 188

Children living at the same address whose parents are living as partners at this address We do not include ‘cousins’ within our definition of sibling. It is unlikely that a sibling will be given priority when the other sibling has left year 11 by the time the new pupil would be due to start unless that post- 16 child has entered Hartismere Sixth Form. Section 3 Oversubscription A

Children in Care will be admitted as the top priority.

B In the event of over subscription, applications from within the priority admission area (from the named partner schools and the children of staff members) will be considered first and determined using the following criteria: Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Hartismere at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at Hartismere will include attendance at the Sixth Form. Children attending one of the named partner schools who do not have a brother or sister (sibling) attending Hartismere C Applications from children who do not attend a named partner school will be considered if there are still places available and will be determined by the following criteria: Children not attending a partner primary school but with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Hartismere at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will still be attending at the start of the new academic year. In the case of up to 10% of the published admission number children with an aptitude in Music as assessed by a standardised process. Children not attending a partner primary school and without a brother or sister (sibling) attending Hartismere The proximity criteria as described below. Tie-breaker In the event of oversubscription, priority will be determined: In Category B above by Random Allocation and In Category C above by the proximity of the child’s home to Hartismere School: measuring the distance by a straight line (“as the crow flies”). All straight line distances are calculated electronically with those living nearest to the school being given priority. Apartments in the same block will be treated equally. If after applying the distance tie-breaker there are more applications than places available a further tie-breaker of Random Allocation will be used for the applications from this block. Home Address As part of the tie-breaker process proof of residence such as a lease agreement may be required by the co-ordinated scheme. The offer of a place may be withdrawn if proof of residency is not met.

189

Where a child lives part of the week with one parent and part with another member of the family the ‘home address’ will be considered to be the residence where the child spends at least three nights of the school week each week. Medical Need Exceptional medical circumstances supported by written medical evidence may override the above. Any such applications must be received by the closing date in the co-ordinated scheme and will be considered by the Admissions Committee of the school. The extent and circumstances in which medical need would override those above would relate to situations in which e.g. a hospital consultant had stated in writing that attendance at Hartismere was an essential in terms meeting the medical needs of the child. The evidence should come, however, from at least one registered health professional and should set out the particular reasons why Hartismere School is the most suitable school. Evidence pertaining to the need of the child to attend Hartismere School because of an aptitude or interest in our specialism will not be considered under these (Medical) criteria: however, such evidence must be included with the application form. Multiple births The School’s policy is not to separate multiple births. Waiting Lists Under the co-ordinated scheme the Local Authority will maintain a waiting list of all applicants who have been refused a place until the end of the Autumn term. The school will continue to maintain a waiting list for subsequent terms. Applications for inclusion on the school’s waiting list must be made on the school’s appropriate form and they will be ranked according to our oversubscription criteria as described above. We have to admit any pupil who is the subject of a ‘direction’ by the Local Authority or allocated to us according to the local Fair Access Protocol when such has been applied properly and with genuine fairness and according to its principles and any such pupils take precedence over the waiting list. We also maintain waiting lists for all ‘full’ year groups. In Year Admissions Admissions for all other year groups will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. The Local Authority will administer a co-ordinated scheme and applications should be made direct to the Local Authority on the approved form. Appeals If you are refused a place at our school you have the right to appeal to an independent panel. Appeal papers will be sent out with offer letters to parents when any of their school preferences are refused. Please ensure that these are headed with the school name and address and are returned to the Clerk to the Appeal Panel at the school. All appeals should be heard by the same panel and it is difficult to slot in late applications. Appeals will be heard before 6th July or the first working day afterwards if the 6th is a weekend. Appeals for on-time applications will be heard by 6 July or the next working day, if 6 July falls on a weekend. Also, Appeals for late applications – such appeals should be included with those being heard for the same admission round. However, if this is not 190

feasible, appeals for late applications will be heard within 30 school days of the appeal being lodged. Guardianship The School reserves the right to carry out necessary checks as to the legal guardianship of an adult making an application for admission for a child whether as an in year admission or as part of the general intake where it considers it necessary to do so. It is recognised that this can relate to safeguarding issues and is therefore of the highest priority to the school.

Holbrook Academy The Governing Body of Holbrook Academy is the admission authority for the school now that it has Academy status. This means that it is the Governing Body that sets and applies the admissions policy for the school. All Policy decisions regarding the admission of children into the school are made by a sub-committee of the Governing Body. How to Apply (Refer to Section 3 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) The application process for admissions into Year 7 is co-ordinated by Suffolk Local Authority (LA), which acts on behalf of the governing body to offer places at the academy. Parents/Carers should apply online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions or submit a Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF1), available from their child’s primary school or from the LA Admissions Team, no later than the national closing date – advertised by the LA in the local press. Offer letters will be issued by the LA on the National Offer Date (or first working day after). Late applications (those submitted after the national closing date) will be handled by the Admissions Team. (For further information and specific dates, please refer to the full scheme for secondary co-ordination, available from the LA Admissions team or from the website www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools). To apply for a place after the start of term or in any other year group, please contact the LA Admissions Team for an application form. LA Admissions Team Contact: 0845 600 0981 or [email protected] Parents/Carers wishing to visit the school prior to submitting an application are welcome to do so. Visits are not interviews and do not affect any decision regarding the availability of a place. Please contact the academy office on 01473 328317 to make arrangements. How places are offered (Refer to Section 7 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) The Academy has adopted Suffolk County Council’s Admissions Policy and oversubscription criteria, which is set out in the Admissions to Schools in Suffolk Booklet 2015/16 (available from September 2014). It is also available on www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. For admission into Year 7 each September, the LA, on behalf of the Governing Body, will offer places to 120 children. This is the Published Admission Number (PAN) for that year group. In the event that more than 120 applications are received, the oversubscription criteria will be applied to determine priority for places. How to apply for places in all other year groups or Year 7 after the beginning of the Academic Year (Refer to Section 3 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet)

191

A Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF2) must be completed. This can be downloaded from www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. The form is also available from any local school or from the LA Admissions Team. Waiting Lists (Refer to Section 7 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) As part of the co-ordinated scheme for secondary admissions, the LA Admissions Team holds the waiting list on behalf of the governing body until the end of the first week of the Spring Term in the initial year of intake only. Waiting lists are not held at any other time or for any other year group. Appeals (Refer to Section 8 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk booklet”) The parents of any child who is refused a place at the academy has a right of appeal to an independent Appeals Panel. The appeal process is an opportunity for parents to explain their reasons for seeking a place at the academy to the panel. The admission authority will provide parents with details of how to appeal. The panel consists of three people who are independent of the academy’s Governing Body and the LA. The panel will consider the circumstances of the case put before them. Both the Governing Body and the parents must abide by the decision it makes. Appeals for the academy are currently arranged by the LA Education Appeals Office on behalf of the Governing Body. Advice on appeals is also given by the Advisory Centre for Education (ACE). Further information and appeal forms are available from the Education Appeals Office.

Horringer Court School Horringer Court School is a state funded academy within the Bury St Edmunds Academy Trust. Procedures for applying to this school are explained in the publication, “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk”. Parents should make themselves familiar with this information and take particular note of the definitions provided, the dates and the deadlines, all of which apply to Horringer Court School unless stated otherwise in this document. Applications must be made using the Suffolk common application form which is available online, from your child’s current school or from Suffolk County Council. The Planned Admission Number for year 5 in September 2015 is 100. Please note that for late applications this could mean all available places have already been filled. Definitions and Details “Trust Primary School” means any primary academy school that is operated by the Bury St Edmunds Academy trust at the date of application plus Barrow CEVC Primary School. However, usually our Planned Admission Number allows us to admit more children than those who previously attended Trust Primary Schools. “Trust Middle Schools” means middle academy schools operated by the Bury St Edmunds Academy Trust at the date of application. By “sibling”, we mean children who are brothers and sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address as pupils who are already at a school (specified in the oversubscription criteria below) or who have already been offered a place at that school, and who will still be there, including in the sixth form, at the time of admission.

192

Oversubscription Criteria In the event of oversubscription of places, all pupils whose statement of special educational needs (or Education, Health and Care Plan) names the school will be admitted first before the use of the follow criteria in descending order of priority. 5. Looked after children and children who were previously looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). 6. Exceptional Medical Need Any such applications must be received by the closing date in the co-ordinated scheme and will be considered by the Admissions Committee of the school. The extent and circumstances in which medical need would override those above would relate to situations in which e.g. a hospital consultant has stated in writing that attendance at Horringer Court was an essential in terms of meeting the medical needs of the child. Written supporting evidence must be provided by at least one registered health professional and must set out the particular reasons why placement at Horringer Court is essential. 3.

Applications from children currently attending one of the Trust Primary Schools in the following order of priority: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending a Trust Middle School or County Upper School at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at County Upper will include attendance in the Sixth Form. b) Other Children.

4.

Applications from children who do not attend a Trust Primary School in the following order of priority: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending a Trust Middle School or County Upper School at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at County Upper will include attendance in the Sixth Form. b) Home location using the proximity criteria described below in ‘Tie-Breaker’.

Tie-breaker: In the event of oversubscription in any category above, priority will be determined by the proximity of the child’s home to Horringer Court using a straight-line distance from the main entrance of the school on Glastonbury Road to the main door of the child’s residence, with those living the nearest to the school being given priority. All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. Apartments in the same block will be treated equally with the measurement taken to the main entrance to the block. If after applying the distance tie-breaker there is more than one applicant at the same distance for the final place, a further tie-breaker of Random Allocation (independently supervised) will be used for the applications from this block. Multiple Births: the school’s policy is that where one multiple birth sibling is admitted to the school following the application of the oversubscription criteria, the school will if possible admit the further sibling or siblings of that multiple birth. Waiting Lists Under the co-ordinated scheme the Local Authority will maintain a waiting list of all applicants who have been refused a place until the end of the autumn term. The school will continue to maintain a waiting list for subsequent terms. Applications for inclusion on the school’s waiting list must be made on the appropriate form. They will be ranked 193

according to our oversubscription criteria as described above. We have to admit any pupil who is the subject of a ‘direction’ by the Secretary of State or allocated to us according to the local Fair Access Protocol when such has been applied properly and with genuine fairness and according to its principles and any such pupils take precedence over the waiting list. We also maintain waiting lists for all ‘full’ year groups. Pupils will be removed from these lists in September each year unless their parent confirms in writing by 1st September each year that they wish to remain on the list. In Year Admissions Admissions for Year 5 after the ordinary admissions round has closed and for all other year groups will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. The Local Authority will administer a co-ordinated scheme and applications should be made direct to the Local Authority on the approved form. Appeals If you are refused a place at our school you have the right to appeal to an independent panel. Details of how to make an appeal will be sent out with offer letters to parents when any of their school preferences are refused. Please ensure that these are headed with the school name and address and are returned to the Clerk to the Appeal Panel at the school. All appeals should be heard by the same panel and it is difficult to slot in late applications. Where possible late appeals will be included with those being heard for the same admission round. However, if this is not feasible, appeals for late applications will be heard within 30 school days of the appeal being lodged. Guardianship The school reserves the right to carry out necessary checks as to the legal guardianship of an adult making an application for admission for a child whether as an in year admission or as part of the general intake where it considers it necessary to do so. It is recognised that this can relate to safeguarding issues and it therefore of the highest priority to the school.

Ipswich Academy Published Admission Number (PAN) The Academy has an admission number of: a. 210 students in Year 7 b. 10 Students in Year 12 (for students being admitted from outside the Academy). The Academy will accordingly provide for the admission of this number of students each year if sufficient applications for entry are received. Where fewer applications than the published admission number for the relevant year groups is received, the Academy will offer places at the Academy to all those who have applied. The admission number will be exceeded where children of multiple births from the same family are tied for the final available place Process of Application Arrangements for applications for places at the Academy will be made in accordance with the LA’s co-ordinated admission arrangements and will be made on the Common Application Form provided and administered by the relevant local authority. 194

Oversubscription Criteria When the Academy is oversubscribed, after the admission of students with Statements of Special Educational Needs where the school is named in the Statement, priority for admission will be given to those children who meet the criteria set out below, in priority order: 1. 'Looked after children' or children who were previously looked after but immediately

after being looked after became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). 2. Children who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area (see Suffolk County

Council schools booklet for details and explanation) i) Students for whom it is essential to be admitted to the Academy because of special circumstances to do with significant medical or social needs. The Application will need to be supported by a letter from a hospital consultant, social worker or similar professional. “The information should demonstrate why the Academy is the only school able to meet the child’s specific needs”. ii) Children who are brothers and sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address as, students who are already at the school (including in the sixth form) and who will still be there at the time of admissions. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one. In the event of a tie break under this criterion, the distance criterion (2(iii)) will be used as a tie break. iii) Children who live nearest to the Academy. Suffolk LA will measure the distance by a straight line (as the crow flies). All straight line distances will be calculated electronically by Suffolk LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which the straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home with a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point with that building irrespective of where those homes are located. In the event of a tie break under the distance criterion, random allocation will used. 3. Any remaining places will be offered to Children who live outside the Academy’s

catchment area in the same priority order as set out in 2(ii) to 2(iii) above. Waiting List Subject to any provisions regarding waiting lists in the Authority’s co-ordinated admission scheme, the Academy will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the Academy receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end of the Academic year in which the student applied. This will be maintained by the Academy Trust. All applicants who have been refused a place in the normal admission round will automatically be placed on the waiting list, which will also be open to new applicants. 195

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the oversubscription criteria set out above. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. Arrangements for Admitting Students to the Sixth Form The Academy operates a Sixth Form with a capacity for a total of 180 students, 90 places overall will be available in year 12 (the year 12 ‘capacity’). Students already on the Year 11 Academy roll are entitled to transfer to Year 12 if they meet the published standards of entry. If less than 90 of the Academy’s own Year 11 students transfer in the Year 12, additional external students will be admitted until the Year 12 meets its capacity of 90. The Academy will apply the same academic entry requirements as it does to students already on roll in the Academy and, if a tie-break is necessary to determine who is admitted, it will apply the oversubscription criteria above. The Academy will publish, at the beginning of the academic year prior to admission (e.g. September 2012 for those seeking admission in September 2013), the specific criteria in relation to minimum entrance requirements for Year 12 based on GCSE grades or other measures of prior attainment. It will also publish academic entry requirements for each course available based upon GCSE grades or other measures of prior attainment. These criteria are the same for internal and any external applicants and will be published in its prospectus and on its website. Students failing to meet the grades for their preferred course option will be offered alternative courses if available. There will be a right of appeal to an Independent Appeals Panel for internal students refused transfer and any external applicants refused admission.

Kesgrave High School (Admissions Policy not including Sixth Form) Introduction Kesgrave High School participates in the Local Authority co-ordinated scheme and all deadlines within the Local Authority scheme should be adhered to by applicants. Parents should note that for Suffolk Secondary Schools there is no automatic right to a place at the local school. It is essential that application forms are completed and returned by the deadline date. If you make an application for a school which is not your local school and, subsequently, are not allocated a place, there is no guarantee that secondary education will be available for your child at the local school. Please note that this policy does not apply to sixth form admissions: please see our separate sixth form policy. Procedures for admission The Governing Body, as the Admissions Authority for the School, has agreed that the Planned Admissions Number (the maximum number of children to be 196

admitted in any year) is 280. Although the School will decide its own admissions, the local authority co-ordinates all admissions in its area, and will communicate all admission decisions to parents. Procedures for applying to Kesgrave High School are explained in the publication Admission to Schools in Suffolk. Parents should make themselves familiar with this information and take particular note of the definitions provided, dates and deadlines, which apply to Kesgrave High School admission arrangements unless stated otherwise in this document. Applications must be made using the Suffolk Common Application Form and SIF, which are available from Suffolk County Council on 0845 6000981or Kesgrave High School. No completed forms will be accepted at the school. The deadline for ordinary Year 7 admissions is 31st October Definitions and Details: Priority Admission Area – ‘catchment’ area Our priority admission area is our Catchment Area. Living within a school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available at your catchment school. You can obtain a catchment area map for a school from your local area office. Sibling By sibling we mean: Children living at the same address who have one or both natural parents in common Children living at the same address who are related by a parent’s marriage Children living at the same address whose parents are living as partners at this address We do not include ‘cousins’ within our definition of sibling. Partner Primary Schools Our nine Partner Primary Schools are: • • • • • • • • •

Bealings Martlesham: Birchwood Primary Bucklesham Kesgrave: Cedarwood Primary Martlesham: Gorseland Primary Kesgrave: Heath Primary Martlesham Beacon Hill Primary Nacton CEVAP Waldringfield Primary

Admissions oversubscription criteria If the number of applications for Kesgrave High School is greater than our 280 PAN, we use our admissions oversubscription criteria to decide who gets a place. Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs/Education and Health Care Plan which names the school must by law be offered a place at that school.

197

The following admissions oversubscription criteria show the order of priority for places at Kesgrave High School. For entry year applications, these criteria will be applied according to the circumstances existing at the specified closing date. 1 Children in public care (Looked After Children and previously Looked After Children, as defined in paragraph 1.7 of the School Admission Code and the footnotes to that paragraph) 2 Children who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area. Places will be allocated in the following priority order: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Kesgrave High School at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at Kesgrave High School will include attendance at the Sixth Form. b) Children who live nearest to the school, using a straight-line distance. 3 Children of staff employed by the school for two or more years, or who meet a skills shortage 4

Children attending one of the named partner primary schools

5

Applications from children who do not normally reside within the catchment will be considered if there are still places available and will be determined by the following criteria: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Kesgrave High School at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at Kesgrave High School will include attendance at the Sixth Form. b) The proximity criteria described below in ‘Tie-Breaker’.

Tie-breaker In the event of oversubscription in any category above, priority will be determined by the proximity of the child’s home to Kesgrave High School using a straight-line distance. All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which the straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. If after applying the distance tie-breaker there are more applications than places available a further tie-breaker of random allocation by draw will be used for the applications from this block. This would be drawn by someone independent of the school as required in the School Admissions Code. Home Address As part of the tie-breaker process proof of residence such as a lease agreement may be required by the co-ordinated scheme. The offer of a place may be withdrawn if proof of 198

residency is not met. The School will check allegations of false addresses or other false information given on the CAF1 or SIF and will withdraw offers of places if the details are found to be deliberately false or misleading By “ordinarily resident” we mean the place where your child usually lives. We may need proof of this address. We will not treat your child as ordinarily resident if you rent or own a second home in the catchment area or if you use another address to give the impression that your child lives in the catchment area so that you have a higher priority for a place at that school. Where a child lives part of the week with one parent and part with another member of the family the ‘home address’ will be considered to be the residence where the child spends at least three nights of the school week each week. Waiting Lists Under the co-ordinated scheme the Local Authority will maintain a waiting list of all those unsuccessful in their initial application until the end of the Autumn term. The school will continue to maintain a waiting list for subsequent terms. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription criteria. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static – as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example, due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. We also maintain waiting lists for all ‘full’ year groups. At the end of the summer term all those still on the waiting list will be contacted to confirm whether they wish to remain on the list for the next academic year. Failure to respond before the beginning of the Autumn Term will result in their removal from the waiting list. Multiple births The School’s policy is not to separate multiple births. In Year Admissions Admissions for all other year groups will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Applications should be made direct to Kesgrave High School on the approved form. Guardianship The School reserves the right to carry out necessary checks as to the legal guardianship of an adult making an application for admission for a child whether as an in year admission or as part of the general intake where it considers it necessary to do so. It is recognised that this can relate to safeguarding issues and is therefore of the highest priority to the school. RIGHT TO APPEAL When an applicant is unsuccessful there is an automatic right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel. Parents will be informed of this right to appeal in their letter from the Local Authority informing them of the outcome of their application. Policy Approved March 2014 199

Kesgrave High School Sixth Form Admissions Policy Internal students The school welcomes applications for entry to Kesgrave High School from those of the School’s students who have attended the school in Year 11 and wish to transfer to the Sixth Form. External students The school also accepts applications for entry to the sixth form from external candidates who attended another school. The Planned Admission Number for Year 12 is 44 – this figure refers only to year 12 students being admitted to the school for the first time, and not to the students transferring who currently attend Kesgrave High School. Late Applications Students applying to join the Sixth Form after the deadline for applications should note that admission will be subject to availability of places on chosen courses and achieving the specific entry requirements for the courses as published in our Sixth Form Prospectus. Entry requirements are the same for all applicants whether they are internal, external or late. Provided places remain available and entry requirements are met, applicants seeking a place after the start of the academic year will be invited in to discuss suitability of joining the courses at their requested time of entry. Entry requirements for both internal and external students Entry to the Sixth Form is subject to a student having achieved the entry requirements for the course they wish to pursue. Students should refer to the Sixth Form Prospectus for further details on individual subjects; individual subjects may be limited in the number of students they are able to accommodate. The method for application is by completing an application form available from the school. The school, rather than the Local Authority, co-ordinates sixth form admissions. Oversubscription Criteria The following oversubscription criteria show the order of priority for places at Kesgrave High School. These criteria will be applied according to the circumstances existing at the specified closing date. 1 Children in public care (Looked After Children and previously Looked After Children, as defined in paragraph 1.7 of the School Admission Code and the footnotes to that paragraph) 2 Children who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area. Places will be allocated in the following priority order: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Kesgrave High School at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at Kesgrave High School will include attendance at the Sixth Form.

b) Children who live nearest to the school, using a straight-line distance. 200

3 Children of staff employed by the school for two or more years, or who meet a skills shortage 4

Applications from children who do not normally reside within the catchment will be considered if there are still places available and will be determined by the following criteria: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Kesgrave High School at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at Kesgrave High School will include attendance at the Sixth Form. b) The proximity criteria described below in ‘Tie-Breaker’.

Tie-breaker In the event of oversubscription in any category above, priority will be determined by the proximity of the child’s home to Kesgrave High School using a straight-line distance. All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which the straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. If after applying the distance tie-breaker there are more applications than places available a further tie-breaker of random allocation by draw will be used for the applications from this block. This would be drawn by someone independent of the school as required in the School Admissions Code. Right of Appeal When an application is unsuccessful the student and their parents have a right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel. Kesgrave High School will not hold a waiting list for the Sixth Form. Policy Approved March 2014

Mildenhall Academy The academy is sponsored by the Academy Transformation Trust. The board of ATT has delegated to the local governing body of the academy the decisions about which children to admit, within the parameters of the Academy Transformation Trust Admission Policy. All children whose statement of special needs names the school must be admitted (s1.6 of the Schools Admissions Code)

201

Oversubscription Criteria If there are more applications for places than there are places available, we will give preference to pupils living nearest to the academy, according to the following rules in this order of priority:1. looked after pupils and previously looked after children (children who are in the care of the local authority or provided with accommodation by the local authority in accordance with section 22 of the Children’s Act 1989) 2. pupils, living in the area served by the academy who have a brother or sister attending the academy at the time of their admission 3. pupils living in the area served by the academy who have no brother or sister connection with the academy. When we use ‘brother’ or ‘sister’ in oversubscription rules this means: brothers or sisters living at the same address including adopted children, step-brothers, step-sisters and children in foster care within a family unit. 4. pupils living outside the area served by the academy who have a brother or sister attending the academy at the time of their admission 5. pupils living outside the area served by the academy and attend a feeder school at the opening date of the admission round. 6. pupils living outside the area served by the academy who have no brother or sister or feeder school connection with the academy. The address given on the application form will be used to decide the catchment academy. We will accept changes to the address up to the closing date. To determine who lives nearest, we will measure straight line distance from home to the academy using Ordnance Survey data. We will use Post Office address points for the precise measurement. If following the application of admission rules and distance two applicants cannot be separated for a final place at a academy, ATT will use random allocation to determine priority for a place The Academy is not required to keep any lists for any other year groups. If you wish your child to join the academy at other times you can ask if the governors keep a reserve list. If they do it will be kept in the order of the oversubscription criteria. The time you have been on the list is not taken into account. Appeals The procedures for appeals relating to admissions will be in accordance with all relevant legislation. They are independent and organised by ATT and entirely separate from the admission system. The decision of the appeal panel is binding on all parties. You should send your appeal to the academy and your papers will be passed onto ATT. Mid-year admissions The governors will accept admissions into other year groups if there are places. If there are more applications than places then the oversubscription criteria will be used to decide who should be offered the place. If there are no places then you will be told of the independent appeal system.

202

Fair Access The government has stated a Fair Access agreement that allows hard to place children, for example those that have been permanently excluded, to be given a place before any oversubscription criteria are applied and before anyone is considered from the reserve list. Such children are shared out to make sure no one school has to take too many of these children. Refusing an Admission The Academy reserves the right to refuse a place to a student when the student has previously been removed from the academy’s roll by the student’s parents or carers in order to avoid engaging with the academy to resolve an issue, avoid a fixed-term or permanent exclusion or to avoid a prosecution or fine in relation to poor attendance. Pupil Admission Number (PAN) The number of places available for Year 6 for September 2015 at the academy will be 220. Students from multiple births (e.g. twins/triplets) Should the parents wish the children of multiple births, or children of the same family that fall within the same year group (e.g. siblings 11 months apart in the same school year, step, adopted or foster children), to attend the same school, then all should be admitted. Split residence Where a student lives with parents that have shared responsibility for the child, the “residence” shall be considered as the home which the child resides for the majority of the school week. Where the child is split equally throughout the school week then the “residence” shall be defined as the home which the child is registered with their GP, or alternatively where child benefits are paid” Closing date and initial notification date Please see Suffolk County Council’s statutory dates available on their website. (www.suffolk.gov.uk)

Ormiston Denes Academy Ormiston Denes Academy is maintained by Ormiston Academy Trust. Our admissions procedure is set out in accordance with the Local Admissions Forum. This policy is in line with government legislation and is designed to ensure there is a fair admissions procedure for all applicants, and to help guide parents and their children through the application process. This policy will apply to all admissions from September 2014 including in-year admissions. Closing date for applications for Academy year 2014/2015: 31 October 2014 We cannot guarantee that applications received after this date will be considered in the case of over subscription. ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE The Local Governing Body is the admissions authority and oversees all applications and admissions to the Academy.

203

For the Academy year commencing September 2014 the governing body’s planned admissions number (PAN) is 240. The Academy can accommodate up to 240 children in each of its 5 year groups. APPLYING FOR A PLACE Ormiston Denes Academy welcomes all applications. We have one main intake level; year 7. We encourage entry at this time to aid the progression of the child academically without interruption; however, children are welcome to apply for entry in any year. Parents are encouraged to visit the Academy with their child if they are planning to apply for a place and we have a number of open days during the year. Arrangements for visits outside of these dates can be made through the Academy office. Children are admitted to the Academy using the criteria outlined in this policy. In no way does the academic ability of the child come into consideration when places at the Academy are being allocated. Parents are invited to preference the Academy out of those provided by the county council but it is up to the local authority to decide which children will be given a place. LATE APPLICATIONS Applications received after the national closing date, 31 October, will be accepted but may not normally be considered for a place at the Academy until after the initial offer date. OVER SUBSCRIPTION In the case of over subscription, priority will be given to applicants without a statement of special educational need as follows: Places will be first allocated to students with statements of special educational needs which name Ormiston Denes Academy as their first choice. Then, if there are more applicants than places for the school, the remaining places will then be offered in the following order of priority: 1. Students who are in public care, deemed to be looked after or provided with accommodation by the LA. 2. Students with exceptional medical, social, or other needs that can only be met by providing a place at Ormiston Denes Academy rather than any other school/academy (assessed by the DSENCO). 3. Students with a sibling at the school at the time of admission. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister, half brother or sister or step brother or sister whose main residence is at the same address. 4. Fifty per cent of the remaining places to be offered to students living closest to the Academy (regardless of which primary school the student attends). The remaining places will be allocated randomly (using the Local Authority’s measuring system). Within categories 3 and 4 above, priority will be given to those students who live nearest to the Academy. Distances are measured in accordance with the county council’s measuring system as defined by their policy. CHILDREN WITH A STATEMENT OF SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL NEEDS The Academy will admit all children who are statemented and have this Academy named if they are applying at the beginning of the academic year. For in-year admissions, the Academy is not obliged to offer a place to a child with a statement of special educational needs if it has not yet been consulted by the local authority about being the named Academy.

204

Children who have special educational needs but who are not statemented will be treated equally to all other applicants in the admissions process. This includes children who may need extra support or reasonable adjustments to be made. The Academy will do everything it can to accommodate these students. See our SEN policy for details of special provision provided by the Academy. CASUAL/IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS For in-year admissions, parents/carers must apply to the Academy direct. Applications will be considered in accordance with above oversubscription criteria. In the event that it is not possible to offer a place, the waiting list and appeals procedures described above will apply. In-year parental preference admissions, i.e. those not resulting from a change of address from outside the Lowestoft & Waveney catchment area, are subject to locally agreed protocols. Start dates will be set at the beginning of the next half-term period. FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL The Academy is committed to taking its share of vulnerable students who are hard to place, in accordance with locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal round of admissions, the local Academy’s governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a student where admission is requested under any local protocol which carries the agreement of both the governing body and local authority for the current admission year. The governing body has this power even when admitting such a student would exceed the normal admission number. OFFERS An offer for places is made through the county council’s admission team. The Academy may withdraw its offer if it is found that the place was offered based on a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application. The offer may also be withdrawn if the Academy has not heard back from the parent or carer of the child in writing within the 10 days acceptance period. APPEALS Parents or carers can appeal to the independent appeal panel against refusal of admission to the Academy. This applies both to those transferring from within the Academy and to external candidates. In order to ensure a fair appeals process, the members of the panel do not belong to the governing body and/or local authority that made the original decision against the application. A child is allowed to be on the Academy waiting list while lodging an appeal and the appeal will not affect their position on the list. The decision of the appeals panel is binding on the admissions authority. WAITING LIST If the number of applicants exceeds the number of places available, some children may be placed on a waiting list. The parents of the child will be made aware when this happens. The child may gain entry to the Academy if the number of students falls below the admissions limit of the Academy. A child who gains entry from the waiting list will not be viewed any differently from a child who gains an immediate offer for a place at the Academy. The child will be kept on the waiting list until the end of the first term/ start of the academic year/ end of academic year. If a parent or carer wants their child to remain on the waiting list for the next academic year, [they should inform the Academy at the start of each new year/term in writing Or Parents will be contacted at the end of the academic year to confirm whether they want their child to remain on the waiting list for the next year.] 205

Priority will not be given to children on the waiting list dependent on the date their application was made. This means that a child who applies in a new academic year may be ahead of another child from the previous year on the list, if they have greater claim to the placement. If a child on the waiting list is offered a position at the Academy, they will be notified by letter and will have the option of accepting or rejecting the place within 10 days. CHANGES TO ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS The admission arrangements for the Academy will change in accordance to national legislation and policy review. Parents will be informed of any changes being made. Parents must notify the Academy immediately if there are any changes that may affect their child’s application, such as a change of address. Where the child has multiple addresses, the address given to the Academy should be the one where the child spends the majority of the Academy week. If it is an equal split, the parents can decide which address to give. CONTACTS Ormiston Denes Academy contact details: Ormiston Denes Academy, Yarmouth Road, Lowestoft, NR32 4AH Telephone 01502 574474 Email [email protected] Principal – Peter Marshall County Council contact details: The Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk. IP1 2DH. Telephone 0845 600 0981 (local rate). Fax 01473 26099. Email [email protected]

Ormiston Endeavour Academy Suffolk County Council is responsible for co-ordinating the admission arrangements for all Community, Voluntary Controlled, Voluntary Aided, Foundation, Trust schools, Academies and Free Schools in Suffolk. As an Academy, the Local Governing Board of Ormiston Endeavour Academy is responsible for its admissions and has a statutory duty to consider all applications where Ormiston Endeavour Academy is named as a preferred school. This admission policy will be reviewed annually by the Local Governing Board. The Local Governing Board has agreed the Published Admission Number (PAN) of 180 for each year in the academy. It would normally be expected that parents take up any offer of a school place (be that full or part-time) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is an agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time of year.

206

Oversubscription Criteria Places will be first allocated to students with statements of Special Educational Need. Then, if there are more applicants than places for the school, the remaining places will then be offered in the following order of priority: 1. Looked After Children Looked After Children are children “who are in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by that authority in accordance with section 22 of the Children’s Act 1989”. 2. Students with exceptional medical, social, or other needs that can only be met by providing a place at the particular school concerned rather than any other school. 3. Students with a sibling in attendance at the Academy and who will still be on roll in the year of entry. A sibling refers to “brother or sister, step-brother or step-sister or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.” 4. Students who live closest to the Academy. Distances are measured by the shortest walking route, using roads and lit pathways, from the front door (or door number, with preference on lowest number in a block of flats) of the student’s home address to the student entrance of the Academy. Applications made under criterion 2 will only be considered if supporting evidence from an appropriate professional or other suitably qualified person (e.g. doctor or social worker) is attached to the application form. Admission Number The number of places available for Year 7 for September 2014 at the school will be 180. Students from multiple births (e.g. twins/triplets) Should the parents wish the children of multiple births, or children of the same family that fall within the same year group (e.g. siblings 11 months apart in the same school year, step, adopted or foster children) to attend the same school, then all should be admitted. Split Residence Where a student lives with parents that have shared responsibility for the child, the “residence” shall be considered as the home which the child resides for the majority of the school week. Where the child is split equally throughout the school week then the “residence” shall be defined as the home which the child is registered with their GP, or alternatively where child benefits are paid. Applications Procedures Year 7 applications Ormiston Endeavour Academy follows Suffolk County Council’s procedures for admissions to Year 7. The national closing date for applications for the following September is 31 October and the national offer date is 1 March. Late applications Applications received after the set closing date will be accepted but will not normally be considered for a place at the school until after the initial offer date. Tie break Where several children have applied to the school and all have the same criterion, the school places shall be allocated via random allocation. 207

Operation of waiting lists The Academy will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year Ormiston Endeavour Academy receives more applications for places then there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end of the first term after the start of the school year. Any places offered from the school’s waiting list will be offered strictly in accordance with the above admission criteria and will not work on a first come first served basis. Appeals Unsuccessful applicants have a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel. Further details will be included in the notification letter. In Year Admissions Ormiston Endeavour Academy will follow Suffolk County Council’s procedures for in year admissions. Applications will be considered in accordance with the above oversubscription criteria. In the event that it is not possible to offer a place, the waiting list and appeals procedures described above will apply. Fair Access Protocol The school is committed to taking its share of vulnerable students who are hard to place, in accordance with locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal round of admissions, the school’s local governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a student where admission is requested under any local protocol which carries the agreement of the local authority for the current admission year. The governing body has this power even when admitting such a student would exceed the normal admission number.

Ormiston Sudbury Academy We currently take students from primary schools in the locality. Places will be first allocated to students with Statements of Special Educational Needs, where the Academy is named in the Statement of Special Educational Need. Then, if there are more applicants than places for the academy, the remaining places will be offered in the following order of priority: 1. ‘Looked After Children’ (children in care) and children who were Looked After, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). 2. Students with a sibling at the Academy at the time of admission. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister, half brother or sister or step brother or sister whose main residence is at the same address. 3. The remaining places to be offered to students living closest to the Academy (regardless of which primary school the student attends). Within categories 2 and 3 above, priority will be given to those students who live nearest to the Academy. Distances are measured by the shortest walking route, using roads and lit pathways from the centre of the student's home address to the nearest Academy entrance for students.

208

Applications made under criterion 1 will only be considered if supporting evidence from an appropriate professional, parent or other suitably qualified person is attached to the application form. Admission Number The number of places available for Year 7 for September 2015 at the Academy will be 160. Split residence Where a student lives with parents with shared responsibility, each for part of a week, the address where the student lives is determined using a joint declaration from the parents stating the pattern of residence. If a student’s residence is split equally between both parents, then parents will be asked to determine which, is the residential address for the purpose of admission to the Academy. If the residence is not split equally between both parents then the address used will be the address where the student spends the majority of the Academy week. Method of application Parents/carers must apply on the County Council’s common application form and online process. Closing date and initial notification date The closing date for applications is 31st October. Parents/carers will be notified of their place in March of the following year. Late applications Applications received after the 31st October will be accepted but may not be considered for a place at the Academy until after the initial offer date. Waiting list Unsuccessful applicants will be included on the Academy's waiting list ranked in order of priority under the published oversubscription criteria, without regard to the date that the application was received. A waiting list will operate for both Year 7 entry and in-year admissions. Any places offered from the Academy's waiting list will be offered strictly in accordance with the above admission criteria. Appeals Unsuccessful applicants have a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel. Further details will be included in the notification letter. In-year admissions For in-year admissions, parents/carers must apply to the Academy direct. Applications will be considered in accordance with above oversubscription criteria. In the event that it is not possible to offer a place, the waiting list and appeals procedures described above will apply. Fair access protocol The Academy is committed to considering taking vulnerable students who are hard to place. All applications will be treated independently. Accordingly, outside the normal round of admissions, the Governing Body is empowered to give priority to a student where admission is requested if appropriate. The Governing Body has the power to consider admissions even when admitting such a student would exceed the Published Admission Number.

209

Admissions Policy for transfer from Year 11 and Year 12 to Sixth Form Existing Year 11 students at Ormiston Sudbury Academy wishing to remain at the Academy beyond Year 11 into the Sixth form will be able to do so providing they meet the minimum entry qualifications (to be agreed by the Principal and approved by the Governing Body). Where pupils do not have GCE or GCSE qualifications, it will be necessary to consider applications on a case-by-case basis. Student qualifications will be considered in line with the course entry requirements (as set out in the Sixth Form Prospectus) along with other supporting information provided by the student’s current school, in an attempt to make a fair assessment of the application. Year 12 entry Students attending other schools in Year 11 are able to apply for places in Year 12 at Ormiston Sudbury Academy. Details of the application process and the application form are available from Reception. All applicants wishing to join the Academy for the first time in Year 12 are subject to the same entry qualifications as those set out above for existing students. Admission number for the Sixth Form The admission number is 100 per academic year - intake for Sixth Form will be 100 including 40 external entries.

Place Farm Primary Academy (Castle Partnership Academy Trust) Aim of the Castle Partnership Academy Trust Our vision is to improve the life chances of all our children and young people whatever their backgrounds, skills and capabilities. We are committed to and value everyone in our Partnership. Our ambition is to provide the best education we can, enabling our children and young people to become responsible, independent members of society. The Partnership is committed to all through education, firmly believing that a love of learning should be nurtured from a very young age and that the traditional phases of education should be integrated to secure continuity, progression and high standards.

Introduction The Castle Partnership Academy Trust participates in the Local Authority co-ordinated scheme and all deadlines within the Local Authority scheme should be adhered to by applicants. Parents should note that for Suffolk schools there is no automatic right to a place at the local school. It is essential that application forms are completed and returned by the deadline date. If you make an application for a school which is not your local school and, subsequently, are not allocated a place, there is no guarantee that a place will be available for your child at the local school. Please note this does not apply to our sixth form admissions: see our separate sixth form policy. (Appendix 1)

210

Procedures for Admission The Castle Partnership Academy Trust will decide its own admissions to Castle Manor Academy and Place Farm Primary Academy but the local authority will co-ordinate all admissions in its area and will communicate all admission decisions to parents. The agreed Published Admissions Number (PAN) for any year group is 150 for Castle Manor Academy and 60 for Place Farm Primary Academy. Procedures for applying to Castle Manor Academy and Place Farm Primary Academy are explained in the publication 'Admissions to Schools in Suffolk' Parents should make themselves familiar with this information and take particular note of the definitions provided, dates and deadlines, which apply to Castle Manor and Place Farm admission arrangements unless stated otherwise in this document. Application Forms: Applications should be made using the Suffolk/Castle Partnership Academy Trust common application form (CAF 1) which is available on the Castle Partnership Academy Trust Website www.castlepartnership.org.uk Place Farm Primary Academy, Castle Manor Academy or from Suffolk County Council on 0845 6000981 or at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. Completed forms should be returned to the Receptionist at Place Farm Primary Academy, Castle Manor Academy or should be sent directly to the Local Authority. Deadlines: The annual deadlines for submitting application forms are: 15th January for transfer to the Foundation Stage at Place Farm Primary School 31st October for transfer to Year 7 at Castle Manor Academy Definitions and Details Priority Admissions: Area Our priority admission area for Castle Manor Academy are our Family of Schools, defined for this purpose as our named feeder primary schools: Place Farm Primary Academy, Burton End CP, Clements CP, St Felix Roman Catholic Primary and New Cangle Primary. This means that pupils attending one of our named feeder primary schools at the application closing date will be considered to 'reside' in our priority admissions area. Siblings By sibling we mean: Children living at the same address who have one or both natural parents in common. Children living at the same address who are related by a parent's marriage. Children who are living at the same address whose parents are living as partners at this address. We do not include 'cousins' within our definition of sibling.

211

Admissions Oversubscriptions Criteria: If the number of applications for Castle Manor and Place Farm is greater than their PAN we will use our admissions oversubscription criteria to decide who gets a place. The following details the order of priority for places in the case of oversubscription: Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs must by law be offered a place at their chosen named school and will therefore be offered a place at Castle Manor Academy or Place Farm Academy ‘Looked after children’ and previously ‘Looked After Children’. A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the care of the local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions. Children from the named local feeder primary schools, the Family of Schools using the following criteria; Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Castle Manor or Place Farm at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at Castle Manor Academy will also include the sixth form. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one. For Castle Manor Academy: children attending one of the named local feeder schools, the Family of Schools, who do not have a brother or sister (sibling) attending Castle Manor. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one. Children of staff employed by the school for two or more years or who meet a skill shortage. Applications from children who do not attend a named local feeder primary school will be considered if there are still places available and will be determined by the following criteria: Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Castle Manor or Place Farm at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Priority will be given, where necessary, to applications where there is the smallest age gap. If you have more than one child at the school, please name the youngest one The distance criteria described in ' Tie-Breaker' The Tie-Breaker: In the event of oversubscription in any category outlined above, priority will be determined by the distance of the child's home to Castle Manor or Place Farm. This will be done by measuring the distance by a straight line ( 'as the crow flies'). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. If after the distance tie-breaker, with two or more applications ranked at the same distance there are more applications than places a further tie-breaker of then the Random Allocation will be used for the applications from this block. Lots will be drawn by an officer of the county council not involved with admissions. 212

Home Address: As part of the tie-breaker process proof of residence, such as a lease agreement, may be required by the co-ordinated scheme. The school will check allegations of false addresses or other false information given on the CAF1 or SIF and will withdraw places if the details are found to be deliberately false or misleading. Where a child lives part of the week with one parent and part with another member of the family the 'home address' will be considered to be the residence where the child spends at least three nights of the school week each week. Multiple Births: The Castle Partnership Academy Trust policy is not to separate multiple births. Guardianship: The Castle Partnership Academy Trust reserves the right to carry out necessary checks as to the legal guardianship of an adult making an application for admission for a child whether as an in year admission or as part of the Year 7 intake. It is recognised that this can relate to safeguarding issues and is therefore of the highest priority. In Year Admissions Admissions for all year groups will be dealt with in accordance with this policy and taking into account the Fair Access Protocol for Suffolk. Waiting lists are held for the first term after the normal admission round. Further information on this can be found at www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissions Right to Appeal When an applicant is unsuccessful there is an automatic right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel. Details of how to appeal will be sent by the Local authority with the letter of refusal and information on how parents can download the appeals form.

Appendix 1 CB Sixth Admissions Policy Internal students The school welcomes applications for entry to CB Sixth from those of the Academy students who have attended the school in Year 11 and wish to progress onto Key Stage 5. External students The Academy also accepts applications for entry to CB Sixth from external candidates who attended another school or are school leavers. External places will be available were capacity allows – this figure refers only to year 12 students being admitted to the school for the first time, and not to the students progressing who currently attend Castle Manor Academy.

213

Applications Students applying to join CB Sixth after the internal deadline for applications should note that admission will be subject to availability of places on chosen courses and achieving the specific entry requirements for the courses. Provided places remain available and entry requirements are met, applicants seeking a place during the run up to and after the start of the academic year will be invited in to discuss suitability of joining the courses at their requested time of entry. Entry requirements for both internal and external students Entry to the CB Sixth is subject to a student having achieved the entry requirements for the course they wish to pursue and demonstrated an aptitude to study. Students should refer to the Sixth Form Prospectus and the course information sheets for further details on individual subjects; individual subjects may be limited in the number of students they are able to accommodate. The prospectus and course information sheets are available both electronically and in hard copy. The method for application is through the submission of a CB Sixth application form. These are available from the Academy or online through the CB Sixth website. Oversubscription Criteria The oversubscription criteria for CB Sixth are the same as that for the main school (see Admissions Policy)

Samuel Ward Academy Introduction Parents should note that for Suffolk Secondary Schools there is no automatic right to a place at the local school. It is essential that application forms are completed and returned by the 31st October. Please note that this policy does not apply to sixth form admissions: please see our separate sixth form policy. Published Admission Number The Published Admission Number (PAN) for 2015-16 is 220. Procedures for admission Although the Academy will decide its own admissions, the local authority co-ordinates all admissions in its area, and will communicate all admission decisions to parents. Procedures for applying to Samuel Ward are explained in the publication Admission to Schools in Suffolk. Parents should make themselves familiar with this information and take particular note of the definitions provided, dates and deadlines, which apply to Samuel Ward admission arrangements unless stated otherwise in this document. Applications must be made using the Suffolk common application form, which is available from Suffolk County Council on 0845 6000981or Samuel Ward. No completed forms will be accepted at the school.

214

The deadline for ordinary Year 7 admissions will be that published in the Admission to Suffolk Schools Publication. This date is the 31st October. As required by the Regulations of 2006 the school will give top priority to applications on behalf of Looked After Children and children that have previously been in care (Previously Looked After Children). Definitions and Details Priority Admission Area Our priority admission area is that comprised of our Partner Primary Feeder Schools. This means that pupils attending one of our partner primary feeder schools at the application closing date are considered to ‘reside’ in our priority admission area. Our partner primary feeder schools are Westfield, Coupals, Hundon, Clare, Kedington, New Cangle, Wickhambrook, Thurlow and St Felix

Sibling By sibling we mean children living at the same address who have one or both natural parents in common, children living at the same address who are related by a parent’s marriage, children living at the same address whose parents are living as partners at this address. We do not include ‘cousins’ within our definition of sibling. Pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs 1 Pupils with a statement of Special Educational Needs that name the Academy will be admitted Oversubscription 1 Looked after Children or previously looked after children will be admitted as the top priority. 2 Exceptional Medical Need (see below) 3 In the event of oversubscription, applications from within the priority admission area (from the named feeder partner schools) will be considered next and determined using the following criteria: c) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Samuel Ward at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at Samuel Ward will include attendance at the Sixth Form. d) Children attending one of the named partner schools who do not have a brother or sister (sibling) attending Samuel Ward. 4 Applications from children who do not attend a named partner school will be considered and will be determined by the following criteria: c) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending Samuel Ward at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. d) The proximity criteria described below in ‘Tie-Breaker’. Tie-breaker In the event of oversubscription, priority will be determined by the proximity of the child’s home to Samuel Ward. We measure by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which the straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home 215

within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. If after applying the distance tie-breaker there are more applications than places available a further tie-breaker of Random Allocation will be used for the applications from this block. This will be supervised by someone independent of the Academy and a fresh round of Random Allocation will be used each time that a child from the waiting list is given a place in the Academy. Home Address As part of the tie-breaker process proof of residence may be required by the co-ordinated scheme. The School will check allegations of false addresses or other false information given on the CAF1 and will withdraw offers of places if the details are found to be deliberately false or misleading Where a child lives part of the week with one parent and part with another member of the family, the ‘home address’ will be considered to be the residence where the child spends at least three nights of the school week each week. Medical Need Exceptional medical circumstances supported by written medical evidence may override all but the first criterion. Any such applications must be received by the closing date in the coordinated scheme and will be considered by the Admissions Committee of the school. The extent and circumstances in which medical need would override those above would relate to situations in which e.g. a hospital consultant has stated in writing that attendance at Samuel Ward was an essential in terms meeting the medical needs of the child. The evidence should come, however, from at least one registered health professional and should set out the particular reasons why Samuel Ward is the most suitable school. Admission of children out of their normal age group Parents of Gifted and Talented children, or those who have experienced problems or missed out of a year, for example due to ill health, can seek places outside their normal age group. Decisions will be made on the basis of individual circumstances of each case. Multiple births The Academy’s policy is not to separate multiple births. Waiting Lists and in year admissions The Academy will maintain a waiting list in the event that oversubscription occurs. Pupils will be ranked in order against the oversubscription criteria. Pupils will be admitted to the Academy in year when and if a space becomes available. RIGHT TO APPEAL When an applicant is unsuccessful there is an automatic right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel Academy staff were consulted on this document and it was accepted by the Operations & Assets Committee on:

6 November 2012

It was ratified by the Governing Body on:

21 January 2013

216

Sir John Leman High School Rationale The trustees of Sir John Leman High School (an academy hereinafter referred to as the academy) are required by law to agree and publish their admissions criteria. Purpose The admissions policy is to enable the academy trustees to have criteria to determine admission in the event of applications exceeding the governors’ published admission number. Section 1: Guidelines The academy is an 11-18 mixed comprehensive school. There will be no requirements for aptitude from prospective students. This academy believes that a unique, confident, student centred, caring community for learning can be developed. The main principle of admission is to maintain the comprehensive character of the academy, providing for the needs of young people within the age of 11-18, who live in Beccles and surrounding area. This academy has close links with all local feeder primary schools, with which there is collaboration on both curriculum and community issues. This academy also seeks to provide a wide range of post 16 provision. Sir John Leman High School is an “inclusive” academy and welcomes all applications. Students are expected to comply with the academy’s Behaviour Policy, which is available for public view. All students are expected to comply with the academy’s uniform requirements. The academy will seek to provide places for students, who live outside our catchment area whose parents wish them to attend the academy. Students will be admitted at the age of 11+ without reference to ability or aptitude in line with the agreed published admission number. The admission number for September 2015 is 240. Section 2 – Procedures Consideration of Applications • The academy will consider all applications for places. Where fewer than 240 applications for the year group are received, the academy will offer places to all those, who have applied. • In accordance with paragraph 1.7 of the School Admissions Code the academy will give priority to applications on behalf of "Looked after Children" (Children in Care) and children, who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). • The academy reserves the right to refuse entry to applicants, who have been permanently excluded from two or more schools. This applies within two years of the second exclusion. • If none of the parents or carers preferences can be met, it may be necessary for the local authority to allocate a place at the nearest school with places. • The Academy is part of the Local Authority Co-ordinated Scheme and Fair Access Protocol. Admission Timings Please refer to the Secondary Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme for Upper/High Schools in Suffolk. 217

Process for Parents • All applications for the academy must be processed by the Local Authority Admissions Team. Decisions about admissions will remain the responsibility of the trustees (as the admissions authority of the academy) but Suffolk County Council will send the offer of a place to parents/carers on behalf of the academy trustees. • When a parent/carer contacts the school about a place, the Academy will inform them that they need to apply to their home Local Authority for the place. • For students living in Suffolk: parents/carers need to contact the Local Authority Admissions Team for an application form on 0845 600 0981 or by downloading a form from the Suffolk County Council website (www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools) • For students living outside Suffolk: parents/carers need to contact their home Local Authority. • If parents/carers send an application direct to the academy, it will be forwarded to the admissions team. Oversubscription Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs, which names Sir John Leman High School must by law be offered a place. In the event of oversubscription, admissions will be prioritised using the following criteria: 1. “Looked after Children” (Children in Care) and children, who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). 2. Children with a sibling, who remain on the academy roll at the start of the new academic year and who live within the designated catchment area. A map of the designated catchment area can be found on the Suffolk County Council website (www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools ) 3. Children on roll at feeder schools, who live in the designated catchment area. 4. Children, who live nearest to the academy within the designated catchment area. The distance will be measured by a straight line ("as the crow flies"). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the coordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which the straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments), this will be measured to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. 5. Children with a sibling, who remain on the academy roll at the start of the new academic year and who live outside of the designated catchment area. 6. Children on roll at feeder primary schools and who live nearest to the academy outside of the designated catchment area of the academy. In this event the criteria will be the proximity of the child’s home to the academy, using a straight line distance from the centre of the academy. Distance will be measured by a straight line (“as the crow flies”). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data jointly provided by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. Those living nearest to the academy will be given priority. In this case proof of residence may be required. 7. Children of those employees of the academy who have been employed at the academy for more than two years or who have been recruited to an area of skills shortage. 218

8. Other children, who live nearest to the school but are not within the designated catchment area. 9. In the rare event of a tie-breaker situation, the random allocation will be supervised by someone independent from the school. For this academy such a process would be undertaken by the local authority. In-Year Admissions In-year admissions will be subject to the same criteria. When an application has been made for an alternative school and there is a place available, if the child already has a place in a local mainstream school, the LA will offer the place on or before the following half term. If an application is made during a half term or the summer, Christmas or Easter holidays, the offer of a school place will be on or before the following half term. The child will remain on roll at the previous school until they take up the place at the offered school. Appeals Where an application which is declined, the applicant will have the right to appeal. Section 3 - Definitions and Detail Feeder Schools Those that are within our catchment are: • Albert Pye Primary School • Crowfoot Primary School • Federation of Brampton and Ringsfield Primary Schools • Federation of Southwold and North Cove Primary Schools • Gillingham Primary School • Ravensmere Primary School • Reydon Primary School • St Benet’s Catholic Primary School • Worlingham Primary School Children Act 1989 A child that is looked after by the local authority is defined under the Children Act 1989 as: • A child in their care. • A child that is provided accommodation by the local authority. • Accommodation is defined as residence, which offers such for a continuous period of 24 hours. • A formerly “Looked after Child” but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). Siblings For admission purposes, a brother or sister is a sibling, who lives at the same address or a half brother/half sister, who share a common parent and who live at the same address. It also includes a child, who lives at the same address and who is under the terms of a residence order. It is the policy of this academy not to separate multiple births. Right of Appeal Parents/carers have the right to appeal to the academy’s designated “Independent Appeal Committee” if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision of the Academy. In this case, parents/carers should contact the academy directly. Applications to the Sixth Form Please refer to Sir John Leman High School Sixth Form Admissions Policy

219

Sir John Leman High School Sixth Form Admission Policy Sir John Leman High School Sixth Form welcomes applications from students, who attended Sir John Leman High School in Year 11. Such students will need to apply formally for a place. Information, advice and guidance meetings are set up for every prospective Sixth Form student to provide support at a critical time of decision making. Students will receive written confirmation of successful applications. Relevant deadlines will be advertised to students and will also be announced via the school’s website. The Sir John Leman High School Sixth Form will admit external students. The minimum number of admissions for external students is 25. Late Applications Students applying to join Sir John Leman High School Sixth Form after the deadline for application should note that admission will be subject to availability of places on chosen courses and on having met the specific entry requirements for the course. The deadline for applications will be the last academic teaching day of the Autumn term. Where places remain available and entry requirements are met, applicants seeking a place after the start of the academic year will be invited to discuss suitability of joining a course at their requested time of entry. Application Procedure The method for application is by completing an application form available from the Sixth Form. Entry to the Sir John Leman High School Sixth Form courses is subject to the student having achieved the entry requirements for the course they wish to pursue. Students should refer to the Sixth Form prospectus for further details and also for information on subject specific entry requirements. Prospectuses will be published during the Autumn Term each year. Whilst it is expected that all courses published in the prospectus will run, it is occasionally necessary to cancel courses, for example due to a lack of student interest. If this should happen, the applicants will be notified as soon as possible and a further guidance meeting offered. GCSE re-takes Students, who achieved GCSE grade D in Mathematics and or English Language will be expected to re-take these subjects. Special consideration A student may be able to claim special consideration if a medical condition exists (supported by a doctor’s note) that has significantly influenced GCSE results in comparison to the predicted outcomes. Such cases will be considered on their individual merit. Requirements for progression from Year 12 to Year 13 Students taking examined subjects will have achieved at least a grade E to guarantee progress from AS to A2 Level. Students taking vocational subjects will have finished all work for completion during Year 12. Students, who do not meet these criteria will be required to attend a meeting to discuss the terms upon which they may return to the Sixth Form. 220

Right of Appeal When an application is unsuccessful there is an automatic right of appeal to an independent appeal committee.

St Albans Catholic High School Admission arrangements are co-ordinated across the Local Authority including Voluntary Aided Schools and Academies (like St Alban's) throughout Suffolk. The Local Authority's booklet for parents ('Schools in Suffolk') provides details of all Suffolk Schools. This policy has been prepared in accordance with the current legislation and regulations that apply to admissions to schools. In this document Catholic means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into full communion of the Catholic Church. The ethos of the school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and the Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. We ask all parents applying for a place here to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of the school to apply to be considered for a place here. The Published Admissions Number for the main school is 162. All applications should be made using the Common Application Form for Suffolk and submitted to the Local Authority. In addition a Supplementary Information Form should be completed, if applying under faith criteria or as an employee of St Alban’s, and sent to the Admissions Officer, St. Alban’s Catholic High School, Digby Road, Ipswich IP4 3NJ – preferably by email or fax. The Supplementary Information Form is available from the Local Authority, the school or can be down-loaded from the school website – the email address and fax number are available from the school website. Applications for Year 7 in September 2015 for the school year 2015-2016 must be submitted by the closing date 31st October 2014. The Supplementary Information Form should be submitted by 14th November 2014. Allocation process – Main School. 1) Principles of allocation and prioritisation A child who has a Statement of Educational Needs specifying this school is automatically allocated a place. Places are then allocated according to the following criteria:  A ’looked after’ child, or a child who was previously a ‘looked after child’.  Whether a child has ‘social or medical need’  The religious affiliation of the child, i.e. whether the child is Catholic, practising Orthodox, practising Christian or none of these.

221



 

Whether the parent or guardian of a child is a member of staff at St Alban’s and the member of staff has either been employed for a minimum of two years or has been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there was a demonstrable skill shortage. Whether the child has a sibling currently attending the school. Whether the child is currently attending one of the feeder schools which are:

St Pancras Catholic Primary School, St Marks Catholic Primary School , Ipswich Ipswich St Marys Catholic Primary School, Ipswich St Margarets CEVA Primary School Ipswich St Johns CEVA Primary School, Ipswich St Matthews CEVA Primary School, Ipswich Sir Robert Hitchams CEVA Primary Stonham Aspal CEVA Primary School, School, Framlingham Stonham Aspal Orford CEVA Primary School, Orford St Marys CEVA Primary School Hadleigh Creeting St Mary CEVA Primary School, Sir Robert Hitcham CEVA Primary School, Creeting St Mary Debenham St Marys CEVA Primary School, Woodbridge 2) ‘Looked after child’ A 'looked after child' is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions. A previously ‘looked after child’ is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because he or she was adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). A ‘looked after’ child or previously ‘looked after’ child who is a Roman Catholic has priority above all Catholic applicants and the remainder of the Admissions Criteria. A ‘looked after’ child or previously ’looked after child’ who is not a Catholic has priority over all other Admissions Criteria except Catholic. 3) ‘Social or medical need’ The Governors will consider an applicant as having a ‘social or medical need’ if the applicant comes within the criteria detailed in Section 3 of the Suffolk Fair Access Protocol and would have been granted a place if the application were not in the normal admission round. The Governors will seek the advice of Suffolk Local Authority in considering any such applications so that decisions can be made fairly. The details of the Suffolk Fair Access Policy are available from: http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/assets/suffolk.gov.uk/Education%20and%20Careers/Children%2 0and%20Young%20People/Schools%20&%20Support%20in%20Education/Admissions/20 12-04-04%20Fair%20Access%20Protocol.doc or The Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH 4) Religious affiliation The religious affiliation is defined as follows: a. Catholic – the child has been baptised into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome, 222

or has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesiastical community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church. The appropriate certificates must be supplied as evidence to the school with the Supplementary Information Form. In some cases it is not possible for the parent / carer to provide one of these certificates, in such circumstances a certificate of First Holy Communion or a signed statement by the Parish Priest that he considers the child to be a practising Catholic will be acceptable. If none of these can be produced the advice of the Diocese shall be sought. b. Member of an Eastern Christian Church, which includes Orthodox Churches. The child has a certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church, a copy of which must be supplied to the School with the Supplementary Information Form. In addition the parent / carer must provide written confirmation from his/her church minister, or church elder, confirming that the child has attended church for Sunday religious services at least monthly for the last two years; or since he/she joined the church if that is shorter than two years. c. Member of another Christian denomination - the parent / carer must provide written confirmation from his/her church minister, or church elder, confirming that the child has been accepted into the church according to the normal rite or process of that church and has attended church for Sunday religious services at least monthly for the last two years; or since he/she joined the church if that is shorter than two years. 5) Allocation of ranking group to application Using the principles and definitions above each application will be allocated to a group as follows: Ranking Group 1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

Description Children who have a statement of educational needs specifying the school Application of Admissions Criteria ‘Looked after’ or previously ‘looked after’ baptised Catholic children; Baptised Catholic children with ‘social or medical need’ Baptised Catholic children who have a sibling attending St. Alban’s; Baptised Catholic children who currently attend a Feeder school; Other Baptised Catholic children. ‘Looked after’ or previously ‘looked after’ children who are not baptised Catholic children. Children with ‘social or medical need’ who are not baptised Catholic children Children who have a parent or guardian employed at St Alban’s and the member of staff has either been employed for two years or was recruited to fill a vacant post for which there was a demonstrable skill shortage. . Baptised Children who are members of an Eastern Christian Church and attend church regularly and have a sibling at St 223

11

12

13

14

15

16 17 18

Alban’s; Baptised Children who are members of an Eastern Christian Church and attend church regularly and who currently attend a Feeder school; Other Baptised Children who are members of an Eastern Christian Church and attend church regularly; Children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly and have a sibling at St Alban’s; Children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly and currently attend a Feeder school who do not have a sibling attending St Alban’s; Other children who are members of another Christian denomination and attend church regularly. Other Children who have a sibling at St Alban’s; Other Children who currently attend a Feeder school and who do not have a sibling at St Alban’s; Other Children not included above.

Notes: f) If a Supplementary Information Form is not received the application will be treated as ‘non-faith’. g) In the above ‘sibling’ refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. The sibling may be in any year in the main school or sixth form at the time of application. 6) Tie Break a. Where the allocation of places would exceed the published admissions number within a group the places will be allocated by random selection (i.e. by lottery). b. The random allocation process shall be supervised by someone independent of the school and governors. c. In the case of multiple births the outcome of the lottery will be adjusted so that the positions of the other children of the multiple birth are consecutive starting with the highest position within the lottery (e.g. if twins receive rankings of 5 and 10 the outcome will be adjusted to 5 and 6). d. If a place can be offered to one child of a multiple birth then places will be offered to the other children of this multiple birth (i.e. even if the published admissions number will be exceeded). Waiting List Late applications, i.e. applications for the coming Year 7 which are received after the closing date for applications will be placed on the waiting list if the school is over subscribed at the time of application. For Year 7 this waiting list is maintained by Suffolk Local Authority until the end of the first week of the Spring term; for the remainder of Year 224

7 and for all other years the waiting lists will be maintained until the end of the school year by the St Alban’s Admissions Officer. The waiting list will be ordered according to the Ranking Group as in paragraph 5 above, there will be no ranking within a Ranking Group. Each new request to be added will be slotted in appropriately according to the admissions over-subscription criteria. For example a request for a child that is ‘Ranking Group 2’ will be added above a child that is ‘Ranking Group 3’. If a place becomes available to be offered from the waiting list the random selection process will be run if there is more than one child in the top Ranking Group . Applications received in the Summer Term for the following school year will carry over to the following year and be added to the waiting list if it has not been possible to allocate a place prior to September. In all other situations a parent or guardian will need to make a fresh application if they wish their child to be considered for a place in new school year. Notification of allocation The Local Authority will write, on behalf of the Governors, to parents / carers with offers for Year 7 on 1st March 2015 or the first working day after. Appeals Should a parent / carer wish to appeal against a refusal to offer a place The Education Appeals Office will make the necessary arrangements for an Appeal Hearing. Appeals are independently administered by the Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Once an applicant’s case has been heard at an Appeal Hearing, further appeals in the same academic year cannot be accepted unless circumstances have changed. ‘In-year’ applications Applications for admission during the year should be made using the appropriate Common Application Form for Suffolk and submitted in accordance with the Local Authority procedure. In addition a Supplementary Information Form should be completed and sent to the Admissions Officer, St. Alban’s Catholic High School, Digby Road, Ipswich IP4 3NJ – preferably by email or fax. The Supplementary Information Form is available from the Local Authority, the school or can be down-loaded from the school website. In Years 10 and 11 there are extra subjects available, as a consequence it is sometimes possible to admit extra children in these years if there are spaces in the subjects they wish to study. Allocation process –Sixth Form. The Published Admission Number for the Sixth Form is 5 (i.e. the number of applications from children who are not currently attending St Alban’s). The courses on offer each year are outlined in the Sixth Form Prospectus. Whilst it is expected that all courses published will run, it is occasionally necessary to cancel courses due to lack of student interest. If this should happen, the applicants will be notified as soon as possible. For this reason applicants are requested to state alternative choices of subjects. As part of the process, students wishing to apply for a place in the Sixth Form are invited to have an informal discussion with a member of staff. The purpose is to help the student to identify the best route forward for them as an individual. The discussion does not form part 225

of the formal application process and is not a requirement for an application to be considered. Individual courses have their own entry requirements which can be found within the course details. Applications will be considered from a. Pupils expecting to gain an average of C at GCSE, taken from a minimum of 6 GCSEs; or a combination of Level 2 courses to the same standard, who wish to study a course combination on offer at Advanced level. b. Pupils expecting at least three GCSE subjects at grade C or above who wish to follow the one year Consolidation Course. General criteria and prioritisation: Each external application will be allocated a “Ranking Group” in accordance with the criteria that apply to the main school, i.e. as stated in paragraph (5) above. Over subscription Should any course be over-subscribed the principles described in paragraphs (5) and (6) will be applied to determine which applicant(s) will be offered place(s). Queries Please address any queries regarding this Admission Policy to the Admissions Officer, St. Alban’s Catholic High School, Digby Road, Ipswich IP4 3NJ – preferably by email at [email protected] or fax at 0800 066 4424.

St Louis Catholic Academy, Newmarket The Governing Body is the admissions authority of St. Louis Catholic Academy, Newmarket. The Governors of St. Louis Catholic Academy are able to welcome up to 45 pupils into each year group. For admission to the 2015-16 school year the Governors must provide for the admission of all children in the September following their fourth birthday. Applications should be made on the Local Education Authority Common Application form (C.A.F.), together with a Supplementary Information Form (S.I.F.) for Academy schools; these are available from the school, the Local Area Education Office or online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions. C.A.F. forms must be either returned to the Local Education Office or completed online by (TBA) January 2015 or completed online. The S.I.F. form must be returned directly to the school as soon as possible to enable applications to be ranked in order of criteria. Please note that the S.I.F. is not an alternative to submitting the C.A.F. Applications made after this date are processed as stated in the ‘Admissions to Schools in Suffolk’ booklet. The Governors are required to admit children who have a statement of Special Educational Needs which names St. Louis Catholic Academy as the school appropriate to their needs. 226

Children will be admitted to this school in the following order of priority: 1. Baptised Catholic ‘Looked After’ children. a) Children from the Nursery and have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. b) Children from the Nursery without a sibling. (Brother or sister) c) Children who have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. d) All other applicants 2. Baptised Catholic children. a) Children from the Nursery and have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. b) Children from the Nursery without a sibling. (Brother or sister) c) Children who have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. d) All other applicants 3. All other ‘Looked After’ children. a) Children from the Nursery and have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. b) Children from the Nursery without a sibling . (Brother or sister) c) Children who have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. d) All other applicants 4. Other baptised children whose parents wish their child to have a Catholic education and who are willing for him/her to participate in the religious teaching and life of the school, in the following order of priority: a) Children from the Nursery and have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. b) Children from the Nursery without a sibling. (Brother or sister) c) Children who have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. d) All other applicants 5. Other children whose parents wish their child to have a Catholic education and who are willing for him/her to participate in the religious teaching and life of the school, in the following order of priority: a) Children from the Nursery and have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. b) Children from the Nursery without a sibling . (Brother or sister) c) Children who have a brother or sister who attends the school at school entry. d) All other applicants 6. Children whose health or social conditions would in the view of the Governors benefit from attendance at St. Louis Catholic Academy. Written evidence from a medical or social professional will be required. 7. All other applicants. Where several children meet the same criteria, within the category where the oversubscription occurs, priority will be decided by random selection (i.e. a lottery). Applications from families with twins, triplets or children from multiple births that fall either side of the oversubscription cut off will be dealt with the same as any other single child. The lottery will be drawn by an independent person not associated with admissions to the school. 227

A copy of the child’s baptismal certificate will be requested with the application form for admission to school and governors reserve the right to seek the views of the family’s priest, minister or religious leader. For practising Christians of faiths where there are no infant baptisms the Governors also reserve the right to seek the views of the family’s religious leader. Any additional details in support of their child’s application can be provided on the S.I.F. On behalf of the Governing Body, the Local Education Authority will write to you with offers on (TBA) April 2015. Late applications will then be considered after this date. These arrangements do not apply to those being admitted purely for nursery provision. Parents of children who are admitted for nursery provision must also apply for a place at the school if they want their children to transfer to the reception class. Attendance at the nursery does not guarantee admission to the school. Parents can request that the date their child is admitted to the school is deferred until later in the school year or until the child reaches compulsory school age in that school year. Parents can request that their child attends part-time until the child reaches compulsory school age. If the school is oversubscribed a waiting list will be maintained by the school. Children on the waiting list will be ranked in the same order as the published oversubscription criteria. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static as circumstances can change a child’s place on the waiting list to go up or down, for example, due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Parents who are unsuccessful in securing a place for their child at the school have a right to appeal against the decision. Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. Further details are available from the school. All appeals against the decision not to admit pupils are now processed by the Local Education Authority (Suffolk County Council) and heard by an independent panel. Details of Suffolk’s Primary Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme are included in the ‘Schools in Suffolk’ admissions guidance booklet for parents. These are available from the school or can be viewed online at http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/education-and-careers/schools-andsupport-in-education/applying-for-a-school-place/ The Governors on the Admissions Committee review and update the Admission Policy annually. School contact details: Business Manager St. Louis Catholic Academy Fordham Road Newmarket Suffolk CB8 7AA Tel No: 01638 662719 [email protected] 228

St Mary’s Church of England Academy, Mildenhall ‘St Mary’s is a Christian School where we aim to Value – Inspire – Learn and Celebrate Together' 1.

Introduction:

St Mary’s is a Church of England Academy and as such the Governing Body (Trustee Directors) are responsible for determining the admission arrangements. 1.1

The Governing Body (Trustee Directors) of St. Mary’s Church of England Academy are able to welcome 60 pupils into the Early Years Unit each year. They apply the regulations on admissions fairly and equally to all those who wish to attend this school. This policy conforms to the requirements of the Education Act 2002 and School Admissions Regulations 2013. The Published Admission Number is the number of children the school can accommodate within a year group. The Published Admission Number for our school is 60. Children are not admitted above the published number unless exceptional circumstances apply. This number is kept under review and the governors will apply to change the number if circumstances allow.

2.

Aims and objectives

2.1

We are an inclusive school with a strong Christian ethos. We are able to welcome children from a wide range of backgrounds and abilities. All applications will be treated on an individual basis and in a sensitive manner in accordance with the priorities laid down in this policy.

2.2

The only restriction we place on entry is that of number. If the number of children applying for entry exceeds the places available, we enforce the procedure set out below in order to determine whether a child is accepted or not. It is our wish to allow parents the right to have a place at the school of their choice. However, this is not always possible, due to the excess demand on the school places available.

3.

How parents can apply for their child to be admitted to our school.

3.1

The Governing Body (Trustee Directors) of our Church of England Academy determines the admission arrangements. The Governing Body (Trustee Directors) are therefore the ‘Admissions Authority’ for our school. Applications may be received from the September of the year before the pupil is admitted. Applications should be made using the Local Education Authorities Common Application Form (CAF1) together with Supplementary Information Form (SIF) for aided schools. These can be obtained from the St Mary’s Church of England Academy Officer or the – Admission Team, Suffolk County Council, Constantine House, 5 Constantine Road, IPSWICH, IP1 2DH Tel: 0845 600 0981 email: [email protected], website address: www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools.

The Local Authority publishes a composite admissions prospectus each year, which gives information about how parents can apply for a place of their choice. Parents have a right to express a preference for three schools of their choice and they should do so on the application form. Expressing a preference does not, in itself, guarantee a place at any school. Application forms can be obtained from the school office and should be completed by the date stipulated on the forms. Applicants will be sent the offer of a place at a Primary School directly from the Area Education Office on Thursday 16th April 2015. 229

For admission to the 2015 2016 school year, and subsequent years, all children will be eligible for admission to St Mary’s Church of England Academy full time in the September following their fourth birthday. Where parents are offered a place for their child in the Reception Year of St Mary’s Church of England Academy they may decide either to take up the offer full time in September, or take up the offer part-time or defer entry. If a parent wishes to defer entry to later in the year the place at this school will be held open until the child starts school. However, parents must take up the full-time place no later than the beginning of the term after the child's fifth birthday, and must in any case take up the place before the end of the academic year for which the original application was accepted. It would normally be expected that parents will take up the offer of a primary school place (be that full or parttime) at the beginning of a school term, unless there is agreement with the school that a place could be taken up at another time in the year. 4.

Oversubscription Criteria

4.1

The Governing Body (Trustee Directors) have a statutory duty to admit applicants who have a statement of Special Education Need where this school is named as being best able to provide the most appropriate educational provision for the named child. There after, places will be offered in the following priority order: • •

• •

•

• •

Category A: Looked After Children (Children in Care) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order). Category B: Children who will have a sibling/have siblings attending school at the time of their admission school. Half or step-brothers/sisters, fostered or adopted children or others permanently living in the same household will be regarded in the sibling criterion. Category C: Children eligible for one of the ten places available on faith grounds as outlined in appendix A. Category D: Children who are ordinarily resident in the catchment area. Details of the catchment area can be obtained from the school or from Local Authority’s offices in Bury St. Edmunds or see appendix B - Catchment Area Map. Living within a school’s catchment area is no longer an absolute guarantee that a place is available at your catchment school. Special circumstances - for children who have special social, medical or pastoral reasons for applying for a place at the school parents/carers are required to support applications with written evidence from their General Practitioner, Social Worker, Health Visitor or similar professional who has knowledge of the child. Travellers - we regard Travellers who move into the catchment of a school as ordinarily resident in that area when considering applications for a school place. Category E: Other children.

NOTES: •

Ordinarily resident means permanently resident for a settled purpose. It does not include residence taken up solely to qualify as living in the catchment area for the purpose of gaining a place at the school, nor does it apply if you own a second home in the catchment area. It does not apply to proposed 230

•

•

•

•

moves into the catchment area which have not taken place at the time of application. If your child is resident in the UK we can offer him or her a school place before you have moved to Suffolk, but you must give us written evidence that you are legally committed to the move. This could be a solicitor’s letter confirming exchange of contracts, a signed letting/tenancy agreement or a letter from your commanding officer confirming your new address or, for returning UK Service/Crown Servant families, proof of the posting’. Multiple births - if the final place available at a school is offered to a twin or triplet, etc., and the remaining sibling/s would ordinarily be refused, the Governors will offer places to the remaining sibling/s at the same school. It is not the Governors policy to separate twins or triplets etc. Where a child lives with separated parents who have shared responsibility, each for part of the week, the address at which the child is ordinarily resident will be considered to be the address that the child lives at for most of the week (excluding weekend and school holidays). Both parents must provide evidence in writing to confirm the child’s living arrangements at the time of the application. In cases where the child spends an equal proportion of the school week with both parents, evidence of the main contact address will be required to support the application. Both parents must agree in writing which address is to be used as the ‘ordinarily resident’ address. This address will then be used when processing all school preferences expressed. It is not acceptable to use one address for one school preference and another address for another school.

5.

Charging: Please note there is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to school.

6.

Oversubscription Criteria / Tie Break Places may be given to children whose parents apply for a place in the school without reference to the Governing Body when a year group is below 60. If the admissions limit is reached when considering any of the above categories, the determining factor will be the distance from home to school. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight lines distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordinance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are allocated. In the unlikely event of two or more applicants who live at the same distance from school competing for a single place, lots will be drawn by a member of staff not involved in admissions to determine the successful applicant.

7.

Waiting Lists A waiting list will be maintained by the school of those unsuccessful in their initial application. Names are placed on the waiting list in the priority order set out in our admissions oversubscription / tiebreak criteria. This list will be maintained until the last day of the first full week of the spring term 2016. The order of children on a waiting list does not remain static - as circumstances change a child’s place on the waiting list can go up or down, for example due to withdrawals or additional applications. If you change your address while your child is on a waiting list you must let us know. Please be aware that this may change your child’s position on the waiting list, particularly if you move into or out of the school’s catchment area. 231

Having your child’s name on a waiting list will not affect your right to appeal for a school place in any of the schools you have applied for. If a place becomes available, we will offer it to children on the waiting list for that school in priority order. We do not offer places on the basis of the date on which names were placed on the list. Where a school is over-subscribed, an application received by the end of the autumn term will be placed on the waiting list. The order will be determined in accordance with the admissions over-subscription criteria, not the date on which the application is received. Waiting List (Mid-Year): We do not hold waiting lists for school places for mid-year applications. 8.

Admission appeals:

8.1

Applicants will be sent notice of the result of their application directly from the Area Education Office in 16th April. If the Governing Body’s decision is not to grant a place for your child, you have the right to appeal against their decision. You will be sent information on how to appeal and a ‘Notice of Appeal Form’. There is no deadline for the submission of appeals which are independently administered by the: Education Appeals Office, PO Box 579, Ipswich, IP1 2BX. Further details of the admission process can be found in the Schools in Suffolk guidance booklet for parents, copies of which are available from the school or the Area Education Office.

9.

Infant class size

9.1

We teach infant children (aged five to seven) in classes that have a maximum number of 30 children unless permitted exceptions take the number above 30.

10

Policy Review and Consultation

10.1

This Policy is reviewed annually each autumn with reference to the academic year beginning 20 months hence. Consultation takes place locally with our parents and, more formally, with the Diocesan authorities and the Local Authority. The LA undertakes the statutory consultation in the spring term 16 months prior to this policy being effective.

Appendix A Applications for Category C places are allocated using the following criteria given in priority order: 1.

2.

3.

4.

Children who live in the area covered by the Church of England Mildenhall Ministry Team, whose parent/guardian or carer is active in the worshipping in the life of one of the churches in the Mildenhall Ministry Team and have worshipped at least monthly over the past twelve months.(see note i) Children who live in the area covered by the Mildenhall Team Ministry, whose parent/guardian or carer is active in the worshipping life of another Christian Church and have worshipped at least monthly over the past twelve months (see note ii) Children who have transferred into the area covered by the Mildenhall Team ministry, and can clearly demonstrate a religious commitment similar to that outlined in the above categories. Children who belong to another religious faith, whose parents/guardians/carers would like them to attend St Mary’s Church of England Academy because of its religious traditions. 232

(In the above cases documentary evidence from GPs and Social Care Services will be required). For all applications to a faith place Church of England Schools in Suffolk parents are advised to complete fully a Supplementary Information Form (SIF), completion will enable governors to have as full a set of information as possible. The SIF is used in conjunction with the Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF). These forms together with a copy of this Admissions Policy and The Schools in Suffolk booklet will be available on-line to all parents at [email protected], guardians, carers who have indicated that they wish their child to attend St Mary’s Church of England Academy. These documents will be sent in the Autumn Term prior to the academic year in which the child’s fifth birthday falls. Notes: i)

The Parishes of the Mildenhall Team Ministry are as follows: St Mary’s Mildenhall St John’s Beck Row All Saints Worlington St Andrew’s Freckenham St Peter’s West Row

ii)

St Mary’s Barton Mills St Laurence & St Peter Eriswell St James’ Icklingham Red Lodge Community Church St Ethelbert Herringswell.

For the purposes of the Admissions Policy a Christian Church is a Church which is a participating member of ‘Churches together in Britain and Northern Ireland’.

St Mary’s Church of England Academy, Trinity Avenue, Mildenhall, Suffolk IP28 7LR 233

Westbourne Academy STATUTORY LOCAL AUTHORITY ADMISSION STATEMENT The Governing Body of Westbourne Academy is the admission authority for the school now that it has Academy status. This means that it is the Governing Body that sets and applies the admissions policy for the school. All Policy decisions regarding the admission of children into the school are made by a sub-committee of the Governing Body. How to Apply (Refer to Section 3 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) The application process for admissions into Year 7 is co-ordinated by Suffolk Local Authority (LA), which acts on behalf of the governing body to offer places at the school. Parents/Carers should apply online at www.suffolk.gov.uk/onlineadmissions or submit a Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF1), available from their child’s primary school or from the LA Admissions Team, no later than the national closing date – advertised by the LA in the local press. Offer letters will be issued by the LA on the National Offer Date (or first working day after). Late applications (those submitted after the national closing date) will be handled by the Admissions Team. (For further information and specific dates, please refer to the full scheme for secondary co-ordination, available from the LA Admissions team or from the website www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools). To apply for a place after the start of term or in any other year group, please contact the LA Admissions Team for an application form. LA Admissions Team Contact: 0845 600 0981 or [email protected] Parents/Carers wishing to visit the school prior to submitting an application are welcome to do so. Visits are not interviews and do not affect any decision regarding the availability of a place. Please contact the Principal’s PA on 01473 742315 to make arrangements. How places are offered (Refer to Section 7 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) The school has adopted Suffolk County Council’s Admissions Policy and oversubscription criteria, which is set out in the Admissions to Schools in Suffolk Booklet 2014/15 (available from September 2014). It is also available on www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. For admission into Year 7 each September, the LA, on behalf of the Governing Body, will offer places to 260 children. This is the Published Admission Number (PAN) for that year group. In the event that more than 260 applications are received, the oversubscription criteria will be applied to determine priority for places. How to apply for places in all other year groups or Year 7 after the beginning of the Academic Year (Refer to Section 3 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) A Suffolk Common Application Form (CAF2) must be completed. This can be downloaded from www.suffolk.gov.uk/admissionstoschools. The form is also available from any local school, from the LA Admissions Team or from Reception at Westbourne Academy. Waiting Lists (Refer to Section 7 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk” booklet) As part of the co-ordinated scheme for secondary admissions, the LA Admissions Team holds the waiting list on behalf of the governing body until the end of the first week of the Spring Term in the initial year of intake only. Waiting lists are not held at any other time or for any other year group. Statutory Local Authority Admission Statement

234

Appeals (Refer to Section 8 in “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk booklet”) The parents of any child who is refused a place at the school has a right of appeal to an independent Appeals Panel. The appeal process is an opportunity for parents to explain their reasons for seeking a place at the school to the panel. The admission authority will provide parents with details of how to appeal. The panel consists of three people who are independent of the school’s Governing Body and the LA. The panel will consider the circumstances of the case put before them. Both the Governing Body and the parents must abide by the decision it makes. Appeals for the school are currently arranged by the Education Appeals Office on behalf of the Governing Body. Advice on appeals is also given by the Advisory Centre for Education (ACE). Further information and appeal forms are available from the Education Appeals Office.

Westley Middle School Westley Middle School is a state funded academy within the Bury St Edmunds Academy Trust. Procedures for applying to this school are explained in the publication, “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk”. Parents should make themselves familiar with this information and take particular note of the definitions provided, the dates and the deadlines, all of which apply to Westley Middle School unless stated otherwise in this document. Applications must be made using the Suffolk common application form which is available online, from your child’s current school or from Suffolk County Council. The Planned Admission Number for year 5 in September 2015 is 116. Please note that for late applications this could mean all available places have already been filled. Definitions and Details “Trust Primary School” means any primary academy school that is operated by the Bury St Edmunds Academy trust at the date of application plus Barrow CEVC Primary School. However, usually our Planned Admission Number allows us to admit more children than those who previously attended Trust Primary Schools. “Trust Middle Schools” means middle academy schools operated by the Bury St Edmunds Academy Trust at the date of application. By “sibling”, we mean children who are brothers and sisters of, or who live as a family at the same address as pupils who are already at a school (specified in the oversubscription criteria below) or who have already been offered a place at that school, and who will still be there, including in the sixth form, at the time of admission. Oversubscription Criteria In the event of oversubscription of places, all pupils whose statement of special educational needs (or Education, Health and Care Plan) names the school will be admitted first before the use of the follow criteria in descending order of priority.

235

1.

Looked after children and children who were previously looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

2.

Exceptional Medical Need Any such applications must be received by the closing date in the co-ordinated scheme and will be considered by the Admissions Committee of the school. The extent and circumstances in which medical need would override those above would relate to situations in which e.g. a hospital consultant has stated in writing that attendance at Westley was an essential in terms of meeting the medical needs of the child. Written supporting evidence must be provided by at least one registered health professional and must set out the particular reasons why placement at Westley is essential.

3.

Applications from children currently attending one of the Trust Primary Schools in the following order of priority: a) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending a Trust Middle School or County Upper School at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at County Upper will include attendance in the Sixth Form. b) Other Children.

4.

Applications from children who do not attend a Trust Primary School in the following order of priority: c) Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending a Trust Middle School or County Upper School at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the start of the new academic year. Attendance at County Upper will include attendance in the Sixth Form. d) Home location using the proximity criteria described below in ‘Tie-Breaker’.

Tie-breaker: In the event of oversubscription in any category above, priority will be determined by the proximity of the child’s home to Westley using a straight-line distance from the main entrance of the school on Oliver Road to the main door of the child’s residence, with those living the nearest to the school being given priority. All straight line distances are calculated electronically by the LA using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. Apartments in the same block will be treated equally with the measurement taken to the main entrance to the block. If after applying the distance tiebreaker there is more than one applicant at the same distance for the final place, a further tie-breaker of Random Allocation (independently supervised) will be used for the applications from this block. Multiple Births: the school’s policy is that where one multiple birth sibling is admitted to the school following the application of the oversubscription criteria, the school will if possible admit the further sibling or siblings of that multiple birth. Waiting Lists Under the co-ordinated scheme the Local Authority will maintain a waiting list of all applicants who have been refused a place until the end of the autumn term. The school will continue to maintain a waiting list for subsequent terms. Applications for inclusion on the school’s waiting list must be made on the appropriate form. They will be ranked according to our oversubscription criteria as described above. We have to admit any pupil who is the subject of a ‘direction’ by the Secretary of State or allocated to us according to the local Fair Access Protocol when such has been applied properly and with genuine fairness and according to its principles and any such pupils take precedence over the waiting list. 236

We also maintain waiting lists for all ‘full’ year groups. Pupils will be removed from these lists in September each year unless their parent confirms in writing by 1st September each year that they wish to remain on the list. In Year Admissions Admissions for Year 5 after the ordinary admissions round has closed and for all other year groups will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. The Local Authority will administer a co-ordinated scheme and applications should be made direct to the Local Authority on the approved form. Appeals If you are refused a place at our school you have the right to appeal to an independent panel. Details of how to make an appeal will be sent out with offer letters to parents when any of their school preferences are refused. Please ensure that these are headed with the school name and address and are returned to the Clerk to the Appeal Panel at the school. All appeals should be heard by the same panel and it is difficult to slot in late applications. Where possible late appeals will be included with those being heard for the same admission round. However, if this is not feasible, appeals for late applications will be heard within 30 school days of the appeal being lodged. Guardianship The school reserves the right to carry out necessary checks as to the legal guardianship of an adult making an application for admission for a child whether as an in year admission or as part of the general intake where it considers it necessary to do so. It is recognised that this can relate to safeguarding issues and it therefore of the highest priority to the school.

East Point Academy This policy is formulated in line with the requirements of the School Standards and Framework Act 1998 (as amended by the Education Act 2002 and the Education and Inspections Act 2006) and follows the guidelines set out in the Code of Practice on School Admissions. GENERAL PRINCIPLES East Point Academy is an 11 – 16 mixed comprehensive school with a non-selective policy. The main principle of admission to East Point Academy is to maintain the character of the school as a comprehensive school with a calm and purposeful learning ethos, providing for the needs of young people within the 11-16 age range. Admission to the Academy is not dependent on any voluntary contribution. • Pupils will be admitted at the age of 11+ without reference to ability or aptitude. • The admission number for September 2015 will be 240 for Year 7. • Mid-year and admissions into other years will be dealt with in accordance with this policy.

237

The Academy participates in the Local Authority coordinated admission arrangements and the local in- year fair access protocol. All deadlines within that should be adhered to by applicants. Information about admissions into the school and access to the common application form may be obtained from the Local Authority. EPA Admissions September 2015 ANNUAL PROCEDURES Consultation

FOR

DETERMINING

ADMISSION

ARRANGEMENTS

East Point Academy will be consulting with the following on the Academy’s proposed admission arrangements for a minimum of eight weeks between 1 November and 1 March in the year prior to admission for the year 2015/16. a) The LA b) Primary and Secondary schools located within the relevant area for consultation c) Parents living in the relevant area for consultation whose children have attained the age of two but are not above compulsory school age and who are or will be eligible to apply to be admitted to the Academy d) Community groups which the Academy considers relevant; and e) Teaching unions if the consultation includes an increase in admission number. Such consultation shall be in line with the requirements of section 89 of the School Standards and Framework Act 1998. For subsequent years, consultation is not required in any year where the following conditions are met: a) the admission arrangements were consulted upon in one or both of the previous two years; and b) there have been no changes, or proposed changes, since the last consultation. Publication of Admission Arrangements East Point Academy’s agreed admission arrangements shall be published by: a) copies being sent to the persons consulted above b) copies being sent to primary and secondary schools in the LA’s area; b) copies being sent to the offices of the LA; c) copies being made available without charge on request from the Academy; d) copies being sent to public libraries in the area of the LA for the purposes of being made available at such libraries for reference by parents and other persons; and e) a copy being uploaded to the Academy’s website. PROCEDURE FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO THE ACADEMY Process of Application Arrangements for applications for places at East Point Academy will be made in accordance with the LA’s coordinated admission arrangements and will be made on the Common Application Form provided and administered by the relevant local authority. East Point Academy will use the Suffolk LA’s timetable for applications to East Point Academy each year (exact dates within the months may vary from year to year). This will fit in with the timetable for the co- ordination of admission arrangements within Suffolk LA. From the admissions round for 2015-16 (September 2014) there will be a national closing date for applications as follows: 31 October for secondary applications The Academy will ensure its application processes enable parents to apply before these deadlines. Should there be a reason to go to appeal for example due to oversubscription, the Suffolk LA appeals process will be followed. 238

EPA Admissions September2015 Arrangements for Admitting Pupils to other Year Groups, including to replace any Pupils who have left East Point Academy From the admissions round for 2015-2016 (September 2014) local authorities will coordinate admissions for in-year applications and for applications for year groups other than the normal point(s) of entry. This will not affect the Academy’s right to determine which applicants have priority for admission. Subject to any provisions in the LA’s coordinated admission arrangements relating to applications submitted for years other than the normal year of entry, the Academy Trust will consider all such applications and if the year group applied for has a place available, admit the child unless one of the permitted reliefs apply. If more applications are received than there are places available, the oversubscription criteria shall apply. Parents whose application is turned down shall be entitled to appeal. Contact Details: East Point Academy Kirkley Run Lowestoft Suffolk NR33 0UQ Tel (01502) 525300 Fax (01502) 525345 Email: [email protected]

239

Section 9 Admission policies for free schools 2015/2016 The following pages contain the admission policies for free schools in Suffolk. Please note if dates are missing in the following policies these can be found in Annex 2 of the primary and middle schools co-ordinated admissions scheme in Section 2 and Annex 2 of the upper/high schools co-ordinated admissions scheme in Section 3.

Beccles Free School Other relevant policies and documents • Admissions Policy (Ixworth Free School) • Admissions Policy (Saxmundham Free School) • Equalities Policy (Students) • Students Out of Chronological Year Group Policy Explanation of terms used in the policy ‘Trust’ = Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust ‘Free School(s)’ = schools within the Trust Purpose of the policy This document outlines the proposed admissions policy for the Beccles Free School for 201516. About Beccles Free School From 2015, Beccles Free School will be a school for 540 students (120 students for each of the Years 7 to 10 and 60 students in Year 11). Our vision is for all our students to: • achieve their potential through a culture of high academic, personal and social expectations and aspirations; • have their needs met and be recognised as individuals through high quality inclusion and pastoral care systems; • learn in a safe, healthy and stimulating environment in which every child matters and in which parents / carers and the wider community are part of the learning journey; • enjoy an all-round education beyond academic study, so that each can discover his or her latent talents. We have aspirations and expectations for our students that they make above average progress and achieve to the very highest level in all that they do. We are inclusive and have that aim for all students relative to their starting points.

240

General 1.

The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will act in accordance with, and will ensure that, an Independent Appeal Panel is trained to act in accordance with all relevant provisions of the School Admissions Code and the School Admissions Appeals Code published by the Department of Education (“the Codes”) as they apply at any given time to maintained schools and with equalities law and the law on admissions as they apply to maintained schools. For this purpose reference in the Codes or legislation to “admission authorities” shall be deemed to be references to the governing body of the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust.

2.

Notwithstanding the generality of paragraph 2 of this policy, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will participate in the coordinated admission arrangements operated by the LA and the local Fair Access Protocol.

3.

Notwithstanding any provision in this policy the Secretary of State may: • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to admit a named student to the Beccles Free School who is a looked after child or on application from an LA. This will include complying with a School Attendance Order1. Before doing so the Secretary of State will consult with the Seckford Foundation Free School Trust; • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to admit a named student to the Beccles Free School if the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust has failed to act in accordance with this policy or has otherwise failed to comply with applicable admissions and equalities legislation or the provisions of the Codes; • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to amend its admission arrangements where they fail to comply with the Schools Admissions Code or the Admission Appeals Code;

4.

The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust shall ensure that parents and relevant children2 will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision of the Trust. The Independent Appeal Panel will be independent of the Seckford Foundation Free School Trust. The arrangements for appeals will comply with the School Admission Appeals Code published by the Department of Education as it applies to Foundation and Voluntary Aided schools. The determination of the appeal panel is binding on all parties.

1

LAs are able to issue school attendance orders if a child is not attending school. These are legally binding upon parents. Such an order might, for instance, be appropriate where a child has a place at a Free School but his/her parents are refusing to send him/her to school. The order will require a parent to ensure his/her child attends a specified school.

2

‘Relevant children’ means children who are above the compulsory school age, or will be above compulsory school age by the time they start to receive education at the school.

Applying for a place 5.

Applications should be made through the use of the common application form (CAF) which is available from the admissions team at Suffolk County Council: a. By post at: Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH b. Online at: http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/education-and-careers/schools-and-support-ineducation/applying-for-a-school-place/admissions-applying-for-a-school-place-in2015-2016/ 241

c. By phoning to request an application form: 0845 600 0981 (9am - 5pm) d. Through the Local Authority brochure, “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk 2014-15”. 6.

Applications should be made to the Local Authority by the published closing date (31 October 2014).

Relevant area 7.

Subject to paragraph 8, the meaning of “Relevant Area” for the purposes of consultation requirements in relation to admissions arrangements is that determined by the LA for maintained schools in the area in accordance with the Education (Relevant Areas for Consultation on Admission Arrangements) Regulations 1999.

8.

If the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust does not consider the relevant area determined by the local authority for the maintained schools in the area to be appropriate, it must apply to the Secretary of State by 1 August for a determination of the appropriate relevant area for the Beccles Free School, setting out the reasons for this view. The Secretary of State will consult the Beccles Free School and the LA in which the school is situated in reaching a decision.

Requirements to admit students 9.

The Seckford Foundation Free School Trust will: • Admit all students with a statement of special educational needs naming the Beccles Free School; • Adopt admission oversubscription criteria that give highest priority to “looked after children” (including previously looked after children), in accordance with the relevant provisions of the School Admissions Code.

Oversubscription criteria, admission number, consultation, determination and objections 10. The admission arrangements will include oversubscription criteria, and an admission number for each relevant age group3. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consult on its admission arrangements and determine them in line with the requirements within the School Admissions Code. 11. Objections to the admission arrangements laid out in this policy can be made to the Schools Adjudicator whose decisions are binding and enforceable. The Schools Adjudicator must consider whether admission arrangements referred to him comply with the Code and the law relating to admissions. As the admissions authority, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust must revise admission arrangements immediately to give effect to the Adjudicator’s decision. An Adjudicator’s determination is binding and enforceable. 12. Local authorities must use their power to refer an objection to the Schools Adjudicator if they are of the view or suspect that the admission arrangements at schools in their area (for which they are not the admission authority) contravene admissions law and/or the Code. 13. Anyone who considers that any maintained school or Academy’s arrangements are 242

unfair or unlawful, or not in compliance with the Code or relevant law relating to admissions, can make an objection to the Schools Adjudicator. Further information on how to make an objection can be obtained from the Office of the Schools Adjudicator: http://www.schoolsadjudicator.gov.uk 14. The Secretary of State may refer the admission arrangements of any school to the Schools Adjudicator at any time if he considers that they may not comply with the requirements of the Admissions Code. 3

‘Relevant age group’ means normal point of admission to the school, for example, Year 7.

Procedure for admitting students to Beccles Free School Admission numbers: 15. Beccles Free School has the following agreed admission number for the year 2015-16: a. 120 students in Years 7 16. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consider all applications for places at the school. Where fewer than the published admission number(s) for the relevant year groups are received, Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will offer places to all those who have applied. Procedures where the school is oversubscribed: 17. Where the number of applications for admission is greater than the published admission number, applications will be considered against the criteria set out below. After the admission of students with statements of Special Educational Needs where Beccles Free School is named on the statement, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below: 1. A “looked after child” or a child who was previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order4. A “looked after child” is a child who is; 
 (a) in the care of a LA, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (“looked after children” as defined in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). 2. Children with a sibling attending Beccles Free School at the time of application. A Sibling is defined in these arrangements as children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. 3. Other children by distance from Beccles Free School, with priority for admission given to children who live nearest to the school as the crow flies. Distances are measured between the two full UK postcodes of the student’s home5 and the school postcode using a website that calculates the distance up to three decimal places between the two points. Random allocation6 will be used as a tie-break in category ‘3’ above to decide who has highest priority for admission if the distance between two children’s homes and the school is the same. 4

An adoption order is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002.
A ‘residence order’ is as an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with 243

whom the child is to live under section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians). 5

a student’s home is defined as the address where the student lives for the majority of the school term time with a parent who has parental responsibility as defined in the Children Act 1989 and a parent includes a person who is not a parent but who has responsibility for her / him. This could include a student’s guardians but will not usually include other relatives such as grandparents, aunts, uncles etc unless they have all the rights, duties, powers and responsibilities and authority which by law a parent of a student has in relation to the student and her / his property. Where a family possesses more than one home, the school will take as the home address (place of residence) the address where the family and student habitually and normally live for the majority of the school term time.

6

Where two or more students are equal in all respects and it is therefore not possible to differentiate between them, a method of random allocation by drawing lots will be used to allocate places (supervised by someone independent of the school). Operation of waiting lists:

18. Subject to any provisions regarding waiting lists in Suffolk County Council’s coordinated scheme, Beccles Free School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the school receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the final term of the school year. This will be maintained by the Suffolk County Council and it will be open to any parent to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application. 19. A child’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the over subscription criteria set out in paragraph 14. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the waiting list in accordance with the over subscription criteria. 20. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will maintain and hold those names detailed on the waiting list up to the end of the term after the beginning of each school year. Arrangements for admitting students to other year groups, including to replace any students who have left the school: 21. During 2015 local authorities will coordinate admissions for in-year applications and for applications for year groups other than the normal point(s) of entry. This will not affect Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust’s right to determine which applicants have priority for admission. 22. Parents of gifted and talented children, or those who have experienced problems or missed part of a year, for example due to ill health, can seek places outside their normal age group. Decisions to admit or otherwise will be on the basis of the circumstances of each case. On receiving the decision, parents will be informed of their statutory right to appeal. This right of appeal does not apply if they are offered a place in another year group at the school. 23. Subject to any provisions in Suffolk County Council’s coordinated admission arrangements relating to applications submitted for years other than the normal year of 244

entry, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consider all such applications and if the year group applied for has a place available, admit the child unless one of the permitted reliefs apply. If more applications are received than there are places available, the over subscription criteria in paragraph 14 shall apply. Parents whose application is turned down shall be entitled to appeal. Right to Appeal: 24. If the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust informs a parent of a decision (via Suffolk County Council for normal year admissions) to refuse their child a place at Beccles Free School for which they have applied, it must include the reason why admission was refused; information about the right to appeal; the deadline for lodging an appeal and the contact details for making an appeal. Parents will be informed that, if they wish to appeal, they must set out their grounds for their appeal in writing. 25. The Seckford Foundation Free School Trust will not limit the grounds on which appeals can be made. 26. Beccles Free School will use the independent appeals service provided by the Local Authority. Independent Appeals Panels are appointed in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code. Appeals should be made, in writing, to Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH within 20 school days from the date of notification that the application was unsuccessful. Monitoring, evaluation and review The Trust Board will review this policy on an annual basis and ensure that practice across all schools is in line with this policy.

IES Breckland Still awaiting policy.

245

Ixworth Free School Other relevant policies and documents • Admissions Policy (Beccles Free School) • Admissions Policy (Saxmundham Free School) • Equalities Policy (Students) • Students Out of Chronological Year Group Policy Explanation of terms used in the policy ‘Trust’ = Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust ‘Free School(s)’ = schools within the Trust Purpose of the policy This document outlines the proposed admissions policy for the Ixworth Free School for 201516. About Ixworth Free School The proposed Ixworth Free School is intended to be (when at capacity) a school for 600 students (an admission number of 120 in Year 7) based on the current Ixworth Middle School site. It is proposed that the school will open with 120 students in Year 7, 8 and 9 in 2014. In 2015 these year groups will move up and a new Year 7 will join. This means in 2015, there will be 120 students in each of Years 7, 8, 9 and 10. Our vision is for all our students to: • achieve their potential through a culture of high academic, personal and social expectations and aspirations; • have their needs met and be recognised as individuals through high quality inclusion and pastoral care systems; • learn in a safe, healthy and stimulating environment in which every child matters and in which parents / carers and the wider community are part of the learning journey; • enjoy an all-round education beyond academic study, so that each can discover his or her latent talents. We have aspirations and expectations for our students that they make above average progress and achieve to the very highest level in all that they do. We are inclusive and have that aim for all students relative to their starting points. General 1.

The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will act in accordance with, and will ensure that, an Independent Appeal Panel is trained to act in accordance with all relevant provisions of the School Admissions Code and the School Admissions Appeals Code published by the Department of Education (“the Codes”) as they apply at any given time to maintained schools and with equalities law and the law on admissions as they apply to maintained schools. For this purpose reference in the Codes or legislation to 246

“admission authorities” shall be deemed to be references to the governing body of the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust. 2.

Notwithstanding the generality of paragraph 2 of this policy, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will participate in the coordinated admission arrangements operated by the LA and the local Fair Access Protocol.

3.

Notwithstanding any provision in this policy the Secretary of State may: • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to admit a named student to the Ixworth Free School who is a looked after child or on application from an LA. This will include complying with a School Attendance Order1. Before doing so the Secretary of State will consult with the Seckford Foundation Free School Trust; • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to admit a named student to the Ixworth Free School if the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust has failed to act in accordance with this policy or has otherwise failed to comply with applicable admissions and equalities legislation or the provisions of the Codes; • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to amend its admission arrangements where they fail to comply with the Schools Admissions Code or the Admission Appeals Code;

4.

The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust shall ensure that parents and relevant children2 will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision of the Trust. The Independent Appeal Panel will be independent of the Seckford Foundation Free School Trust. The arrangements for appeals will comply with the School Admission Appeals Code published by the Department of Education as it applies to Foundation and Voluntary Aided schools. The determination of the appeal panel is binding on all parties.

1

LAs are able to issue school attendance orders if a child is not attending school. These are legally binding upon parents. Such an order might, for instance, be appropriate where a child has a place at a Free School but his/her parents are refusing to send him/her to school. The order will require a parent to ensure his/her child attends a specified school.

2

‘Relevant children’ means children who are above the compulsory school age, or will be above compulsory school age by the time they start to receive education at the school.

Applying for a place 5.

Applications should be made through the use of the common application form (CAF) which is available from the admissions team at Suffolk County Council: a. By post at: Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH b. Online at: http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/education-and-careers/schools-and-support-ineducation/applying-for-a-school-place/admissions-applying-for-a-school-place-in2015-2016/ c. By phoning to request an application form: 0845 600 0981 (9am - 5pm) d. Through the Local Authority brochure, “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk 2014-15”.

6.

Applications should be made to the Local Authority by the published closing date (31 October 2014).

247

Relevant area 7.

Subject to paragraph 8, the meaning of “Relevant Area” for the purposes of consultation requirements in relation to admissions arrangements is that determined by the LA for maintained schools in the area in accordance with the Education (Relevant Areas for Consultation on Admission Arrangements) Regulations 1999.

8.

If the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust does not consider the relevant area determined by the local authority for the maintained schools in the area to be appropriate, it must apply to the Secretary of State by 1 August for a determination of the appropriate relevant area for the Ixworth Free School, setting out the reasons for this view. The Secretary of State will consult the Ixworth Free School and the LA in which the school is situated in reaching a decision.

Requirements to admit students 9.

The Seckford Foundation Free School Trust will: • Admit all students with a statement of special educational needs naming the Ixworth Free School; • Adopt admission oversubscription criteria that give highest priority to “looked after children” (including previously looked after children), in accordance with the relevant provisions of the School Admissions Code.

Oversubscription criteria, admission number, consultation, determination and objections 10. The admission arrangements will include oversubscription criteria, and an admission number for each relevant age group3. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consult on its admission arrangements and determine them in line with the requirements within the School Admissions Code. 11. Objections to the admission arrangements laid out in this policy can be made to the Schools Adjudicator whose decisions are binding and enforceable. The Schools Adjudicator must consider whether admission arrangements referred to him comply with the Code and the law relating to admissions. As the admissions authority, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust must revise admission arrangements immediately to give effect to the Adjudicator’s decision. An Adjudicator’s determination is binding and enforceable. 12. Local authorities must use their power to refer an objection to the Schools Adjudicator if they are of the view or suspect that the admission arrangements at schools in their area (for which they are not the admission authority) contravene admissions law and/or the Code. 13. Anyone who considers that any maintained school or Academy’s arrangements are unfair or unlawful, or not in compliance with the Code or relevant law relating to admissions, can make an objection to the Schools Adjudicator. Further information on how to make an objection can be obtained from the Office of the Schools Adjudicator: http://www.schoolsadjudicator.gov.uk 14. The Secretary of State may refer the admission arrangements of any school to the 248

Schools Adjudicator at any time if he considers that they may not comply with the requirements of the Admissions Code. 3

‘Relevant age group’ means normal point of admission to the school, for example, Year 7.

Procedure for admitting students to Ixworth Free School Admission numbers: 15. Ixworth Free School is proposed to open on 1 September 2014 with a Published Admission Number relating solely to students in Year 7, Year 8 and Year 9 as follows: a. 120 for students in Year 7 This means in 2015, there will be 120 students in each of Years 7, 8, 9 and 10. 16. The chart below shows how the Pupil Admission Number changes in future years until the school is full. The PAN for each year group in 2015 is highlighted. Year Group Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Year 11

2014 120 120 120 -

2015 120 120 120 120 -

2016 120 120 120 120 120

2017 120 120 120 120 120

17. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consider all applications for places at the school. Where fewer than the published admission number(s) for the relevant year groups are received, Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will offer places to all those who have applied. Procedures where the school is oversubscribed: 18. Where the number of applications for admission is greater than the published admission number, applications will be considered against the criteria set out below. After the admission of students with statements of Special Educational Needs where Ixworth Free School is named on the statement, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below: 4. A “looked after child” or a child who was previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order4. A “looked after child” is a child who is; 
 (c) in the care of a LA, or (d) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (“looked after children” as defined in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). 5. Children with a sibling attending Ixworth Free School at the time of application. A Sibling is defined in these arrangements as children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. 6. Other children by distance from Ixworth Free School, with priority for admission given to children who live nearest to the school as the crow flies. Distances are measured between the two full UK postcodes of the student’s home5 and the school postcode 249

using a website that calculates the distance up to three decimal places between the two points. Random allocation6 will be used as a tie-break in category ‘3’ above to decide who has highest priority for admission if the distance between two children’s homes and the school is the same. 4

An adoption order is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002.
A ‘residence order’ is as an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live under section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians).

5

a student’s home is defined as the address where the student lives for the majority of the school term time with a parent who has parental responsibility as defined in the Children Act 1989 and a parent includes a person who is not a parent but who has responsibility for her / him. This could include a student’s guardians but will not usually include other relatives such as grandparents, aunts, uncles etc unless they have all the rights, duties, powers and responsibilities and authority which by law a parent of a student has in relation to the student and her / his property. Where a family possesses more than one home, the school will take as the home address (place of residence) the address where the family and student habitually and normally live for the majority of the school term time.

6

Where two or more students are equal in all respects and it is therefore not possible to differentiate between them, a method of random allocation by drawing lots will be used to allocate places (supervised by someone independent of the school). Operation of waiting lists:

19. Subject to any provisions regarding waiting lists in Suffolk County Council’s coordinated scheme, Ixworth Free School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the school receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the final term of the school year. This will be maintained by the Suffolk County Council and it will be open to any parent to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application. 20. A child’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the over subscription criteria set out in paragraph 14. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the waiting list in accordance with the over subscription criteria. 21. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will maintain and hold those names detailed on the waiting list up to the end of the term after the beginning of each school year. Arrangements for admitting students to other year groups, including to replace any students who have left the school: 22. During 2015 local authorities will coordinate admissions for in-year applications and for applications for year groups other than the normal point(s) of entry. This will not affect Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust’s right to determine which applicants have priority for admission. 23. Parents of gifted and talented children, or those who have experienced problems or missed part of a year, for example due to ill health, can seek places outside their normal 250

age group. Decisions to admit or otherwise will be on the basis of the circumstances of each case. On receiving the decision, parents will be informed of their statutory right to appeal. This right of appeal does not apply if they are offered a place in another year group at the school. 24. Subject to any provisions in Suffolk County Council’s coordinated admission arrangements relating to applications submitted for years other than the normal year of entry, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consider all such applications and if the year group applied for has a place available, admit the child unless one of the permitted reliefs apply. If more applications are received than there are places available, the over subscription criteria in paragraph 14 shall apply. Parents whose application is turned down shall be entitled to appeal. Right to Appeal: 25. If the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust informs a parent of a decision (via Suffolk County Council for normal year admissions) to refuse their child a place at Ixworth Free School for which they have applied, it must include the reason why admission was refused; information about the right to appeal; the deadline for lodging an appeal and the contact details for making an appeal. Parents will be informed that, if they wish to appeal, they must set out their grounds for their appeal in writing. 26. The Seckford Foundation Free School Trust will not limit the grounds on which appeals can be made. 27. Ixworth Free School will use the independent appeals service provided by the Local Authority. Independent Appeals Panels are appointed in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code. Appeals should be made, in writing, to Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH within 20 school days from the date of notification that the application was unsuccessful. Monitoring, evaluation and review The Trust Board will review this policy on an annual basis and ensure that practice across all schools is in line with this policy.

251

Saxmundham Free School Other relevant policies and documents • Admissions Policy (Beccles Free School) • Admissions Policy (Ixworth Free School) • Equalities Policy (Students) • Students Out of Chronological Year Group Policy Explanation of terms used in the policy ‘Trust’ = Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust ‘Free School(s)’ = schools within the Trust Purpose of the policy This document outlines the proposed admissions policy for the Saxmundham Free School for 2015-16. About Saxmundham Free School From 2015, Saxmundham Free School will be a school for 570 students (120 students for each of the Years 7 to 10 and 60 students in Year 11). Our vision is for all our students to: • achieve their potential through a culture of high academic, personal and social expectations and aspirations; • have their needs met and be recognised as individuals through high quality inclusion and pastoral care systems; • learn in a safe, healthy and stimulating environment in which every child matters and in which parents / carers and the wider community are part of the learning journey; • enjoy an all-round education beyond academic study, so that each can discover his or her latent talents. We have aspirations and expectations for our students that they make above average progress and achieve to the very highest level in all that they do. We are inclusive and have that aim for all students relative to their starting points. General 1.

The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will act in accordance with, and will ensure that, an Independent Appeal Panel is trained to act in accordance with all relevant provisions of the School Admissions Code and the School Admissions Appeals Code published by the Department of Education (“the Codes”) as they apply at any given time to maintained schools and with equalities law and the law on admissions as they apply to maintained schools. For this purpose reference in the Codes or legislation to “admission authorities” shall be deemed to be references to the governing body of the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust. 252

2.

Notwithstanding the generality of paragraph 2 of this policy, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will participate in the coordinated admission arrangements operated by the LA and the local Fair Access Protocol.

3.

Notwithstanding any provision in this policy the Secretary of State may: • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to admit a named student to the Saxmundham Free School who is a looked after child or on application from an LA. This will include complying with a School Attendance Order1. Before doing so the Secretary of State will consult with the Seckford Foundation Free School Trust; • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to admit a named student to the Saxmundham Free School if the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust has failed to act in accordance with this policy or has otherwise failed to comply with applicable admissions and equalities legislation or the provisions of the Codes; • Direct the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust to amend its admission arrangements where they fail to comply with the Schools Admissions Code or the Admission Appeals Code;

4.

The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust shall ensure that parents and relevant children2 will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision of the Trust. The Independent Appeal Panel will be independent of the Seckford Foundation Free School Trust. The arrangements for appeals will comply with the School Admission Appeals Code published by the Department of Education as it applies to Foundation and Voluntary Aided schools. The determination of the appeal panel is binding on all parties.

1

LAs are able to issue school attendance orders if a child is not attending school. These are legally binding upon parents. Such an order might, for instance, be appropriate where a child has a place at a Free School but his/her parents are refusing to send him/her to school. The order will require a parent to ensure his/her child attends a specified school.

2

‘Relevant children’ means children who are above the compulsory school age, or will be above compulsory school age by the time they start to receive education at the school. Applying for a place 5.

Applications should be made through the use of the common application form (CAF) which is available from the admissions team at Suffolk County Council: a. By post at: Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH b. Online at: http://www.suffolk.gov.uk/education-and-careers/schools-and-support-ineducation/applying-for-a-school-place/admissions-applying-for-a-school-place-in2015-2016/ c. By phoning to request an application form: 0845 600 0981 (9am - 5pm) d. Through the Local Authority brochure, “Admissions to Schools in Suffolk 2014-15”.

6.

Applications should be made to the Local Authority by the published closing date (31 October 2014).

Relevant area 7.

Subject to paragraph 8, the meaning of “Relevant Area” for the purposes of consultation requirements in relation to admissions arrangements is that determined by the LA for 253

maintained schools in the area in accordance with the Education (Relevant Areas for Consultation on Admission Arrangements) Regulations 1999. 8.

If the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust does not consider the relevant area determined by the local authority for the maintained schools in the area to be appropriate, it must apply to the Secretary of State by 1 August for a determination of the appropriate relevant area for the Saxmundham Free School, setting out the reasons for this view. The Secretary of State will consult the Saxmundham Free School and the LA in which the school is situated in reaching a decision.

Requirements to admit students 9.

The Seckford Foundation Free School Trust will: • Admit all students with a statement of special educational needs naming the Saxmundham Free School; • Adopt admission oversubscription criteria that give highest priority to “looked after children” (including previously looked after children), in accordance with the relevant provisions of the School Admissions Code.

Oversubscription criteria, admission number, consultation, determination and objections 10. The admission arrangements will include oversubscription criteria, and an admission number for each relevant age group3. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consult on its admission arrangements and determine them in line with the requirements within the School Admissions Code. 11. Objections to the admission arrangements laid out in this policy can be made to the Schools Adjudicator whose decisions are binding and enforceable. The Schools Adjudicator must consider whether admission arrangements referred to him comply with the Code and the law relating to admissions. As the admissions authority, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust must revise admission arrangements immediately to give effect to the Adjudicator’s decision. An Adjudicator’s determination is binding and enforceable. 12. Local authorities must use their power to refer an objection to the Schools Adjudicator if they are of the view or suspect that the admission arrangements at schools in their area (for which they are not the admission authority) contravene admissions law and/or the Code. 13. Anyone who considers that any maintained school or Academy’s arrangements are unfair or unlawful, or not in compliance with the Code or relevant law relating to admissions, can make an objection to the Schools Adjudicator. Further information on how to make an objection can be obtained from the Office of the Schools Adjudicator: http://www.schoolsadjudicator.gov.uk 14. The Secretary of State may refer the admission arrangements of any school to the Schools Adjudicator at any time if he considers that they may not comply with the requirements of the Admissions Code. 3

‘Relevant age group’ means normal point of admission to the school, for example, Year 7. 254

Procedure for admitting students to Saxmundham Free School Admission numbers: 15. Saxmundham Free School has the following agreed admission number for the year 2015-16: a. 120 students in Years 7 16. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consider all applications for places at the school. Where fewer than the published admission number(s) for the relevant year groups are received, Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will offer places to all those who have applied. Procedures where the school is oversubscribed: 17. Where the number of applications for admission is greater than the published admission number, applications will be considered against the criteria set out below. After the admission of students with statements of Special Educational Needs where Saxmundham Free School is named on the statement, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below: 1. A “looked after child” or a child who was previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order4. A “looked after child” is a child who is; 
 (a) in the care of a LA, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (“looked after children” as defined in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). 2. Children with a sibling attending Saxmundham Free School at the time of application. A Sibling is defined in these arrangements as children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. 3. Other children by distance from Saxmundham Free School, with priority for admission given to children who live nearest to the school as the crow flies. Distances are measured between the two full UK postcodes of the student’s home5 and the school postcode using a website that calculates the distance up to three decimal places between the two points. Random allocation6 will be used as a tie-break in category ‘3’ above to decide who has highest priority for admission if the distance between two children’s homes and the school is the same. 4

An adoption order is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002.
A ‘residence order’ is as an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live under section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians).

5

a student’s home is defined as the address where the student lives for the majority of the school term time with a parent who has parental responsibility as defined in the Children Act 1989 and a parent includes a person who is not a parent but who has responsibility for her / him. This could include a student’s guardians but will not usually include other relatives such as grandparents, aunts, uncles etc unless they have all the rights, duties, powers and responsibilities and authority which by law a parent of a student has in relation to the student 255

and her / his property. Where a family possesses more than one home, the school will take as the home address (place of residence) the address where the family and student habitually and normally live for the majority of the school term time. 6

Where two or more students are equal in all respects and it is therefore not possible to differentiate between them, a method of random allocation by drawing lots will be used to allocate places (supervised by someone independent of the school). Operation of waiting lists:

18. Subject to any provisions regarding waiting lists in Suffolk County Council’s coordinated scheme, Saxmundham Free School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the school receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the final term of the school year. This will be maintained by the Suffolk County Council and it will be open to any parent to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application. 19. A child’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the over subscription criteria set out in paragraph 14. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the waiting list in accordance with the over subscription criteria. 20. The Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will maintain and hold those names detailed on the waiting list up to the end of the term after the beginning of each school year. Arrangements for admitting students to other year groups, including to replace any students who have left the school: 21. During 2015 local authorities will coordinate admissions for in-year applications and for applications for year groups other than the normal point(s) of entry. This will not affect Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust’s right to determine which applicants have priority for admission. 22. Parents of gifted and talented children, or those who have experienced problems or missed part of a year, for example due to ill health, can seek places outside their normal age group. Decisions to admit or otherwise will be on the basis of the circumstances of each case. On receiving the decision, parents will be informed of their statutory right to appeal. This right of appeal does not apply if they are offered a place in another year group at the school. 23. Subject to any provisions in Suffolk County Council’s coordinated admission arrangements relating to applications submitted for years other than the normal year of entry, the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust will consider all such applications and if the year group applied for has a place available, admit the child unless one of the permitted reliefs apply. If more applications are received than there are places available, the over subscription criteria in paragraph 14 shall apply. Parents whose application is turned down shall be entitled to appeal.

256

Right to Appeal: 24. If the Seckford Foundation Free Schools Trust informs a parent of a decision (via Suffolk County Council for normal year admissions) to refuse their child a place at Beccles Free School for which they have applied, it must include the reason why admission was refused; information about the right to appeal; the deadline for lodging an appeal and the contact details for making an appeal. Parents will be informed that, if they wish to appeal, they must set out their grounds for their appeal in writing. 25. The Seckford Foundation Free School Trust will not limit the grounds on which appeals can be made. 26. Saxmundham Free School will use the independent appeals service provided by the Local Authority. Independent Appeals Panels are appointed in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code. Appeals should be made, in writing, to Admissions Team, Constantine House, Constantine Road, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 2DH within 20 school days from the date of notification that the application was unsuccessful. Monitoring, evaluation and review The Trust Board will review this policy on an annual basis and ensure that practice across all schools is in line with this policy.

257

Stour Valley Community School PROCEDURE FOR ADMITTING STUDENTS TO STOUR VALLEY COMMUNITY SCHOOL Note: The admission authority for SVCS is the Stour Valley Educational Trust. 1. Applying for a Place For applications to start in September of Year 7, a common application form (CAF1) must be completed and received by the County Council in which the child is resident by 31 October in the year before admission. Applications for admission after the National Offer Day (1 March) will be handled by the County Council in which the child is resident. 2. Admission Numbers SVCS has the following agreed Published Admission Number (PAN); a. 115 for students in Year 7 b. 115 for students in Year 8 c. 115 for students in Year 9 d. 115 for students in Year 10 e. 115 for students in Year 11 3. Consideration of Applications Stour Valley Educational Trust’s Admissions Committee will consider all applications for places at the School. Where fewer than the published admission number(s) for the relevant year groups are received, Stour Valley Educational Trust will offer places to all those who have applied. 4. Procedures where the School is oversubscribed Where the number of applications for admission is greater than the published admission number, applications will be considered against the criteria set out below. After the admission of students with a Statement of Special Educational Need where Stour Valley Community School is named on the Statement, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below: a. Children in Public Care. A ‘looked after child’ or a child who was previously looked after but immediately became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. A ‘looked after child’ is a child who is either in the care of a local authority or being provided with accommodation by a local authority as part of their social services function (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989). b. Children who have a sibling attending Stour Valley Community School at the time of transfer. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister (including half brother or half sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or step sister and foster brothers and sisters) living at the same home address as the child applying for the place. In the case of multiple births (or siblings in the same age cohort) where one child has been allocated a place but where there are not enough places available for all the siblings, SVCS will be authorised to exceed its admission number to accommodate all the siblings. c. Children of staff and Governors at the school. This applies where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made, and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. This applies where a member of the Governing Body has been a Governor at SVCS for 12 or more months at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made. 258

d. The straight line distance from the School. We will measure the distance by a straight line (‘as the crow flies’). All straight line distances are calculated electronically by Suffolk County Council using data provided jointly by the Post Office and Ordnance Survey. The data plots the co-ordinates of each property and provides the address-point between which straight line distance is measured and reported to three decimal places. Where there is more than one home within a single building (for example apartments) we will measure to a single point within that building irrespective of where those homes are located. 5. Multiple Addresses Where a child is resident with parents at more than one address, the address used for admission purposes shall be the place at which the child spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday) during term time. 6. Multiple Births If the final place available at the School is offered to a twin, triplet or other multiple birth and the other siblings would ordinarily be refused, the School will follow Suffolk County Council’s policy and will offer places to the remaining sibling(s) at the School. 7. Tie-Break In the event of a tie-break places will be allocated by random allocation by the drawing of lots. The random allocation process will be supervised by a Borough Councillor, who has no interest in the admissions process. 8. Operation of admissions lists a. Subject to Suffolk County Council’s co-ordinated admission scheme, Stour Valley Community School will operate an admissions list for each year group. Where in any year the School receives more applications than there are places available, the admissions list will be ranked in order of priority, based on the above criteria, and a place offered. The admissions list will operate until the last day of the school year. This will be held by the School and it will be open to any parent to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the list, following an unsuccessful application. b. The School will maintain a list of children who would like to be considered for admission should a place become available. Where places become vacant, children on the list will be ranked in accordance with the over-subscription criteria and the place allocated to the child matching the higher criteria. 9. Arrangements for admitting students to other year groups, including to replace any students who have left the School a. Stour Valley Community School will co-ordinate admissions for in-year applications and for applications for year groups other than Year 7 in September. This will not affect Stour Valley Educational Trust’s right to determine which applicants have priority for admission in line with the admissions code.. b. Subject to any rules in Suffolk County Council’s co-ordinated admission arrangements relating to applications submitted for years other than the normal year of entry, the Stour Valley Educational Trust will consider all applications and if the year group applied for has a place available, admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places available, the oversubscription criteria in paragraph 3 shall apply. Parents whose application is turned down will be entitled to appeal. 10. Right of Appeal There will be a right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel for unsuccessful applicants.

259

Section 10 Regulations Any objections to these arrangements must be made to the Schools Adjudicator by 30 June 2014. Objections to these admission arrangements should be addressed, under regulation 21 of The School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012 to the Schools Adjudicator by 30 June 2014. Further information is available on the Schools Adjudicator’s website at www.education.gov.uk/schoolsadjudicator.

260